I \ t I THE UNIVERSITY OF 1 EUGENE OREGON

CATALOGUE,1923-1924

ANNOUNCEMENTS 1924-1925

PUUlIHED BY Hill UNIV_=

UNlVDlllTY I'~' ...... I:!I'. [ ) .~ CONTENTS 3 I, I ,I 'I Pau­ V SCHOOL OF EDUCATION I Org-anization 137 'fABLE OF CONTENTS I' Degrees 138 , \ Norms 139 Page ,( I Professional Curricula 140 ~ Description of Courses 141 UNIVERSITY CALENDAR )': & BOARD W REGENTS I SCHnOL OF JOURNALISM Ii Organization ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS 148 7 I' Equipment 148 THE FACULTY I Courses of Study 17 149 COMMI1.'TEES OF THE .F'ACULTY (' Description of Courses _ . 16.

'JHE UNIVERSITY 18 SCHOOL OF LAW Admission History and Location 1iI ( 162 Government and Support Degrees ... 19 16a Organization and Degree~ ) Description of Courses . 154

BQUIPMBNT SCHOOL OF MEDICINE Buildings and Grounds 1U Faculty ~3 159 Library _ History and Equipment . 161 24 .Museums. Laboratories and Studios / Requirements for Admission 164 Requirements for Degrees 16i UNIVERSI'i'Y PROCEDURE Curriculum in Medicine .. 166 Admission to the University ..------.---.-- ---. ------. l8 I ~1 Denal tments of Instruction 16~ Registration . ~ i \ 33 Graduation Requirements SCHOOL OF MUSIC Student Living ------~4 Organization and Degrees 182 Fees and ExpeIlSes _ ._ _.. __.._- -.- -...... --_ _-_. ------..-. ~" " Professonial Curricula 188 Loan Funds, Scholal'shi,!Js and Prizes - ---.---. .- _ . 37 Descripiton of Courses 184 Organizations and Student Activities . . 40 PublicatIOns 42 SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION t'l Organization 1317 'iRE GRADUATE SCHOOL Degrees . 188 Admission . . 44 Professional Curricula 189 Candidacy for Advanced Degrees . : ------44 Description of Courses _ . 46 19' Graduate Fellowships ------l/ SCHOOL OF SOCIOLOGY COLLEGEl OF LITERATURE. SCIENCE AND THE ARTS I Organization and Aims . 19i Botany _ 48 Courses [or Majors . 19i 60 Applied Sociology _ Chemistry 19' 52 " \ Drama and the Speech Arts . ------I. Description of Courses . 1~ Economics - . 54 English ------58 'I' SUMMElR SESSIONS 65 Summer Faculty _ 201 Geology ' 69 \ German EXTENSION DIVISION Greek . ------71 Faculty _ 73 203 History ------Organization 20t Household Arts ------.- 77 Correspondence Study ~ _ 80 20i Latin _ 20& 83 1\ Portland Extension Center _ . Mathematics I· Description of Courses _ . 207 Mechanics and Astronomy . 86 Ii Medicine (Pre-Medical) __. .. ------.------..--- 87 DEGREES CONFERRF.Jl 1921-22 221 3TATISTICAI; .sUMMARY . _ Military Science . ._. .------8. :; I 223 Philosophy 91 j ,\ INDEX ;!2~ Physics _ 93 ' \i Political Science 9& 97 ,:I Pre-Engineering :'Ij, Psychology ------99 Romance Languages 104 108 Zoology 3CHOOL OF ARClIITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS I III I ~~~:~~~~i::~ ~~.~ ~.~.~~~~ ~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~.~~:~~~~~~~~~~~~~:::::~::~~:::::::.~~::~~:~::~~~:::~~~:~~: 11! I ...... 114 Fine Arts Normal Art .------lli Description of Courses . 11&

ScHQOL OF BUSINElSS ADMINISTRATION 124 Organization and Purpose ~ - . Degrees . _ 126 127 Bureau of Business Research Specimen Curricula _ . 127 131 Description of Courses ( I I 1I'

CALENDAR 1924 UNIVERSITY CALENDAR, 1924-25

JUNE JULY AUGUST SUMM'ER SESSION, 1924 SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS ~ June 23, Monday .. __ Summer session opens, Portland and Eugene 1 2 8 4 6 6 7 1 2 3 4 6 1 July 4, Friday 1ndependence Day, a holiday. 8 9 10 11 12 11 14 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 6 6 7 8 9 August 1, Friday __ Summer session closes. 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 14 16 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 16 16 22 23 24 26 26 27 28 20 21 22 23 24 24 26 17 18 19 20 21 22 29 I 29 80 27 28 29 30 31 24 26 26 27 28 29 3e 31 I' FALL TERM SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER September 22, Monday.. __ Physical examinations for entering students. sMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS I September 23, Tuesday Freshman English examination. Other en- 1 284 6 6 1 2 8 4 1 9 10 11 2 3 4 6 6 7 8 trance examinations. 7 8 9 10 11 12 18 6 6 7 8 September 24, Wednesday Registration material released. 14 16 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 16 16 17 18 9 10 11 12 18 14 U I 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 16 17 18 19 20 21 2l I September 24, Wednesday Faculty meeting. 21 22 23 24 26 26 27 September 25, 25, Thursday, Friday Registration days. 28 29 3~ 26 27 28 29 30 81 23 24 26 26 27 28 21 30 September 29, Monday University classes begin. Late filing fees begin. DECEMBER October 10, Friday Last day for filing graduate cards. October 31, November 1 Homecoming week-end. SMTWTFS 'II November 5. Wednesday Faculty meeting. 1 2 3 4 6 6 November 11, Tuesday Armistice Day, a holiday. 7 8 9 10 11 12 18 November 27 to 30, Thursday to Sunday Thanksgiving vacation. 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 i'l Deeember 3. Wednesday Faculty meeting. 21 22 23 24 26 26 27 December 17, 18, 19, Wednesday, Thursday, 28 29 30 31 and Friday Term examinations. I I I CALENDAR 1925 WINTER TERM January 5, Monday _ University classes begin. Ja

"- SPRING TERM MAY JUNE APRIL March 30, Monday University classes begin. sMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS April 1. Wednesday Faculty meeting. 1 284 1 2 1 2 3 4 6 6 May 6, Wednesday Faculty meetin",. 6 7 8 9 May SO, Saturday Memorial Day, a holiday. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 8 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 10 11 12 18 14 16 16 14 16 16 17 18 19 20 June 3, Wednesday Faculty meeting. 12 13 14 16 16 17 18 17 18 19 20 21 22 28 June 10, 11, 12, Wednesday, Thursday, 19 20 21 22 28 24 26 21 22 23 24 26 26 27 24 26 26 27 28 29 30 28 29 30 and Friday Term examinations. 26 27 28 29 80 81 June 12, Friday Flower and Fern procession 7 p. m. Failing and Beekman orations 8 p. m. JULY June 13, Saturday Alumni Day. June 14. Sunday Baccalaureate sermon. SMTWTFS June, 15. Monday _ _ Commencement. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 16 16 17 18 SUMMER SESSION, 1925 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 26 27 28 29 30 81 June 22. Monday Summer session opens, Eugene and Portland. July 31, Friday Summer session cl""es. 7

BOARD OF REGENTS THE UNIVERSITY FACULTY (Names are arranged alphabetically with the exception of the president). OFFICERS HON JAMES W. HAMILTON, President PRINCE LUCIAN CAMPBELL, LL.D _ Pre.id t of the Uni"ersitv A.B., Harvard, 1886; LL.D., Padfic University. 1911; University of Colorado, HON. CHAS. H. FISHER, Vioe-president 1913. President, Oregon, from 1902. L. H. JOHNSON, S60retary P.BCY PAGET ADAMS, B.S Asswt.n uean of the Sohool of Arohiteot..re and AUied Arts; Prof888or of Graphit:8 1~02. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE B.A., Oregon, 1901; B.S., Faculty, Oregon. from 1902. HON. JAMES W. HAMILTON, Eo; Offioio Chairman J'LoRE?'!CE D. ALDEN. A..B• ...... Profe88or of Phy.ical Educati"" HON. CHAS. H. FISHER, Aoting Chairman A.B. S=it!" 1904; graduate student, Wellesley. 1906-06; Missouri, 1906-08; Teach. MRS G. T. GERLINGER HON. HERRERT GORDON eMl College, 1919_21; director of physical education for women. Mis.ouri; faculty. Central School of Physical Education. New York City; Oregon, from 1921. HON. VERNON H. VAWTBB HON. FRED FIs& I I EB'C W. ALLEN, B.A Uean of the Sohool of Journalism and Profe••or of Journalia... EX OFFICIO MEMBERS B.A., Wisconsin, 1901; editorial staff, Milwaukee Free Press, 1901-02; Seattle Post-Intelligencer, 1904-06; Printing, Photoengraving, Electrotyping etc., 1906-09; BON. WALTER M. PIERCE, GO'Vernor _ _ _ Salem Ii Post-Intelligencer. 1909-12; correspondent. eastern papers. 1906-12: faculty, Oregon, HON. SAM A. KOZER, Seoretary of State _ ..Salem from 1912. HON. J. A. CHURCHILL, S..perintende..t of P..blio In.truotion Salem I': WILLIAM F. ALLEN, Ph.D• ...... Prof68sor of A_to"'ll. School of Medici.... Portland II A.B•• A.M., Stanford; Ph.D., Minnesota; assistant to E. P. Allis, Mentone. Franee, APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR 1902-07: Dr. J. Loeb, California, 1907·10; faeulty, Illinois. 1910-11; Minnesota, 1911­ Name and Addre•., Term E"pirf18 IIII / 16; Oregon from 1916; 'head of department of anatomy in the School of Medieine, HON. JAMES W. HAMILTON, Roseburg April 16, 1926 Portland, from 1917. MRS. G. T. GERLINGER, Dallas April 16. 1927 ,A HON. C. C. COLT. Portland ...... •...... April 16, 1927 EI.I.TAH G. ARNOLD _A.siatant Professor of Military Scienoe and Tactic. HON. HENRY McKINNEY, Baker ...... •..•._ April 16. 1927 "" U. S. Naval Aeademy, 1911-12; commissioned U. S. Army, 1917; world war, 1917­ HON. HERRERT GORDON. Portland April 16. 1929 18; commissioned eaptain, 1921. Faculty, Oregon, trom 1922. HON. C. E. WOODSON, Heppner April 16, 19211 HON. VERNON H. VAWTER, Medford ...... ••...... April 16, 1981 J:DN A C. ASSENHEIMER _ _ _._._ _ Instruotor in Ed..oati_ HON. WILLIAM S. GILRERT, Astoria April 16, 1988 Graduate, Oregon State Normal, 1914; present position (University High School) HOK. CHA•• H. FISHER. Eugene _ _ April 16, 198/i from 1922. HON. FRED FISK, Eugene April 16, 1916 VICTORIA AVAKIAN _ .1nstruotor in Normal Art. Los Angeles Normal; California School of Arts and Crafts. Faculty. Tempe No... mal, Arizona; Oregon, from 1920. OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION I CHARLOTTE BANFIELD, B.A. ·················· --_ .1nstruotor in Drama and the Speeoh Art. !I Professional diploma. Gillespie School of Expression; B.A. Oregon, 1919; faculty, THE UNIVERSITY '1\ Oregon, from 1918. P. L. CAMPBELL, B.A., LL.D...... •....•...... •...... Prestd"'" LoUIs H. J OHNSON ComptroUer (, -READ BAIN, ~.A. . Assiatant ProfessOT" of Sociolog" KAlIL W. ONTHANK, M.A Eo;eouti"e Secreta", A.B•• Willamette, 1914; M.A., Oregon. 1921; faculty. Oregon, from 1921. CARLTON E. SPENCER, A.B.. LL.B. .. _ Registr.... JOHN STRAUB, M.A., Lit.D Dean of M.. DeNALD G. BARNES, Ph.D A••iatant Professor of Hist0f7/ B.A., Nebraska, 1916; M.A., Harvard, 1917. Ph.D•• 1924; Harvard Scholarship ~~G~.IAD~~~~~~T~~l: ~:.~: ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~~~~...~:Lif,.~ri:. 1916-16, Thayer Fellowship, 1916-17; Harrison Fellowship in History, Pennsylvania, DEAN H. WALKER, B.A. . Direotor of St..dent Loan F..nd. and St..dent Advisor 1917-18 ;Bayard Cutting Traveling Fellowship, Harvard, 1920-21, Parker Travel­ GERTRUDE BASS WARNER _ C..rator of Or>egon Museum of Fine Art- ing Fellowship, 1921-22; London School of Eeonomi"", 1920-21; Sorbonne, Paris. 1921; Cambridge, , 1922; present position from 1922. THE COLLEGES AND THE SCHOOLS WALTER CARL BARNES, B.A. (Oxon) Prof68.or of Histof'7l A.B., Colorado College. 1912; graduate student, California, 1912-13; Rhodes scholar, GEORGE REREC, Ph.D...... •...... Dean of the Grad..ate So1l.DGl Honour School of Modern History, Oxford University, England, 1913-16; B.A., COLIN VICTOR DYMENT, B.A• ...... Dea.. of the College of Literat..re, Soien06, and the Art. Oxon. 1916; faculty. British Columbia, 1917-18; California, 1918.20; Oregon. from ELLIS F. LAWRENCE, M.S• ...... Dean of the Sohool of Arohiteot_ 1920. EDWIN CLYDB ROBRINS, Ph.D• ...... _ Dean of the Sohool of Busine.s Administrataoa HaNRY DAVIDSON SHELDON, Ph.D• ...... _ Dea.. of the School of Ed..catiott JAMES DUFF BARNETT, Ph.D• ...... Profetl.or of Political Scienu ERIO W. ALLEN, B.A• ...... Dean of the Sohool of Jo..rnalilmo A.B., Emporia. 1890; fellow: in politieal science, Wiaeonsin, 1902-08; assistant in WILLIAM G. HALE, B.S.• LL.B• ...... Dean of the Sohool of L_ political science, 1908-Q6; Ph.D., 1906; faculty, Okla»qma. 1906-08; Oregon from RICHARD B. DILLElIUNT. B.S•• M.D• ...... Dean of the Sohool of Medicine 1908; associate editor, National Municipal Review. JOHN J. LANDSBURY, Mus.D• ...... _ Dean of the School of Mvn. JOHN FREEMAN BOVARD, Ph.D• ...... Dea.. of the Sohool of Physioal Ed..oaUot& -ERNEST SUTHERLAND BATES, Ph.D. . Profe••oor of Philo.oph" F'BBDERIC G. YOUNG, II.A., LL.D• ...... Dea.. of the School of Sooiolon A.B., Michigan, 1902; A.M•• 1903; university fellow, Columbia. 1906-06; Ph.D., EARL KILPATRICK. B.A• ...... Dea.. of E"tlmlJion Di11Uiooa 1908; faculty, Oberlin, 1903-06; Columbia, 1907-08; Arizona. 1908-16; professor and head of department of rhetoric and American literature. Oregon, 1916-22; present position from 1922. ANNA LANDBBURY BlICK, B.A• ...... Professor of P..blio Sohool Music Student, Simpson College, Colorado Normal, California; B.A., Oregon, 1919. P..-­ ent position. from 1918. -Leave of absence, 1928-24. 8 TEACHING FACULTY TEACHING FACULTY 9 JAMES FRANCIS BELL, M.B.• L.R.C.P• ...... Emeritus Profe••or of Medici... M.B. Toronto. 1882; L.R.C.P., RoysJ College Physicians. London. England. Fac­ GERMAINE CORNIER. A.M. ·.········· ··· 1nstructor i.. Romance Lang_g. ulty, Oregon. from 1887. BaccsJaureats in Languages and Philosophy. College de St. Germain, , 1916; Licence-es-Iettres, Sorbonne. Paris, 1919; M.A.. South Dakota, 1920. Faculty, HAROLD RAYMOND BEN~AMIN, B.A Assistant Professor of Educato- South Dakota, 1920-22; Oregon. from 1922. B.A., Oregon. 1920. Present position. from 1922. MARGARET D. CREECH, B.A. ·····.·········.....I...structor i .. the Portla·nd School of Social Work ROBERT L. BENSON, A.M., M.D•...... Professor of Patholol1ll, School of Medici..e. Port/afUJ B.A.• Reed College, 1915: present position from 1923. A.B., Michigan, 1902; A.M.. 1904; M.D., Rush MedicsJ College. 1910; graduate student ",ith Dr. Warthin. Michigan, 1921; research fellow in pathology, ChicallO, PETER CAMPBELL CROCKATT. Ph.D Professor of Eco..omic. 1909-10; faculty. Oregon, from 1912. B.A., Oregon. 1915: M.A., 1918; graduate student, California, 1921; Ph.D., 1922; faculty, Spokane, 1916-17: Oregon, from 1917. JOSEPH BROWN BILD&IlBACK, M.D Pro./e8Sor of Pediatrics, School of Medici..e, l'o·rtlantl HAROLD RANDOLPH CROSLAND, Ph.D. ··..·····.···· .Aasi.tant Prof..sor of PB/lchologl/ M.D.• Oregon. 1905: post-graduate study in New York, Boston, Berlin. London, A.B., South Carolina, 1913; A.M., Clark, 1914; Ph.D., 1916; fellow in experimental and Vienna. Faculty, Oregon, from 1910. psychology, Clark, 1913-16; faculty. Minnesota. 1916-17; Arkansas, 1917-18; Pitta­ burg, 1918-20: Oregon, from 1920. JOHN FREEMAN BOVARD. Ph.D Dean of tho School of PhI/sica.! Educato- a..d Professor of Phl/Molon ROSALIA CUEVAS, M.A•...... 1 ...tructor i.. Roma..ce La..guag.. B.A., California. 1903; M.A., 1906; graduate student, Harvard, 1914-15; Ph.D.• Colegio de la Ensenanza. Bogota;·student, Milan, ItsJy; B.A., Adelphi College. CsJifornia. 1916; faculty. Oregon. from 1906; dean of the School of PhysicsJ Educa­ 1909; University of Madrid. , 1912; M.A.• Columbia, 1913. Faculty. Adelphi. 1907-18; head of department modern languages, Brenau College and Conservatory, tion from 1920; president Oregon State PhysicsJ Education Society; vice-president 191~.20; present position, from 1920. Pacific Division American PhysicsJ Education Association, 1920-22; member execu­ tive council American Physical Education Association. CAPTAIN FRANK L. CULIN .A.sista..t Professor of Military Scie..ce a..d Tactics WILLIAM PINGRY BOYNTON, Ph.D•...... Professor of Phl/Bk. B.S., Arizona, 1915, M.S. in Engineering. 1916: U. S. Army since 1916; faculty Spring Hill College. Alabama. 1Vl9-20: Florida. 1920-21: present position from A.B., Dartmouth. 1890; M.A.• 1893; graduate scholar in physics. Dartmouth. 1898­ 1923. 94; scholar and fellow in physics, Clark, 1894-97; Ph.D.• 1897; faculty, SoutberB CsJifornia, 1890-93; California. 1897-1901; CsJifornia College. 1901-03; Oregon, from MARY ALEEN DAVIS. B.S., M.A ··· I tructor i .. Hou.ehold Arts 1903; head of department from 1906. B.S., Washington, 1922. M.A., 1923; present position from 1923. EYLER BROWN, M. Arch 1nstructor i.. Archiuctur. BURCHARD WOODSON DEBUSK, Ph.D•...... Prof•••or of Education B.A., Oregon. 1915. B. Arch•• 1916; M. Arch•• Massachusetts TechnicsJ Institute. B.A., Indiana, 1904; fellow, Clark, 1909-10, 1914-15; Ph.D.• 1915; acting director 1922. Faculty, Oregon, from 1922. of psychology laboratory, Indiana, 1908-09; faculty, Teachers College, Colorado, 1910-14; professor of educational psychology, Oregon. from 1915. JULIA BURGESS, M.A Profe.sor of E ..glia" i B.A.. Wellesley. 1894; M.A. Radcliffe, 1901; faculty. Oregon. from 1907. I EDWARD HARRIS DECKER. LL.B...... •...... Profe••or of Law A.B., Michigan, 1897; LL.B., 1904. Practicing attorney 1904.1909. Faculty, Illi­ GEORGE E. BURGET. Ph.D Prof..sor of Physiolol1ll. School of Medici..e. PortltJm4 nois, 1909-19; legal staff, Bureau of War Ri.k Insurance. 1918-20; present POlli­ A.B.• Indiana Stau Normal School; Ph.D•• Chicago; faculty. Oregon, from 1917. tion from 1921.

MERTON KIRK CAMERON, Ph.D Assistant Professor of Ectmomw EoGAR EZEKIEL DECOU, M.S Prof.s.or of Mathemat". A.B•• Princeton, 1908; A.M., Harvard. 1914; Ph.)J•• 1921: facult",. Harvard. 1915­ B.S., Wisconsin, 1894; M.S•• Chicago, 1897; graduate student, Chicago, 1898-1900; 16; Hibbing Junior College. 1917.20; Orel

DAN E. CLARK. Ph.D Associate Professor of Political Scie..ce; Dir."tor of RICHARD B. DILLEHUNT, M.D Dean of the School of Medici..e, Portla..d I1t8truction bll Correspondence, Exte'nBio·n Di"'i!~,on Illinois, 1904-06: M.D. Chicago, 1910: faculty, Oregon from 1912. B.A., Iowa. 1907; Ph.D., 1910. Faculty, Iowa, 1909-1918; Oregon. from 1921. "HARL R. DOUGLASS. M.A Professor of Educatio.. RoBI!JRT CARLTON CLARK. Ph.D.•...... Prof...or of His&o", B.S., Missouri. 1913; M.A., 1918; supervisor, University of Missouri High School, B.A., Texas, 1900; M.A., 1901; scholar in history, Wisconsin, 1901-02; fellow, 1902­ 1913-14; superintendent of schools. Missouri and Oregon, 1914-19; faculty, Oregon, 03; Ph.D•• 1905; faculty, Oregon, from 1905; head of department from 1920; fel. from 1919. low, Texas Historical Association. FREDERIC STANLEY DUNN. A.M Professor of Lati.. 'lJIMOTHY CLORAN, Ph.D Profe••or of Romance Lang_ge. A.B., Oregon, 1892: A.M., 1899; A.B., Harvard, 1894; A.M., 1903; faculty. Willam­ B.A., Western Reserve, 1891; student, University of Berlin, 1897-98; University of ette, 1895.98: head of department. Oregon. from 1898; leave of absence in Italy, Strassburg, 1898-99; Ph.D., Strassburg, 1901; student, University of Paris. 1904-05; 1918-19. University of Madrid, 1905-66; faculty. Shurtleff College, 1893-97; Idaho, 1899-1900; Vanderbilt, 1900-04; Oregon, from 1906; head of department from 1907. COLIN VICTOR DYMENT. B.A. ....Dea.. of the CoUege of Literature, Scie..ce and the Arts, and Profe••or of Jou....alism EDMUND S. CONKLIN, Ph.D.•...... Profes.or of PSI/chologl/ B.A., Toronto (University College), 1900; newspaperman, 1900.13. Faculty, Ore­ B.H.• 1908. Springfield, Mass.: A.M., Clark, 1909; fellow in psychology. Clark, gon, 1918-17; head of department of journalism, Washington. 1917-18; director 1909-11; Ph.D•• 1911; faculty, Oregon, from 1911; head of department from 1918. ----of School of JournsJi.m, 1918-19; present position. from 1920. "Leave of absence, 1924-25. 10 TEACHING FACULTY TEACHING FACULTY 11 BERTHA S. STUART DYMENT, A.B., M.D•...... •...... Medical Con8ultant for Woma­ A.B., Michigan, 1903; M.D., 1908; faculty, Michigan, 1901-09; Oregon, 1909-16; VIBA:IL O. HAFEN · ·· .I tn&ctor in Fine ArfB Reed College, 1916-20; Oregon, from 1920; pediatrician with Children's Bureau. Pupil of John Hafen, 1908-10; student John Herron Art Institute, Indianapolis, American Red Cross, Blois, France, 1918. 1909-10; Grande Chomiere, Paris, 1911; Ecole Colorossi, Paris, 1911.18; studied in museums. France, , Switzerland, Italy and England. Present position, VIRGIL D. EARL, B.A. _ Profe8sor of Physical Education; Director of Athletic.. from 1922. B.A., Oregon, 1906; present position from 1923. OELIA V. HAGER, M.A. .. ·· ..Instn&ctor in P8I/chology GRACE EDGINGTON, B.A. ..._ _ _.A.,8istant Pro/es.,or 0/ Eng';8h. B.A., Oregon, 1912; M.A., 1918; faculty, Oregon, from 1918. B.A., Oregon, 1916; faculty. Washington, 1917-20; Oregon from 1920. HOZELLE HAm, B.A As8istant Professor of Sociowgy; Director of Organization and RUDOLF HERBERT ERNST, Ph.D As8u,tant Profe8sOT of E!'glis.. Administration of Correspondence Study, Extension Division B.A., Northwestern College, Wisconsin, 1904: student Theological SemInary, B.A., Oregon, 1908. Faculty, Oregon. from 1908. Wanwatosa, Wisconsin, 1905-07; University of Rostock, , 1908-09; Uni­ versity of Leipsig, 1909-10; Sorbonne, Paris, 1911; M.A.; Harvard, 1912, Ph.D., WILLIAM GREEN HALE, LL.B• ...... Dean of tke School of Law and Profes80r of L .... 1918; Thayer Fellowship, Harvard; faculty, Northwestern College, 1904-06, 1907­ B.S., Pacific University, 1908; LL.B. Harvard, 1906. Faculty. Illinois, 1909-11, 08; Washington, 1912-23; present position from 1923. 1918-20; practicing attorney, 1906-09, 1911·12; present position, from 1920. VIRGINIA JUDY ESTERLY, B.A•...... ______..Dean of Wome.. KoBEBT C. HALL ··· A880ciate Professor of Journalism 4 B.A., California, 1923; faculty. St. Mary's School. Shanghai, China. 1907-09; dea»­ SUPerintendent University Press of women of Intersession, California, 1923; present position from 1923. Faculty. Oregon. from 1918. GElIlV'UDE ESPINOSA _ Instructor in Spanish. ANNE HARDY, M.A. .. Instructor in Educati_ Student, New Mexico, 1916-17; Wisconsin, 1918-21. Translator, War Department, A.B., Stanford, 1921; M.A., 1923. Faculty, Oregon, from 1922. 1918. Faculty, Wisconsin, 1918-21; present position, from 1921. HOWARD D. HASKINS, M.A.• M.D. Profe880T of Biochemistry, School of Medicine, Portland. A.B., Michigan; M.D., Western Reserve; M.A., Oregon, 1923; faculty Western JOHN STARK EVANS, B.A• ...... A88istant Dean of the School of Mturic a..d Reserve, 1907-16; Oregon, frum 1915. Profe880r of Organ and Piano B.A.• Grinnell, 1913; pupil of Rudolph Ganz, New York; Reuhen Goldmark, New MILDRED L. HAWES, M.A. ..· ···· Instructor in English York. Faculty, Oregon, 1917; present position. from 1920. B.A., Oregon, 1921, M.A., 1923; present position from 1923. RUDOLPH FAHL, B.P.E., M.A. .. .Instructor in Physical Educatitm BEN3AMIN JAMES HAWTHORNE. Lit.D• ...... Emeritus Professor of Psychowtnl B.P.E., Springfield College, Mass., 1921; M.A., Clark, 1923; assistant director, A.M., Randolph-Macon, 1861; Lit.D., Oregon. 1910. Faculty, Oregon 1884.1910. Bradley Polytechnic Institute, Peoria, Ill., 1921-22; present position from 1923. WILLIAM L. HAYWARD ·· Profeasor of PhY8icai Eduoatic.. Faculty, Oregon, from 1904. ATARD FAIRRANKS A.sistant Profes.or of Fins Artlr A.S.L. Board of Control Scholarship. Art Students League, New York, 1911-13; EDWIN T. HOOGE, Ph.D _ Professor of Geology winner S. A. F. Scholarship, 1912; Ecole des Beaux Arts. Paris; Ecole ColorOBlli. B.A., Minnesota, 1913; M.A•• 1914; Ph.D., Columbia, 1915; William Bayard Cutting Paris; Ecole Moderne, Paris; represented in exhibitions, Paris, New York, SaD. traveling fellowship, Columbia, 1916; faculty, Minnesota, 1913-16; Columbia, 1916­ Francisco, Chicago. and elsewhere. Present position from 1920. 16; British Columbia, 1917-20; Oregon. from 1920. ANDREW FISH, Ph.D _ _.. __ __ Assistant Profe.sor of HistoTlJ *GEORGE PAYNTER HOPKINS, B.A· A8sistant Profes80r of Pianoforts B.D., Pacific Unitarian School, 191,7; A.B., Oregon. 1920; M.A., 1921; Ph.D., B.A., Oregon, 1921; pupil of Harold Randolph, Baltimore; Moritz Moszkowski, Clark, 1922-23; Oregon, from 1920. Paris; student. Peabody Conservatory. Baltimore. Present position from 1918. FRANKLIN FOLTS, M.B.A Associate ProfeM/OT of Busin Administration; BE"3AMIN HORNING, M.S• ..· -- ·· Assistant Professor of ZoO:ol1ll A.sistant Dean of the School B.S., Oregon Agricultural College, 1914; graduate student, Oregon, 1920-22; M.S., B.A., Oregon, 1920; M.B.A., 1923; faculty. Oregon. from 1920. 1922. Present position. from 1921. WILMOT C. FOSTER, M.A., M.D. .. As8istant Professor of Anatomy, ELBERT L. HOSKIN. B.S. .. · As8istant Professor of Educatitm School of Medicine, Portland B.S., Hiram. 1914; student Leipzig, Germany. Present position, from 1921. A.B., Oregon, 1916; M.D., 1920; graduate study, Minnesota, Rush Medical Col­ lege, and Chicago; M.A., Oregon, 1923; faculty, Oregon, from 1920. HERBERT CROIKRIE HowE, A·B...·..·..··..·..·· Profes8or of English. B.L., A.B., Cornell, 1893; graduate scholar in philosophy, Cornell, 1893-95; head of department, Oregon, from 1906. ANDREW JACKSON GIESY. M.D Emeritus Professor of Clinical Gunecolol1ll, School of Medicine, Portland CIlCIL LEONARD HUGHES. B.Ed., M.A. · Assistant Professor of E

EARL KILPATRICK, B.A.....D.an of the Extension DiviBion, Director Profof the•••orPortlandof SocioloflllC.nt.... WILLIAM EDMUND MILNE, Ph.D Profes.or of Mathematica A.B.• Whitman, 1912; A.M.• Harvard. 1913; Ph.D.• 1916; faculty. Bowdoin. 1916-18; B.A., Oregon, 1909; faculty, Oregon, 1914-17, from 1920; director, Northwestern Division, American Red CroBs, 1917-20; president, Oregon Social Hygiene Society. Oregon, from 1919. CAPTAIN JOHN T. MURRAY A••i.tant Prof•••or of MilitGry Scie..ce and Tactics EDMOND J. LABBE, M.D. . Prof or of Obstetrics, School of Medicin., Portland U. S. Military Academy, West Point, 1913-17; U. S. Army since 1917; faculty. University of Virginia; M.D. Columbia. Faculty, Oregon. from 1899. U. S. Military Academy, 1918·20; present position from 1923.

JOHN J. LANDSBURY, Mus.D ············· .D.an of the School of MUIlic HAROLD B. MYERS, A.B.• M.D Profe••or of Pharmacology, School of Medici..e. PortlGnd Mus.B.. Simpson College, Iowa, 1900; Mus.D., 1909; pupil Max Bruch, Berlin; A.B.• Wisconsin; M.D., Western Reserve; collaborator, Journal of Pharmacology; graduate student, University of Berlin; faculty, Simpson; Baker University; Oregon faculty, Oregon, from 1916; assistant dean from 1917. from 1914; present position from 1917. FRANK A. NAGLEY, B.A• ...... A.BiBtG..t Profes.or of Busi..e.s AdministrGtion OLOF LARSELL, Ph.D Profe••or of Anatomy, School of Medicine, portland A.B.. Northwestern, 1907; graduate student, University of Chicago, 1910; faculty. B.S., McMinnville College, 1910: graduate student, Chicago; M.A., Northwestern, Oregon, from 1922. 1914; Ph.D.• 1918; faculty, McMinnville. 1910-16; Northwestern, 1916-18. 1920-21; Wisconsin, 1918-20; Oregon. from 1921. WALTER E. NICHOL. B.S .lnstructor i.. Zoology B.S., Oregon, 1919; faculty, Oregon, from 1922. ELLIS F. LAWRENCE, M.S D.an of the School of Architecture and Allied ArtB, Professor of Architecture EARL L. P.'''.KARD, Ph.D Profe••or of Geoloflll B.S., M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Fellow, American Institute of A.B.. Washington, 1911; M.A•• 1912; fellow in paleontology, California. 1912.14; Architecture. Present position, from 1914. Ph.D., 1916; faculty, Washington, 1916-16; Oregon, 1916-17; Mississippi A. &: M. College. 1917-18; Oregon. from 1919; acting head of department, 1920-21. CAMILLA LEACH Librarian. School of Architecture and Allied Am Librarian and registrar, Oregon, 1897-99; librarian, 1899-1908; reference librar­ MABEL HOLMES PARSONS. M.A Profes.or of Rhetoric, Portla..d Ext.n.ion Ce..ter ian, 1908-12; instructor in art. 1912-16; present position. from 1916. A.B.. Michigan, 1904; M.A., 1906; faculty, Oregon, from 1912. WILLIAM K. LIVINGSTON, M.A., M.D• ...... University P"ysieiatl PHILIP ARCHIBALD P ARSONS. Ph.D .. B.A., Oregon, 1913, M.A., 1917; M.D., Harvard. 1920; Massachusetts General ...... Profes.or of Applied Sociology. Portla..d Extension CeRter Hospital, 1920-22. Present position, from 1922. A.B.• Christian University. Missouri. 1904; M.A., 1905; student. Union Theological Seminary. 1904.06; graduate student, Columbia, and research fellow, School of ALFRED L. LOMAX, B.B.A Profe••or of For.ign Trads Philanthropy. 1908-09; Ph.D•• 1909; faculty. Syracuse, 1909-20; director of Uni­ B.B.A., Oregon, 1923; formerly with George Wills & Sons, Ltd. (export mer­ versity Settlement. Syracuse; lecturer. Department Immigrant Education, State­ chants) ; United States Shipping Board; McCargar, Bates and Lively; faculty, of New York, 1912-18; director of Portland Center school of social work from 1920•. Oregon, from 1919. EDWARD HIRAM McALISTER, M.A. . Profe••or of MechGnic. and A.tronomy EDITH BAKER PATTEE, M.A I tructor i.. Education B.A., Oregon, 1890; M.A., 1893. Faculty, Oregon. from 1891; dean College of A.B.. Oregon, 1911; M.A.• 1913. Faculty. Oregon. 1912-14. and from 1919. of department from 1916; certified member American Engineering, 1902-16; head MARy HALLOWELL PERKINS, M.A. .. Profe••or of ERgliB" Association Engineers. B.A., Bates, 1898; M.A.• Radcliffe, 1908; graduate student, Columbia, 1916-17; RoSE MCGREW Profe••or of Voi.- faculty, Oregon, from 1908. Pupil of Haenisch and Von Kotzebue, Dresden; Zimmerman. Berlin. Soprano, Court Theatre. Mecklenburg-Schwerin; Royal Theatre, Hanover; prima donna, LIEUTENANT COLONEL W. A. POWELL, M.D Prof or of Military Sci.nce and TactieB. Breslau, Germany. Created role of Octavian in Strauss' '4Roaenkavalier." Deco­ Sch901 of Medici..e. PorUaRd rated with Order of the Silver Laurel (Germany); faculty, Oregon. from 1920. M.D.. Atlanta College Physicians and Surgeons. Present position, from 1921. JOHN J. McKNIGHT, C.P.A• ...... A ••ociat. Profe••or of Accounting ALFRED POWERS, B.A.._ .As.ociate Prof.ssor of Jour,,",uism; Director of Social Teaching and accounting experience from 1880. Faculty. Oregon, from 1922. W'elfare and Visual Instruction, EJ;te'n8ion Divisicm B.A.• Oregon, 1910. FaCUlty, Oregon, from 1917. MADELINE McMANUS, Ph.B. Assistant ProfeBBOf' of Busine•• Admi..i.tration; S.cretary of School of B...i..... Admi..istration JOHN J. PUTNAM, Ph.D• ...... A••istant Profe••or of Bacteriology, Ph.B., Chicago. 1918. Present position, from 1920. School of Medicine, Portland' B.S., M.A., University of Denver; Ph.D.• Nebraska; graduate student, Chicago; ALBERT EDWARD MACKAY, M.D., M.D.C.M., F.N.C.S Prof.s.or of Genito-Urinary faculty, Oregon. from 1921. DiBeGBe.. School of Medidne, Portland M.B., Toronto; M.C.D.M., Trinity University. Toronto; faculty, Oregon, from 1890. GEORGE REBEC, Ph.D. . Dean of the Graduate School and Prof•••or of Philo.ophy A.B., Michigan, 1891; student at Strassburg, 1893-94; Ph.D.,Michigan, 1897; stu­ PERRY D. MACY. M.A. . Instructor i.. Socioloflll dent in Florence, Italy, 1908-09; faculty. Michigan, 1894.1909; Oregon. 1912-18: B.S., Pacific College, 1907; B.D., Hartford Theological Seminary, 1913; M.A.• director. Portland Extension Center, 1918-20; professor of education. Reed College. Oregon, 1923; f\lculty, PacifiC! College, 1920-23; present position from 1923. 1920-21; head of department of philosophy and dean of G.aduate School, Oregon. from 1920. GERTRUDE MANCHESTER I t ctor i.. Phy.icaJ. Ed..catiotl Student. Wellesley. 1911-13; faculty. Wellesley. 1913-16; Rhode Island College. 1915­ FBRous REDDIE Profe••or of Drama aRd the Speech Art. 1919; Central School of Physical Education, New York City. 1919-1921; Oregon, B.A.. Valparaiso, (Hon.); Pennsylvania Museum School of Industrial Art; Emer­ from 1921. son College of Oratory; director of plays for 20th Century Club, Boston; profes­ FRANK R. MENNE, B.S., M.D Profe••or of PGtholoflll. School of Medici..e, Portland sional stage. Head of department, Oregon, from 1911. B.S.• Wisconsin; M.D., Rush Medical College; faculty. Oregon. from 1911. WILLIAM J. REINHART _ .lnstructor -in Physical Education WILBUR BEERY MIKESELL, M.A _ As.ista..t Prof•••or of Bu.i..e•• Admi..iBtration Oregon, three years; present position from 1923. B.A., Ohio State, 1911; M.A., California, 1923; faculty, Oklahoma State College, 1922.23; present position from 1923. MATTHEW CASEY RIDDLE, M.S. ..A.sistant Profe••or of Zoology JAMES A. MILLER, J.D A ••ociate Prof or of LGVJ B.A., Reed, 1917; student, University of Montpellier, Herault, France. 1919; M.S.• A.B.. Beloit, 1913; J.D.• Chicago, 1920. Practicing attorney. 1920-21. Present p0­ Oregon, 1922; faculty, Reed, 1919·21; Oregon, from 1922. sition. from 1921. EDWIN CLYDE ROBBINS, Ph.D .Dea.. of School of Bu.ine.s Admin;'trati.... ROLAND McLEOD MILLER, M.A. .. A••iBta..t Prof or of Economics B.A., Iowa, 1910; M.A., 1912; Garth fellow in economics, Columbia, 1912-13; A.B., British Columbia. 1916; A.M.• California. 1920; teaching fellow. California. Ph.D., 1916; faculty, Mt. Holyoke, 1914-15; Oregon. 1916-17; Minnesota. 1917-19; 1921; faculty, Oregon. from .1921. . Oregon, from 1919; present position from 1920. 14 TEACHING FACULTY TEACHING FACULTY 15

HUGH E. ROSSON, B.S., LL.B• .··· .A88ociate Profes8or of E ..glish 1'...., L. STETSON, M.A. · ·..· ·· Prolessor 01 Ed..ca.tiow B.S., Knox, 1916; LL.B., Iowa, 1920; faculty, Kansas State Agricultural College, B.A., Washington, 1911; M.A. 1913: research scholar, Teachers College, 1919-20: 19}'1~23; present ,position fron~ 1928. faculty, Washington, 1912-18: Oregon, from 1913.

HOlllEB P. RUSH, M.A., M.D• ...... A88i8tant ProfU80r of PhY8iology. A. B. STILLMAN ·····..·· 1 truetor i.. Accou..t"'f/ School of Medici..e, Portland Student, Oregon, 1909-11. Faculty, Oregon, from 1922. A.B., A.M., M.D., Oregon; faculty, Oregon, from 1918. 10HN STRAUB, Lit.D• ...... c...Profe.sor 01 Greek La..guage and Literature -ETHJlJL I. SANBORN, M.A .I t"'ctor i.. Bottl..y B.A., Mercersburg, 1876; M.A., 1879; Lit. D., Franklin and Marshall, 1913: faculty, B.S., South Dakota State College, 1903; B.A., South Dakota, 1904; M.A., 1907; Oregon, from 1879: dean of the College of Literature, Science, and the Arts, graduate 8tudent, Oregon, 1911-18; puget Sound biological station, '0'1; Stanford. 1899-1920; deaD of men, from 1920. 1917-18; curator of museum, Oregon, 1914.17; faculty, Oregon, ftum 1918. LILLIAN LAURA STUPP, M.A. .. ·· 11l8tructor i.. Physical Education FRIEDRICH GEORG G. SCHMIDT, Ph.D .Profe880r of German Language and Literature A.If.. Washington University, St. Louis, 1919; M.A., Wisconsin, 1922. I'aculty, Student, University of Erlanger, Bavaria, 1888·90; Johns Hopkins, 1890-98; uni. Oregon, from 1922. versity scholar and fellow, 1894-96; Ph.D., 1896; faculty, Cornell College, 1896-97: head of department of modern languages, Oregon, 1897-1906: head of departnlent ALBERT RADDIN SWEETSER, M.A. ··· · Profe8.or of Bota..y of German, Oregon, from 1906. B.A., Wesleyan, 1884; M.A., 1887: graduate stUdent, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1884-86; Harvard, 1893-97: faculty, Pacific University, 1897-1902; ALFRED H. SCHROFF Prole88or 01 Fi..e Artl Oregon, from 1902: head of department of botany, from 1909. Student, Boston, Cowles Art School, Zepho Club Copley Society: Paris, London. Instructor, . Copley Socicty, Boston Architectural Club; director, L. M. D. Sweat H. G. TANNER, M.A ··..·..· A.8i8ttlnt Profe880r of Chemistry Memorial Museum and school: medals, World's Columbian Exposition, 1893, Brit­ B.S., Ottawa University (Kan.), 1916; A.M., Nebraska, 1°16; graduate student, ish Exposition, Jamaica. 1895; represented in eastern collections and exhibitions; Cornell, 1916-17; research chemist, U. S. Government: faculty. Ore",on, from 1921. first prize in oils, Northwestern Artists exhibition, Seattle, 1923. Faculty, Oregon, from 1916. LouRENF. E. TAYLOR, B.A ····..·· l tructor i.. Bota"lI B.A., Oregon, 1918: faculty, Oregon, from 1922. IlARBY ALEXANDER SCOTT, M.A. .. Professor 01 Physical Educatio.. B.S., Teachers' College, Columbia, 1920; M.A., 1921. Faculty, Columbia, 1920; Or~ lANE SCOTSFORD THACHER ·..····· ProfS880r of Pianolor,. gon, from 1921. Student, Vienna; pupil of Karl Pfleger: Teodor Leschetizky. Concert pianiste; present position, from 1916. ILuU!Y J. SEARS, Ph.D Profes8or of Bacteriology, School 01 Medici..e, Portland A.B., Stsnford, 1911; A.M., 1912; Ph.D., 1916; student, Chicago; faculty, Stanford, 1911-12, 1913.16; city bacteriologist and chemist, Berkeley, Calif., 1917-18; faculty, W. F. G. THACHER. M. A ···· Profe880r of Engli8h A.B., Princeton, 1900: M.A., 1906; graduate student. ChicaJ 1916, 1917. Centro A.B., Stanford, 1896; A.M., 1897; Ph.D., Clark, 1900; student, Leipzig, 1911·12; de Estudios HistoricoB. Madrid. diploma, 1919. University of Mexico, aummer faculty, Oregon, 1900-11; Pittsburg, 1912-14; present position from 1914. 1922. Faculty, Oregon, from 1920.

FIlIilDERICK LAFAYETTE SHINN, Ph.D• ...... Prole880r 01 Chemistrv HAMlET W. THOMSON, B.A• ..·· ProfeB8or of PhYBical Education B.A., Indiana, 1901: M.A., 1902: scholar, Yale, 1902: Ph.D., Wisconsin, 1906: A.B., Michigan, 1904: graduate student, 1904-1906. Faculty, Oregon, from 1911. faculty, Wisconsin, 1902-04, 1905-07: Indiana, 1904-06; faculty, Oregon, from 1907; acting head of department, 1918-22. -CLAIIENCE DEWITT THORPE, M.A. ·..··..· A880ciate Profe8Bor of Engli8" A.B.; Ellsworth Collcge, 1911; A.M., Arizona, 1912; Michigan, 1915. Faculty, Ari­ .TOHN B. SIEFEET A88istant Profe880r 01 Voice zona, 1919-21. Oregon, from 1921. Pupil of Ell.worth Giles, Pittsburg, Pa.; Mme. Carl Alves, Leipzig and New York; Mme. Jeanne Jomelli, San Francisco. Soloist with Russian Symphony EDWARD THORSTENBERG. Ph.D...... '...Profe8.or of Scandinavian Languages and Literature Orchestra, Pittsburgh Festival Orchestra, and California Symphony Orchestra. B.A., Bethany College, 1899: scholar, Yale, 1900-03: M.A., 1902; Ph.D. 1904: Present position, from 1921. faculty, Oregon, from 1913.

LmUTENANT COLONEL WILLIAM S. SINCLAffi ...... Prole8.or of Military Seieonce a..d Tacti"" LILIAN E. TINGLE ··..··· Profe8Bor Of Household Arts Michigan Military Academy, 1891-96, University of Michigan. 1~96-98: U. S. Student, Robert Gordon's College, Aberdeen, ; University of Aberdeen; Army since 1898; faculty, Oregon, from 1922. Univer8ity of London; special study in Germany and Italy. Faculty, State Nor­ mal Industrial School, North Dakota; supervisor donl.estic science and art, Port­ LLOYD L. SMAIL, Ph.D• ...... · .A8sista..t Profe88or of Mathematic8 land schools, 1908.17; head of department of household arts from 1917. A.B.. Washington, 1911,' A.M., 1912; Ph.D., Columbia, 1918; faculty, Washington, 1913-23; present position from 1923. HARRY BEAL TORREY, Ph.D ProfesBor of Zoology, Chairman. Department of Medicine B.S., California, 1895; M.S., 1898; fellow in zoology, Columbia, 1900-01: Ph.D., WARRJlJN Du PRE SMITH, Ph.D• ...... Profe8sor 01 Geo!oD1/ 1903: faculty, California, 1898-1912: Reed College, 1912-20: head of department B.S., Wisconsin, 1902: M.A., Stanford, 1904: fellow in geology, Chicago 1904-06' of experimental biology and director of research in fundamental sciences, School Ph.D., Wisconsin, 1908; head of department, Oregon, from 1914; geoiogist and of Medicine, Portland, and head of department of zoology, Oregon, from 1920. chief of division of mines, bureau o! science, Manila, 1920-22. ERNEST F. TUCKER, A.B., M.D · Emeritus Prof""'sor of Gy..ecologll, WALTER W. SNYDER, B.A• ...... · l tr..ctor i.. E..glish Schoo! of Medicine, Portland B.A., Arizona, 1921; graduate student, California, 1922-23; present pOllition B.A., Swarthmore: M.D., Harvard Medical School; faculty, Oregon, from 1891. from 192~. PIII'l'IIa L. SPENCER, B.S. .· .1..8t"'ctor Education GBollGE TURNBULL, A.B. ..···· Prole880r of Journalis.. A.B., Washington, 1916: Editorial Staff, Seattle Post-InteIIigeneer, UIQ6-16; Seattle 1,.S. in Ed., Oregon, 1922. Present position, from 1920. Times, 1916-17. PreseRt position, from 1917. ORIN FLETCHER STAFFORD, M.A• ...... Profe8sor of Chemi8trv A.B., Kansas, 1900; A.M., 1902; graduate student, Nernst laboratory, Berlin, IDA V. TURNEY, M.A. .. ···..·· ln8tructor in Englis,. B.A., Oregon, 1912: M.A., 1913: graduate student Michigan, 1913. Present positiOR, ----1908-09: faculty, Oregon, from 1900; head of department from 1902. from 1914. ·Leave of absence, 1923-24. ·Leave of absence, 1924-26. 16 TEACHING FACULTY COJ}lJIlTTEES OF THE FACULTY 17

AURORA POTTER UNOERWOOD. B.M. . A.ssista..t Professor of Pia..oforu TEACHING FELLOWS B.M.. Oregon. 1921; pupil of Ethel Newcombe and Edwin Hughes. New York; present position from 1922. Thomas Cutsforth. B.A. Oregon 1918. M.A. 1928. Psychology. Riddle. Adele Kibre, B. A. California 1921. M.A. 1922. Latin. Berkeley, Calif. REX UNDERWOOD Prof.ssor of Violi..; Dir.ctor. U..iv.rsity Oroh6strA Harold N. Lee. B.A. Oregon 1922. Philosophy. Newberg. Student. Chicago Musical College. 1904-07; Leipzig Conservatory. 1907-09; Royal Fritz Marti. Ph.D. University of Bern. Switzerland 1922, Philosophy,Eugene. Bavarian School of Music. 1910: pupil of Joseph OIheizer. Chicago; Michael Pre88, Oscar W. Richards. B.A. Oregon 1928. Zoology, Eugene. Berlin. 1911; Ostrovsky, London. 1912. Present position, from 1919. Lawrence K. Shumaker. B.A. Iowa 1922. English, McMinnville. ETHEL WAKEFIELD. B.A 1 tructor i.. Ed..cation B.A., Oregon. 1920. Present position. from 1920. GRADUATE ASSISTANTS THEOIJORE PRICE W Al~TRUM Assista..t Prof or of Pia..oforte Pupil of Professor Jacob van Wagner. 1909-14; present position from 1928. Eleanor Coleman, B.A. Oregon 1922. English. Eugene. Meryl Deming, B.A. Oregon 1923. Chemistry, Fresno. Calif. GI'lIlTRUDI' BASS WARN&9 C..rator of M..rray Warn.r Memorial M m Gennaine Dew. B.A. Oregon 1922, Romance Languages, Tacoma, Wash. Vassar; lnember American Association for Advancement of Science, American Charles E. Franseen, two years Washington, graduate Cheney Normal, Education, Anthropological Association. Japan Society. Zaidan Hojin Meiji Seitoku Kinen Eugene. Gakkai (Meiji Japan Society). Present position. from 1922. Dorothy Gurley, B.A. in Home Ec. Santa Barbara Teachers College 1923. House- hold Arts, La Habra. Calif. SAM BAS;';; WAltH l.o).rL S..1.D __ __ .__ .._ __ __ Profe880r of Law Bertha Hays. B.A. Oregon 1922. Zoology. Corvallis. A.B., Harvard. 1912; LL.B., 1915, S.J.D., 1923; Director of Committee on Criminal Reeords and Statistics of American Institute of Criminal Law and Criminology; Bryan Hendon, B.A. Oklahoma 1919. Geology, Shawnee. Okla. pn~ent Chester A. Jones, B.A. Penn College, Iowa, 1920, Chemistry, Beacon, Ia. vo:Jitiun from 1919. Lois Laughlin, B.A. Oregon 1919, English. Carlton. F. MIRON WAIJRS WILSON. M.D• ...... Prof.ssor of S..rg•.". School of Medicine, PortlGncl Comm...c.ment a..d Ass.mbly-Campbell, Straub. Gilbert, Dunn, Evans, Kerns. M.D.• University of Virginia; College of the City of New York; Medical corps. For.ig.. Scholarships-Rebec. DYment. Donald BarRes. Mrs. Fitch. secretary. U. S. Army. Faculty. Oregon. from 1880. Fr•• Int.U.ctval Activiti.s-Rebec. Allen. Wheeler. Stafford. HARRY BAI School of Socwlogy, which contains also the Portland school of social work, and and 65.3 respectively. The mean minimum temperature for January, through which the hachelor's degrees are obtainable. The Ezten8Wn Division, containing the departments of visual instruction and eorrespond­ the coldest month, is 34.1. The mean maximum temperatures for July ence study, the lecture bureau, and the various extension courses throughout the 1Ita.te, and August are '79.5 and 73.3 respectively. The annual rainfall is about including the numerous ones of the Portland Extension center. 38Y2 inches; the main precipitation coming in the winter months, Novem­ flAe Summer sessions, two simultaneous sessions of six weeks each, given in Eugene and be~, December, and January, while the summers are practically free from degrees.Portland, work in which may usually be applied toward the bachelor's and master's ram. GovERN~n;NT EQUIPMENT A~D The govel'llment of the Univer~ity of Oreg'on is vested, under the BUILDINGS GROUNDS laws of the state of Oregon, in a Board of Regents, consisting of ten The university campus is situated about one mile southeast of the members. The governor, the secretary of state and the superintendent of Genter Qf Eugene. Electric cars pass through the campus, giving com­ public instruction are additional members ex officio. Each regent is munication with the business section and other Parts of the city. The appointed for a term of twelve years. eampus contains about 100 acres of land, divided into two sectiollil by Academic matters are in the hands of the voting members of the the Pacific Highway. ' faculty consisting of the president, deans, full professors and associate On the north campus are located the older university buildings, such professors. ' as Deady, Villard and McClure, and a few of the newer buildings, the ENDOWlfENT AND SUPPORT home of the School of Law, and the School of Business Administration, as well as the Architecture and Art group. The University of Oregon is one of the three state-supported institu­ The south campus is mainly occupied by the newer buildings, the tions which derive their income from the millage taxes. The millage in­ administration building, or Johnson hall, the education group, the School .ome of the University for the year 1924 is approximately $820,000, in of Music, and the buildings of the woman's quadrangle. East of this section of the campus is a large tract devoted to military and atWetic purposes. 20 UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS 21 The university buildings are situated on rising ground well wooded with Friendly Hall, the men's hall of residence, situated south of McClure, native and exotic trees. was erected in 1893, with additions completed in 1903, 1914, and 1920. In the description below, the buildings are grouped according to It is a three-story brick building, equipped with e1ectric lights, steam heat, location on the campus. 'fhe first group takes in the buildings on the hot and cold water. The north end of the main floor is occupied by the north campus, beginning with Deady hall, the oldest of the university University Health Service, including the Dispensary. buildings, and making a circuit to the north, east, south, and west. The second group beginning with the administration building, Johnson hall, The Men's Gymnasium, built in 1909, is east of Friendly hall, aerOSj describes the newer buildings on the south part of the campus. University street. It is fitted with modern conveniences, apparatus, 8J1 indoor runniug track, a swimming pool, shower baths, lockers, etc. Deady Hall, a four-story building, was presented to the State on the Supp2ementing the gymnasium proper is the outdoor gymnasium, witlt opening of the University in 1876 by the citizens of Lane County, and was a floor] 20 by 87 feet, divided by movable partitions into three distinct named in honor of Matthew P. Deady, the ·first president of the Board gymnasimn floors, earh large enough for basketball, hand ball, or indoor of Regents. It houses the departments of botany, zoology and physics. tennis. Villard Hall, erected in 1885, was named in honor of Henry VillanI, The Fniversity at present uses two athletic fields, Hayward field, the builder of the Northern Pacific Railroad, th(: greatest indivi,bal laid out in a 35-acre tract southeast of the main campus, is surrounded donor to the University's endowment. It is a cemented brick building by a grandstand and bleachers capable of seating 13,000 people. The old north of Deady, occupied by the department of English, and contains the Kincaid field is still used for football and track practice. To the east general assembly hall of the University. of this field is a separate diamond for baseball. Sociology Hall, a substantial red brick building, east of Vi1'lard, Library Hall, which contains the university 'library, is across the erected in 190], is the headquarters for the School of Sociology, and campus quadrangle from and facing Friendly. It is a two-story and furnishes additiona!l space for the department of English, and the School basement building of pressed brick. On acconnt of the rapid growth of of Architecture. the library, a fireproof stack room of steel and concrete construction wa!! Architecture and Allied Arts occupy a group of buildings connected added in H1l4. The first floor contains the general reading room and cir­ cnlation rlepal'tment; on the second floor are the reference and .;eminar by an arcade and a court with Sociolog'y hall. Included in the gTOUp rooms. is Architecture ha1'l, erected in 1914, the Fine Arts studio, and the new Art building, which contains the studios of sculpture and normal arts, Commerce Ifall, we:,;t of the Library, was completed in 1921. Ii together with the small exhibit museum. furuishes offices, class rooms, reference library and laboratories for the Across University street from the Architecture gTOUp is the new School of Business Adminiiitration, and in addition provides aecommoda­ power house and university depot, a brick building which contains the tions for the closely related departments of economics and history. This heating plant, the postoffice and express office, and headquarters for building is externally a repliea of Oregon Hall, which it faces. the superintendent of grounds. . Oregon Hall was completed in 1916. It is a three-story brick build­ The Household Arts Building, next the power house on University ing, 80 by 120 feet, and provides accommodations for the Law School street, contains quarters for the department of household arts, on the and the departments of languages and political science. l ground floor, while the campus offices of the extension division are located on the upper floor. On the south campns, across Thirteenth Avenne, and facing' the The Infirmary is a frame building, near the Household Arts building, campus quadrangle is Johnson Hall, the administration building. It is in which students receive hospital care and attention when necessary. a two-story and basement building, erected in 1915, and named after the first president of the University. The administration offices of the Uni­ The~ Journalism Building is adjacent to the Architecture group OB versity occupy the entire second floor. The main floor contains C'la.,,;;­ University street. It is annexed to McClure Hall and houses the School rooms, offices, and the little theatre. Gni~d Theatre, with a seating ca­ of Journalism. The basement contains offices, library, copy-room, and pacity of 200, is nsed for student plays and for the work of the de­ seminar rooms. and is connected with the University Press in the adjoin­ partment of drama and the speech arts. The dean of men and the dean ing building. The floor above supplies class, assembily, and laboratory of women also have offices on this floor, as well as the departments of rooms. The entire top floor is occnpied by the depaltment of chemistry. mathematics and geology, which have in addition elassrooms in the basement. McClure Hall, which looks westward on the campus, was built in 1900. It was named after Professor S. E. McClure of the class of 1883, Hendricks Hall, erected in 1917, and Susan Campbell} erected in 1920­ head of the department of chemistry, who ~ost his life on Mt, Rainier, 21, are sitnated on the women's qnadrangle, south of the administration July 27, 1897. It provides quarters for the departments of chemistry and building. These are three-story fireproof buildings of Colonial type, psychology, and the University Press. accommodating 112 girls each. The rooms are arranged in suites, with 8 sleeping porch for each suite. 22 UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS UNIVERSITY LIBRARY 23 Mary Spiller Hall, on the east side of the women's quadrangle next respectively, while the Newman Club, near 13th street on Kincaid sup­ to Hendricks, was named for Mrs. Mary Spiller, the first woman member plies a recreational center for Catholic students. of the faculty. It is a three-story and basement building, used for a The "Co-op" Store on the corner of Kincaid street and 13th avenue, residence and dining hall for women of the University. opposite Oregon Hall, furnishes text books and supplies, and is the The Woman's Building, which forms the south end of the woman's center of distribution for student publications. quadrangle, was erected with funds raised by popu[ar subscription, supplemented by legislative appropriations, and first occupied early in THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY It 1921. provides ample facilities for the department of physical educa­ STAFF tion for women, and has four gymnasium floors. The large indoor gymnasium is equipped with a1'l modern apparatus and laid out for indoor sports. A smaller one is artistically decorated and used mostly for the different forms of rhythmic work. The corrective gymnasium is large and sunny and equipped with apparatus for caring for the girls with remedial defects or who for any reason are not able to take the regdlar activities. The examining rooms in connection with this are equipped with all the usual examining apparatus, including a schemato­ graph. The fourth is an open air gymnasium and adjacent to it is an athletic field large enough to accommodate all the girls for games and out-door sports during the pleasant weather. Another feature is the large swimming pool purified by constant filtration. Connected with this The University Library is a well selected and rapidly growing col­ are ample dressing rooms and lockers and seventy-eight shower baths. lection of books numbering 131,822 volumes. AvailaMe from various There are also several recreatiop. rooms and offices for the staff of the sources·annually, there is from $18,000 to $20,000 for books and period­ physical education department. lIn the social end of the Woman's build­ icals and for binding. This is occasionally supp!emented by special ap­ ing is the 'large and beautifully appointed alumnae hall, which is in con­ propriations to secure particular collections. stant use for university gatherings, both of students and faculty. The The library is supplied with the best general and special reference third floor of this part of the building is occupied at present !)y the books; with the files of the principal American and foreign periodicals Oregon Museum of Fine Arts, which includes the Murray Warner Mem­ of general interest, and with many of the most useful sets of periodicals orial collection of oriental art, a reference library, and several smaNer of special and scientific interest, both American and foreign. Periodicals collections. currenUy received, number 1234, besides many of the daily and weekly bu~1t newspapers of the state. Bound files of about 90 Oregon newspapers are The R. O. T. C. Bltildling, originally as barracks for the S. A. on hand. T. C., has been remodeled and equipped for the offices and the instruc­ tional work of the department of military science. It is located near the 1'he library is a depository for the public flocuments published by the main campus southeast of the Woman's Building and west of the atWetic United States government and also for Oregon state documents. field. Besides the new books th:lt are being added continually, the library attempts to add each year some sets of important periodicals or other The Education Building and the University High School, completed valuable collections of source material for advanced study and research. and occupied in the spring of 1921, are southwest of the Woman's The library is open each week day from 7 :45 a. m. to 10 p.m. On Sunday Building. They furnish offices and class rooms for the staff of the School it is open from 2 to 6 p. m. Books, other than reference books and those of Education, as well as practice school facilities. The high school build­ especially reserved for use in the library, may be drawn for a period of ing represents the most modern ideas in school architecture, and in ad­ one month, and at the expiration of that time renewed if there is no other dition to the regular school equipment, is provided with an open air demand for them. All persons connected with the University have the covered gymnasium and playing fields. privilege of drawing books, and the use of the library for reference pur­ poses is extended to the general public as well. Books that can be spared Farthest south on the campus is the Music Buildting, completed in from the University are also loaned for a month at a time to other li­ 1921. Here are teaching and practice rooms of modern type, and in braries, to superintendents and principals of Oregon schools, and to in­ addition it will ultimately contain a well-equipped auditorium capaMe of dividual citizens of the state. seating about 600 persons. Branches of the reserve department of the University library are In addition to the foregoing main campus buildings, there are numer­ maintained in the School of Law and the School of Business Administra­ ,ous subsidiary structures in various locations, among these are the tion in their respective buildings, while a reading room is operated in folJlowing: connection with the School of Architecture for books of technical nature. The "Bungalow" and the "Hut", situated on Kincaid street at the edge In the School of Law also is the Fenton Memorial library, which is of Ule campus, are the quarters of the Y. W. C. A. and the Y. M. C. A. more fnlHy described under the law school section. 24 ['NIVER8ITY MUSEUMS UNIVERSITY LABORATORIES 25 THE UNIVERSITY MUSEUMS Architecture who died in service during the war, and will be the home of The Oregon Museum of Fine Arts, housed at present in the Woman's the Dorland Robinson Memorial collection, the paintings of the daughter building, includes the Murray Warner Memorial collection given to the of Dr. J. VV'. Robinson of Jacksonville, Oregon. University in 1920 by Mrs. Warner, to which considerable additions have The Condon Geological Museum includes the Condon Cabinet, which been made during the past year; tht Millican loan collection of Indian represents the life work of the late Dr. Thomas Condon, the first profes­ basketry, weaving and pottery; and a loan collection of Philippine em­ sor of geology of the University and a member of its first facult¥. This broideries, bead-work and basketry by the Bagabos of Mindanao, and the eolIection is especially rich in vertebrate fossils from the John Day valley. Igorot of Luzon. The museum also contains type collections of minerals, an ethnologica1 The Murray Warner collection of oriental art given to the University collection of tools and implements used by primitive man, and a repre­ in 1922 by Mrs. Gertrude Bass Warner, was gathered by Major Warner sentative conchological collection, as well as good working collections of during his fifteen years in China in the service of the United States of minerals. government. Major Warner was a recognized authority on the art of With the exception of the materials used in geology teaching, much the orient, and serving as he did, through the Boxer rebellion and the of the Condon collection is packed away at present until the University Ilnsettled conditions following, he had unexcelled opportunities to as­ can supply adequate housing for the collection. semble rare and priceless examples of the finest periods of orientall art. Mrs. Warner has given a portion of her collection to the Smithsonian The Botanical Museum is well supplied with mounted specimens, es­ Institute but the larger amount has come to the University of Oregon pecially those from Oregon and the Pacific northwest. It includes the in order to foster on the Pacific coast a sympathetic understanding and Howell collection of 10,000 specimens, principally from Oregon, the Lei­ appreciation of the art of the orient, and to stimulate trade and travel berg collection, presented to the University by John B. Leiberg in 1908, of 15,000 sheets, largely from Oregon, Washington and Idaho, as well as between the trans-Pacific countries. the Cusick collection of 7,000 specimens and the Kirk Whitead and Ed­ The Warner cdllection is especially distinguished by the rarity and mund P. Sheldon gifts. It has been found necessary to pack nW~ly a perfect preservation of the objects composing it. At the present time considerable amount of the botanica'l collections for lack of space. only the Chinese part of the collection is on disr!lay, the Japanese prints, robes, armour, tapestries, etc., being' packed away on account of lack of The Zoological Museum contains a considerable series of mounted and museum space available. Included in the material exhibited at present unmounted birds and mammals collected by Mr. Alfred Shelton as a is a group of rare Chinese wa)l paintings, paintings on silk, and tapestries; beginning of a state biological surVey; a collection of Oregon reptiles, fine examples of cinnabar laquer, and carvings of wood, ivory, jades, made by Mr. J. R. Wetherbee; a series of fishes, mostly salmonidae from and turquoise; Chinese porcelains including specimens of old blue of the Columbia river, aonated by the United States government; a collection the Ming period, rare peach blow, oxblood, and other varieties; and of food fishes of the Oregon coast, made by Mr. J. B. Bretherton, of New­ ancient brass and bronzes dating from the Han, Sung, and Ming dynasties. port, Oregon, and presented to the University; and a collection of birds Especially interesting is the display of robes on typical figures, and in and mammals, made and presented by Dr. A. G. Prill, of Scio, Oregon. cases, among which are four rare antique ancestral robes, heavily em­ At the present time it is not possible to display all of the zoologICal bossed with gold and silver thread, and various robes from the Manchu material available, on account of the crowded conditions in the deplrt­ I\nd Ming dynasties, including several imperial coats rich in Chinese ment. iymbolism. An interesting feature of the collection is the Helen Hyde room in THE UNIVERSITY LABORATORIES which is grouped a number of prints, etchings and paintings by the wEill known American delineator of Japanese life, as well as her furniture and The Botanical Laboratories may be found in Deady Hall. The 18bor8o­ personal memorabilia. toory for the general botany classe;; has the regular equipment of work tables, lockers, and cOffip<>nnd microscopes, as well as provision for the A well st!lected library on oriental art, loaned by Mrs. "'Varner, ad­ displaying of stereopticon illustrations and charts. This, as are all the joins the museum, and furnishes a reading room with special facilities other rooms, is furnished with g-as and lighted with electricity. A series for research work in history of art, oriental history and civilization, and of botanical models of flower types and insectivorous plants is available. anthropology. The supply of preserved material is constantly being added to and is fairly representative of the various plant groups. Each student is expected The Art Exhibition Hall. The small exhibition halI connected with the to provide dissecting set and drawing material, but the laboratory is pre­ Arohitecture and Allied Arts building, constructetl since the fire in the pared to furnish the necessary microscopic slides, reagents and glassware. summer of 1922, is used for special art exhibitions and loan oolIec­ The collections of Mr. Howell, Mr. Leiberg, Mr. Ousick, Mr. Kirk tions of paintings, sculpture, architecture, and many of the minor arts. Whitead, and Mr. Sheldon are available for students of systematic botany, It is a fireproof structure. Facilities are provided for the study and preservation of local material Until the University Museum is built, this building will specially honor and for cataloging of plants sent from various parts of the state, and the the sculpture of the late Roswell Dosch, an instructor in the School of department is glad to name any specimen sent to the herbarium for deter­ mination. !6 UNIVERSITY LABORATORIES UNIVERSITY STUDIOS 21 The bacteriological laboratory is equipped with gas-fitted and elec­ department has special facilities for research in the thermal and electrical trically wired work tables and lockers combined, auto-clave, steam and hot­ properties of metals, and the phenomena associated with electrical sir sterilizers, incubators, hot water heater, and compound miscroscopcs currents of high frequency and high potentials. with oil-immersion lenses. The Psychological Laboratories have especia'lly adapted quarters in The Chemical Laboratories are located in McClure hall and the newly McClure hall. A well equipped suite of fifteen rooms is given over to finished annex. Accomodations are now available for 400 students. The the work of beginners in psychology. Another suite of nine rooms is department of chemistry has separate laboratories for general chemistry, devoted to the department offices, seminar, advanced laboratory and analytical chemistry, organic chemistry, physical chemistry, and advanced graduate student purposes. The apparatus equipment is modern and inorganic chemistry. It also has smaller rooms devoted to special prob­ sufficient to meet all needs of undergraduate students as well as the lems in research work. Well equipped store-rooms provide all of the requirements of research. Original investigations by advanced studenta necessary apparatus and materials. A working library is kept in the and the department staff are constanl11y in progress. departmental office to which the students in the department have free access. The Zoological Laboratories. The offices of this department are on the second floor of Deady Hall, along with the laboratories for general The Geological Laboratories provide facilities for various lines of animal biology, comparative anatomy, physiology and genetics. Besides work. A general laboratory is provided for elementary geology and geo­ several research rooms for advanced students, the department possesses graphy, and a special room for work in paleontology, including both a new research laboratory building, accommodating fifteen students, and invertebrate and vertebrate material. There is also a petrographic re­ provided with excellent quarters for animals in detached buildings. search laboratory with complete modern grinding machinery, microscopes, etc. The assay laboratory is provided with approved type of modern equipment, including a gas furnace with electric motor blower, as well as THE UNIVERSITY STUDIOS smaller furnaces and necessary grinding and sampling equipment. The A,'chitecture. Tht architectural drafting room is located on the second foregoing are all located in Johnson Hall. In Quartz Hall is found the floor of the Architecture Building. It is well-lighted from three side~ mineralogy and petrographic laboratory for elementary courses. and provides facilities for the accommodation of students in architectural The department has a number of working collections in ores, minerals, design, domestic architecture, and other architectural work. Much avail­ rocks and fossils which are segregated in the several divisions of the able wall space is covered with inspirational models and rendered details. department. The department furnishes drawing boards, but students provide their Household Arts. The department of Household Arts has its own own instruments. building, in which are located its food and clothing laboratories. The food Adjoining this room is the departmental library supplied with books and dietetics laboratory and demonstration room with its communicating and folios from the main University Library and private collections that kitchen laboratory is equipped with the usual individual outfit for food are constantly nsed for reference and research. The nature of the draft­ preparation ill family quantities, with gas stoves, sink, balances, supply ing room work is such that good material in art and architecture should be cupboards, tables, etc. A family size dining room is arranged for practice readily accessible, and for this reason approximately four thousand choice meals. A class room is also available for the service of larger groups. plates are available together with two thousand well selected slides for the The sewing room is equipped with sewing machines, sewing and cutting display of stereopticon illustrations. tables, wardrobes, dressing rooms, lockers, etc. Fine Arts. The art studio, located on the main floor of the Architec­ Journalism. The University Press is the technical laboratory of the tural building, is provided with abundant north light, furnishing an School of Journalism. Its equipment includes a large Optimus cylinder excellent room for Hfe drawing, water color and oil painting. An ex­ press, two smaller presses, two modern linotype machines, folding ma­ hibit of valuable potteries, statues, casts and other antiques is displayed on racks and in cabinets about the studio. Anatomical charts for use in chines, stitchers, saws, trimmers, a power cutter, casters, a complete a~pear book and job bindery, and everything requisite to the publication either lectures in life class work also with this collection. Another room is equipped with tables suitable for work in book and of a weekly or a sma1'l town daily newspaper. In this laboratory, traiu­ poster design, lettering, stained glass work and so on. Representative ing is offered in all the arts allied with journalism insofar as the journal­ student work is displayed and the series of two hundred Racinet Poly­ ism students can profit by them. chromatic prints together with Raguenet's ten volumes of Materiaux et Documents are reserved here for use by the departments. The Physical Laboratories are located in the basement and main floor of Deady Hall. The lecture room and laboratories for elementary and Sculpture. The new Arts building houses the sculpture studios, with general work on the main floor are provided with the standard equipment adequate space and lighting for what ever work the students take up. necessary for effective teaching. A large dark room is equipped These new quarters are provided with materials and equipment of suoo especially for instruction in photography. In the basement are rooms a nature as to make them both modern and practical as an atelier. A devoted to advanced work, particularly in electricity, and to research, continuous exhibit of both student and professional work is arrangedr and a seminar room containing a working departmental library. The while a special modeling room and mezzanine offices for the members 28 UNIVERSITY PROCEDURE ADMISSION AS FRESHMEN 29 .f the department offer both convenience and the facilities for advanced ACCREDITED HIGH SCHOOLS work. A dark room allows for the developing and handling of photo­ The University gives full accrediting to those high schools of Oregon graphic plates. which have been standardized by the state superintenaent of public In connection with the modeling atelier is the casting room, properly instnlCtion, and which in addition have at least two teachers giving full fitted. Here is done the casting of architectural ornament and sculpture time to high school work. Graduates of standardized high schools which subjects modeled in the room adjoining. Ample room and light will allow do not have two full time instructors are admitted on trial, contingent for marble and stone cutting. upon the satisfactory completion of the first year's work. l\-ormal Arts. 'The department of Normal and Industrial Art is housed in the new Art building, together with the sculpture studio and the ADMISSION TO FRESHMAN STANDING small art museum. 'There are six well lighted and equipped rooms. 'Those For admission to freshman standing the student must have at least on the main floor are used for weaving, basketry, book-binding, con­ fifteen units earned by entrance examinations or evidenced by a certifi­ struction work and dress design. 'The upper floor has special rooms for cate from a standard preparatory school. Unit means a subject taught jesign, d~'ing, batik. wood-block printing, and home decoration. 'The five times a week, in periods of uot less than forty minutes, for a department is well supplied with drafting tables, gas-plates, filing cabi­ school Y\lar of not less than thirty-six weeks. nets, looms for weaving, lockers and metal-covered tables. 'The fifteen units presented for admission should be distributed as A new kiln and class room with modern equipment for pottery and foll~ws : .ement tiles will be placed in the Architecture building. 'The kiln will (a) English, 3 units (f) One foreign language, 2 units also be used for stained glass, sculpture and architectural ornament: (b) Algebra, 1 unit (g) Additional in any of the above .ub­ (c) Geometry, 1 unit jeeta, 1 unit (d) Laboratory science, 1 unit (h) Elective, 6 units Drama and the Speech A.1'ts. 'The department of drama and the (e) History, 1 unit speech arts occupies Guild 'Theatre in the administration building (John­ son Hall) with an additional stage laboratory in another building. 'The S-uild Theatre includes not only an auditorium and small but well equipped Entrance With Deficiencies. Students who present fifteen units for !Itage, but also complete dressing' rooms, wardrobe, property and rehearsal entrance, with ten units distributed among the subjects of English, mathe­ rooms, box office, and property stacks. Public performances lue regularly matics, science, history and foreign language, but who may not meet the exact distribution of subjects required by the University may enter with !riven. deficiences removable in the University. Such make-up work, hewever, is additional to the work regularly required in the corresponding sub- UNIVERSITY PROCEDURE jects for Uni\'ersity degree. . The Term System. 'The academic year of the University is divided Removal of Deficiencies. In the removal of deficiencies, nine term into three terms of approximately twelve weeks each. Supplementary hours of University work is considered the equivalent of one entrance to this school year is the summer session of six weeks, held each year both unit, except in the case of foreign language, wherein the following rule in Eugene and Portland. Students may enter at any term, but are ad­ applies: vised to enter in the fall, since the most of the courses offered are either year courses or run in year sequences. Foreign Language Deficienc.ies. A stue.ent entering without any foreign language must take in the University one year (12 hours) of Defintitions and explanations. The word course as used in the Uni­ foreign language, and a student entering with orily one year in anyone versity means a special subject or study followed for a certain specified language, must take two terms of the language presented, in addition to length of time, and carrying a certain fixed amount of credit toward a what he would otherwise be required to take. degree. A curriculum or course of study is a group of courses arranged to provide definite cultural or professional preparation. The work in the History and Science U1l1:ts. The history requirement may be fulfilled University is arranged into lower division, or freshman and sophomore by one semester of American history and one semester of civics combined. years, and upper division or junior and senior years. The science requirement may be satisfied with a full year's work in any of the following: physics, chemistry, botany, zoology, biology, or general ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY science, provided it includes a substantial amount of competently super­ Applications for admission should be filed with the registrar as early vised laboratory work. as possible, and must be filed at least two weeks before the opening day of the tel"IB. 'This applies to all new students, whether entering as fresh­ The Elective Units. It is recommended that the five elective units be men or advanced students. selected whenever possible from the required subjects of English, foreign Receipt of credentials will be acknowledged, and applicants accepted language, history, science, and mathematics. Credit will be given, however, will be notified of the next step in admission procedure. for any subject offered in the state course of study for high schools. Credentials filed become the permanent property of the University No credit is granted for drill, spelling, penmanship, physical train­ and will not be returned to the student. Hence, applicants should keep ing, or for work which may be classed as larg(!ly or purely a student copies of their credentials for future reference. aetivity. 30 ADVANOED STANDING REGISTRATION Preparation for Special Ourricula. ~tudents planning for major work .. in mathematics, physics, architecture, geology, or pre-engineering should Excess High School Units. No university credit is granted for excess increase their mathematical preparation ttl include a total of 1% units high school units, except that students who have credits in Latin, Ger­ of algebra, 1 unit of plane geometry and :lf2 unit of solid geometry, and man, French, Greek, Spanish, higher algebra Or trigonometry over and will find it advantageous to present 1;'2 unit of trigonometry. Students llhove the sixteen full units usually required for graduation from the looking forward to chemistry should also present more than the mini­ high school may be permitted to take examinations for university credit. mum of algebra. All examinations for such credit must be taken before the student attains The School of Business Administration admits students upon fulfill­ junior standing. Requests for such examinations must be made on the ment of the regular entrance requirements as outlined above, or under official blank supplied by the University. the following provisions: Seven units in the prescribed subjects (English, mathematics, language, history and science) and eight from acceptable Credit by Examination. A student wishing to apply for credit for electives, provided at least four are in commerce. Students entering un­ work done elsewhere than in an accredited educational institution must der the latter provision may not subsequently change their enrollment to petition the committee on academic requirements on forms provided by any other school or department without having fulfilled the regular en­ the registrar for permission to take examinations in specified courses, as trance requirements. listed in the catalogue. The amount of credit to be allowed is determined by the committee.

UNIFORl>I REQUIREMENTS FOR OREGON COLLEGES ADMISSION AS SPECIAL STUDENT Uniform requirements for admission were adopted by all of the higher The following regulations cover admission to special student stand­ educational institutions of Oregon in 1921-22 and are as follows: ing and procedure therefor: (a) Entrance without deficienc!! to the colleges, universities, and normal schools of 1. Special students are of two classes: (a) those who are not qUalified for admis­ Oregon should he contingent upon presentation of fifteen units, with at least ten unita sion as regular students, but who are qualified by maturity and experience to carry one i. English, mathematics, foreign languages (including Latin), laboratory sciences and or more subjects along special lines; and (b) those who are qUalified for admission, but history (including civics). wbo are not working toward a degree. and do not care to follo~ any of the courses of study leading to one. (b) The number of units i.. English should be three or four, and in these emphaais should fall upon syntax and upon composition of original character. 2. An applicant for admission as a special student must be not less than 2S years of age, and must file with the registrar documentary evidence sufficient to prove his (c) The five elective u..its may be taken in any suhject regularly or occasionally of. especial fitness to pursue the subject desired. No applicant shall be admitted as a special fered in the high school course of study in this state (such as agriculture., drawisg, an. Btudent without the consent of the registrar and the dean of the school or college in which manual training, domestic science and commerce). be plans his major work. (d) It is recommended to high schools that students taking as many as five unlta S. A special student is required to choose a major department, the head of which of work, outside the five departments mentioned in section (a), should take significant .hall be his adviser. The student sball be governed hy the directions of his adviser as amounta of each subject, to the end that the five units may not be merely a smattering to the work to be carried. of a number of these electives. 4. Credits earned by persons entering as special students shall not subsequently be counted toward a degree until the student has completed at least two years work (90 taerm hours) as a regular student. ADJIUSSION TO ADVANCED STANDING 5. Before a special student shall obtain status as a regular student, he shall fulfill all entrance requirements, and shall receive from the registrar a certificate of regular Advanced standing is granted to students transferring from institu­ standing. College work done by a special student may be counted toward fulfilling en­ trance requirements to the extent that it has been done in the subjects required or tions of collegiate rank for work there completed which is equivalent in accepted for entrance. quality and quantity to the work of the University of Oregon, subject 6. In the case of a regular student changing to special status the work done while to the following provisions: ranking as a special will not count toward a degree. ' It is a clearly recognized principle that the University can give no ADl-IISSION TO GRADUATE STANDING credit toward its degrees for any work that it does not itself offer for credit, or which it does not consider a proper part of the

English E:L'amination. The entrance examination in English must be GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS taken by all freshmen. Those who do not pass this examinalion take All candidates for undergTaduate degrees must hUill the requirements English A without credit in the University. These examinations are given listed below. In addition, each candidate must comply with the pre­ at Villard hall on Tuesday, September 23, 1924, at 9 :00 a. m., and 1 :15 scribed curriculum of his school or department. p. m. Credit. Credit for work completed in the University is figured in term.houn. by which is meant the work covered in one recitation, or one laboratory period per week Physical Ji,';mminat.ion. All entering students are required to present for one term, or equivalent. A term hour is assumed to reprESent three hOlUlt a week themselves for physical examination before assignment to classes in for twelve weeks of a student's time, which may be assigned to work in the class-room. physical education. Appointments should be made with the dean of the laboratory. or outside preparation. Quantity of Work. In order to be graduated a student must have earned not lese School of Physical Education, during registration week. that 186 term-hours of credit in the University. Registration Procedure: Q1Wlity of Work. Of the 186 hours required for graduation at least UO must have been earned with a grade above V. 1. New students call at the registrar's office for certificate of admission and regis­ tration material. The grading system used by the University, groups students in the following claases: 2. Each student chooses a major department or school, the head of which depart-­ All students who pass are assigned to one of the first five classifications. ment or school (or staff member designed by him) acts as the student's adviser. The I. Unusual excellence. certificate of admission is presented to the adviser wJ..o will fUl out the year studY­ II. High quality. Classes I and II together constitute approximately the highest program, conforming to the curriculum of the school or deparbnent which the student fourth or fifth of the class. has selected. III. Satisfactory. 3. The year studY program should be signed by the instructors of the courses to 10e IV. Fair. Grades III and IV constitute from 55 to 65 percent of the class. taken, approved by the adviser and filed in the registrar's office before Monday, Septem­ V. Passing. Approximately from 15 to 20 per cent of the class. ber 29, 1924, A late filing fee must be paid by any student who files his study program Inc., incomplete. Quality of work satisfactory, but unfinished for reasons acceptable on Monday,September 29. or thereafter, with a cumulative fee for each day thereafter. to the instructor, and additional time granted. 4. No student is registered in the University until his year program has been filed Group Requirmnents. Each student must complete in' the lower division (during the in the registrar's office. freshman and sophomore years) at least one year-course of not less than three hours 5. No credit will be allowed any student for a course which has not been placed on each tenn in any three of the fonowin~ four groups: the year program, either originally or by change of registration. 1. a. Engliah (except prescribed work). b. L/JhIguages. Foreign language, ancient or modern. ' Change of Registration. A fee of $1.00 must be paid for each course II. Social Science. Including hi5tory, economics, political science, philosophy, soci­ ology, education. dropped and for each course added to the year study program. These III. a. Mathem.atics, any three courses of lower division work. b. Science, including changes may be made only by the consent of the adviser and within a botany, chemistry, geology, physics, psychology and zoology. Each of these sciences limited time. shall include not less than one credit hour a week of laboratory time. IV. Arts and Technical Training. a, Art.. Drama and the speech arts. fine arts, Entering New Courees. New courses may be entered only during the first two normal art and household arts, each including not less than one credit hour a week of weeks of each term. laboratory or practice time. b. Architecture. In the school of architecture and allied Withdrawal from Courses. Withdrawal from courses will be allowed only during arts, year c,ourses, totalling nine hours. c. Music. d. Accounting. the first three weeks of each term. Major Requirements. Each student must satisfy the requirements of his major de­ partment by taking courses in that department as prescribed by his adviser amounting SCHOOLS AND DEPARTMENTS to not less than 36 tenn hours of which not less than 24 term hours sball be advanced The Schools and Departments of the University in which students may courses of the type described as "upper division;' or junior and senior work. This major requirement is waived only in the case of certain rather rigid professional curricula which major are as follows: have been specifically authorized by the faculty. COLLEGE OF LITERATURE, SCIENCE AND THE ARTS Botany Mathematics Degree RequirementB. Two year-courses in a foreign language, in addition to that: Chemistry Mechanics and Astronomy offered for entrance, are required for the degree of B.A., and 36 term-hours in either Drama and the Speech Arts Medicine science or social sciences for the B.S. Economics Military Science English Philosophy Residence. At leagt 45 term-hours must be earned in residence at the University of Geology Physics Oregon. The remainder of the requisite work is sometimes done through the Extension Gennanic Languages Political Science Division by correspondence, subject to the rule which applies to all students that not Greek Pre-engineering more than 60 term-hours earned by correspondence may be applied toward a degree. The History Psychology (5 term-hours immediately preceding graduation must be earned with the University of ·Household Arts Romance Lan·.ruages Oregon (except in the department of pre-engineering), although not nece5sarliy in Latin Zoology residence. SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE ANI9 ALLIED ARTS Required SubjectB: Architecture Fine Arts Normal ArllB PhySical Education. All students must take phYBical education throughout the fresh­ man and sophomore years. SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Military Training must be taken by all men during the freshman and sophomore SCHOOL OF EDUCATION years. SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM Personal Hygiene must be taken by all women to the extent of three term-houn during the freshman year. SCHOOL OF'LAW English. One year-course of written English as prescribed by the school ..r depart­ SCHOOL OF MUSIC ment. This course may not be taken in the freshman year. SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION Physical Education for Men Physical Education for Womea Restriction.. Not more than one year (48 term-hours) of law, or of PortJand medical SCHOOL OF SOCIOLOGY work may be applied to any degree other than professional degrees. Not more than six hours of applied music may count toward any degree other than bachelor of music. (Note: • Students may not major in Household Arts, although they may choose the head' This rule refers only to applied mU8ic, such 88 piano. voice, violin. organ. etc., Dot to of the H0U8ehoJd Arts staff as adviser, fulfilling the major requi...,."ents in anodler theoretieaI music courses). department or school. :H STUDENT LIVING BOARD AND ROOM 35

STUDENT LIVING Hendricks Hall and Susan Campbell Hall, the halls of residence for women, are modern three-story fireproof buildings. They contain living THE HEALTH SERVICE rooms furnished in colonial style, rooms for guests, and suites for stu­ The University Health Service, which is one of the departments of dents, each arranged to accommodate four girls. Each suite includes the School of Physical Education, maintains a dispen~aI'Y aHd infirmary a study, wardrobe, dressing room, supplied with hot and cold water, !lnd for the use of the students of the University. Two full time physicians sleeping balcony. are employed, and in addition a half time physician acts as medical con­ sultant for women and maintains regular office hours daily in the wo­ Mary Spiller Hall is also used as a hall of residence for women. man's gymnasium. Five trained nurses and a technician assist in the Rates for room and board. Rates for room and board in the hails of dispensary and the infirmary. residence are as follows: Room .______$2.00 a week The Dispensary. The dispensary service is free to all persons con­ Board __ _ $6.00 a week neeted with the University, except for a small fee for medicine. The dispensary is located in the north side of Friendly hall, the men's Every effort is made to keep the living expenses as low as is con­ hall of residence, with an entrance on the north end of the bui'lding. sistent with the price of food and service. The In(inna'fY. The University infirmary provides free care and The Uni1'e7'sity reserves the right to change the price of room and medical attention for regularly registered students for a limited period board at any time without not-ice, whenever deemed advisable by the of time, with moderate charges for longer service. The infirmary (and proper authorities. disperu;ary) service does not extend, however, to cases requiring the care of a specialist, or involving major operations or chronic diseases. Applicat-ions for Rooms. Rooms in the university halls of residence are reserved as far as possible for freshmen, though enough upper class Physical Examinations. All students entering the University are re­ students are included to help the entering freshmen orient himself dur­ quired to take a physical examination, before being assigned to the ing the first year. Applications for the women's halls should be made to required work in physical education. As far as possible these examina­ the dean of women, Mrs. Virginia ,Judy Esterly, on a special blank tions should be arranged for during the registration week before classes furnished by her office. Applications for rooms in the men's hall should begin. Appointments should be made through the office of the dean be made to the student adviser, Mr. Dean Walker. of the School of Physical Education. All applications for rooms should be accompanied by a room deposit No student is allowed to compete on any of the athletic teams who of $10.00 (checks should be made payable to the Comptroller of the has not passed a satisfactory physical examination. University). Students found to have physical and organic defects will be assigned to special classes in physical education adapted to their needs and de­ This deposit serves as a g'eneral insurance on state property. At the end of the college year the cost of all unnecessary wear and tear, or loss signed to correct the defects wherever possible. of equipment is charged to this fund and the unexpended balance is returned. S'l'UDE~T WELPARE In case there is JlO space available, or the student is prevented from The welfare of women students is under the supervision of the dean of attending the University, the deposit will be retnrned. women. At the time of registration, all women report to her office in Johnson hall, where a record of their Eugene residence and other needed ROO~IS IN PRIVA'l'E FAMILIES information is filed. Changes in residence may be made only with the A card catalogue of approved rooming and boarding places in town approval of the dean. is a.'lsemhled each year by the fifteenth of September, and is available for entering students without charge. The room list for girls may be HALLS OF RESIDENCE consulted in the offir(' of the dean of women, while that for men is open The University has four halls of residence for students, Friendly for use in the Y. M. C. A. hut at the edge of the campus. hall, used by the men, and Hendricks hall, Susan Campbell hall, and The number of rooming and boarding places is fairly large, and stu­ Mary Spiller hall, used by the women. dents desiring such accommodation usnally have no serious trouble in finding good locations. Ordinarily it is not advisable to engage a room Friendly Hall, the men's residence hall, is a three-story brick building before reaching Eugene. The price of rooms varies from abont $8 to located on the campus, containing about fifty rooms which furnish accom­ $25 a month, the good rooms usually ranging in price from $15 to $20. modations for eighty-five men. 'fhe double rooms or suites easily accom­ The average price for board and room is about $35.00 a month, while modate three men and the small rooms accommodate two men. The board alone runs from $25 to $27.50 a month. dining room has seating capacity for one hundred. In connection with Friendly hall and served from the same kitchen is INVITATIONAL HOUSES a dining room which accommodates men living outside the hall at the same l\;[lU1:V of the students live in houses accommodating groups of from price per week as the board furnished to students living in the halls of twenty to forty persons. These groups are generally designated by Greek re

The Edison Marshall Short Story Prize. A prize of $50 will be given PROFESSIONAL, DEPARTMENTAL, AND CLASS SOCIETIES in 1924 by Edison Marsha'll for the best original short story written by Class honorary societies include To-Ko-Lo for sophomore men and a student. Prizes of $30 and $15 were given in 1923. Kwama for sophomore women, with the Friars, and Mortar Board, for In 1923 the first prize was won by Margaret Skavlan, and the second senior men and women respectively. hy Walter E. Kidd. ~he Oregon Knights assist at University functions and are made up The Albert Prize. The Albert Prize of $25.00, presented by J. H. of one freshman and one sophomore from each men's living organi­ Albert of Salem, is awarded at commencement to the senior student who zation, two from each underclass group from Friendly hall and the Ore­ during his college course shall have made the greatest progress toward gon Club, the president of the freshman class, and three members elected all around development. The award is made upon the basis of character, by the freshman class. The Thespians, a sirni'lar group of women, assist scholarship, and qualities of leadership in student activities. In 1923 the in the secretarial work of the Associated Students. Alhert prize was won by .John MacGregor. The Order of the "0" is made up of men who have won "letters" 0Jl University teams. The Koyl Cup. The Koyl cup, presented by Mr. Charles W. Koyl of the class of 1911, for many years secretary of the University Y. M. C. A., Other organizations are associated with various departments or schools is awarded annually by a committee of the faculty to that man of the or with student activities and interests. Some of them are local, many junior class who is in their judgment the best a~l-around man. In 1923 have national charters. Such are the Students' Allied Arts League, and the cup was won by R,alph Spearow. Nonnal Art and Sculpture Clubs, of the School of Architecture and Arts; Samara, a group of students of botany and bacteriology; Alpha Kappa The Gerlinger Cup. The Gerlinger cup, presented by Mrs. G. T. Psi, Beta Gamma Sigma, Beta Alpha Psi, Pan Xenia, and Chamber Gerlinger, regent of the University, is awarded under conditions similar of Commerce, for the men of the School of Business Administratio~ to those of the Koyl cup to the best all-around woman of the junior and Phi Theta Kappa for the women of the same school; the Chemists class. In 1923 the cup was won by Miriam Swartz. Club; Mask and Buskin chapter of the Associated University Players of those interested in dramatic work, and the Senior and Junior Companies, Miscellaneous P1·izes. Special and occasional prizes are frequently organizations of the advanced students in the department of drama offered, many of them for excellence in some phase of the work of a and the speech arts; Hermian Club, for upperclass women majors in the professional school of the University. physical education department; Phi Delta Kappa, a group of men inter­ ested in advanced educational work, and Pi Lambda Theta, a similar ORGANIZATIONS organization of women; Tau Kappa Alpha, Zeta Kappa Psi, and Pro and Con, forensic organizations for mena,nd for women; the Eutaxian The widely varied interests of the University community find expres­ Society for women, the oldest literary society on the campus; the Condon sion in a considerable number of organizations designed to foster those Club, a chapter of the Geological and Mining Society of American Uni­ interests. Tersities; Sigma Delta Chi, and Theta Sigma Phi for men and women The Young Men's Ch·ristian Association and the Young Women's respectively in journalism; Delta Theta Phi and Phi Delta Phi, men's Christian Association occupy buildings on the edge of the campus and law fraternities and Kappa Beta Phi, a similar organization for wo­ employ full-time paid secretaries. men; Mu Phi Epsilon, a musical organization for women and Phi Mu Alpha, for men; Nu Sigma Nu, Alpha Kappa Kappa, Phi Chi, Kappa Psi, The Newman Club occupies a building on Kincaid street and provides and Alpha Epsilon Iota, organizations of medical students; Sigma Delta a recreational center for the Catholic students. Pi for students of Spanish, EI Circulo Castellano, and Le Foyer Fran­ cais; Pot and Quill, Sigma Upsilon, and Hammer and Coffin, organizations The Women's League is an organization of the women of the Univer­ of women and men interested in writing; the Ad Club, which is composed sity supported by the Associated Students and affiliated with the state of men interested in advertising; and the Home Economics Club. federation of Women's Clubs. Other types of organizations are Crossroads, an organization of stu­ HONORARY SOCIETIES dents and faculty; the Dial, the Forum, and Agora, for the discu88ion Phi Beta Kappa, the national honorary society for the promotion of of topics of general and timely interest; the Cosmopolitan Club; Varsity scholarship was installed in the University of Oregon in 1923. Members Philippinensis; The Oregon Club, designed to give the advantages of of the graduating class of the University who will receive the bachelor social organization to students who live outside of the residential houses; of arts or bachelor of science degrees, and who have made high records Tre Nu, a group of self supporting women; California and Washington of scholarship are elected each year. Clubs. ALUMNI ASSOCIATION Sigma Xi, the national honorary society for the encouragement of Membership in the Alumni Assoeiation is open to all persons who original investigation in pure and applied science, was installed in the _aTe completed work for credit in the University. The control of the University at the time of the 1923 commencement exercises. Active mem­ A88ociation is vested in the annual w.umni meeting held at commenoo­ bers are elected from the faculty and students. ment time. Alumni dues, which include subscription to uOld Oregon," 42 /STUDENT ACTIVITIES PUBLICATIONS ~3 the official magazine, are $2.00 a year. Life memberships are $25.M. The officers of the association are elected annually at commencement; The Oregon Leaflet Series appear at regular intervals and contain those for 1923-24 are: miscellaneous informational matter.

ROBERT B. KUYKENDAlL. '13. (Portland) PrB8idetot Oregon Exchanges is a monthly publication of the School of Jour­ MRs. R. S. BRYSON, '99, (Eugene) Vice-Pre8icleM nalism. It is made up of articles and news items of interest to the news­ SRACPJ EDGINGTON, '16, (Eugene) Secreta'1/·Trea.surer papermen of the state. The Commonwealth Review is issued quarterly as the publication STUDENT ACTIVITIES agency of the community and commonwealth service movement instituted The Associated Students. The body of undergraduate students is under the auspices of the University of Oregon. organized under the name of the Associated Students, the officers of The University of Oregon Publications is a series of scholarly con­ which are elected each spring. In 1923, Claude Robinson was elected tributions from the various departments of the University. president. Two major committees, the executive council and the student council, The University News Bulletin is a page of news items sent about have general supervision over the interests of the organization. The twice a month to the newspapers of Oregon, in an effort to carry to the executive council which includes the president of the University and people through the public press such information about the University representatives of the facu1ty and alumni as well as the student body, as will be of interest. has control over student body activities, being assisted in its control. The Oregon Emerald is published six times a week during the college by sub-committees whose membership consists partly of members of the year by the student body of the University. The paper is devoted to g-en­ executive committee and partly of outside members, These committees eral college news, and aims to keep the students and faculty posted are the athletic committee, the publication committee, the woman's com­ concerning the every-day happenings at the University and neighboring mittee, the forensic committee, and the music committee. The object institutions. The staff consists of an editor and a business manager, of these committees is to keep close supervision over these activities, with a large corps of assistants. The editor is elected in May of snd to make recommendations to the executive committee. each year, serving a one-year term. The assistants are appointed by the The athletic committee supervises inter-coHegiate and intra~mural ath­ editor and the manager. letics, working in cooperation with the School of Physical Education. The publications committee has the supervision of the Emerald, the Old Oregon, the official organ of the Alumni Association, is issued Oregana, and other minor publications on the campus, working with the nine times a year, with an average circulation of about five thousand School of Journalism. The woman's committee supervises the Women's copies. It attempts to interpret the present campus to the alumni body, League, the activities of women's athletics, etc. The forensic committee and, incidentHlly, to interpret the alumni to the students of the University. has the supervision of debate and oratory for both: men and women, The latter field is attempted because there is no other university magazine, in cooperation with the department of English. The music committee and the campus field is covered by the addition of special departments supervises the glee clubs, both men's and women's, the University orchestra, of general interest to the students. the concert series and the artist concert series, with the assistance of The Oregana is published annually by the Associated Students. It is the School of Music. a book of 400 pages, and from 700 to 1000 copies are issued. Its object The Student Council elected at the annual elections in May, acts as an is to present the life of the University from the student viewpoint, and intermediary between the faculty and the students, and in general has to that end it includes stories of University life, cuts of buildings and charge of matters which concern the welfare of the student body. grounds, drawings, campus scenes, class and organization photographs and records. The editors are ('.hosen from the junior class. The Univers.ity Co-op is a co-operative store organized by faculty and students, which furnishes text books and supplies used by the Universit, students, The payment of one dollar makes one a stock holder and en­ titles him to a dividend at the end of the academic year. It is con­ veniently located adjacent to the campus.

PUBLICATIONS The University of Oregon Bulletin is published monthly, except dur­ ing the summer vacation. Under this are included the general catalogue and announcements of the various schools and colleges of the University. The Extens·ion Monitor is published by the extension division for distribution among the correspondence students. 44 THE DOCTOR'S DEGREE 45 Detailed description of the requirements for advanced degrees will be found in the bulletin of the Graduate School which may be had on applica­ THE GRADUATE SCHOOL tion to the registrar of the University.

THE GRADUATE COUNCIL THE 1tIASTER'S DEGREE GEORGE REBEe, Ph.D., Dean P"ilo80P"1I .ERNEST S. BATES, Ph.D. . P"il08op/w The master's degree requires 45 term-hours of graduate work constituting a caher... WILLIAM P. BoYNTON. Ph.D. . _ ..Ph.vsiCll ent program. based upon adequate preparation. Approximately 30 hours of this work :~:~~~H SG~:KJ~Nsci~~T. ··Ph"j)":··:::::::::::::::::::::·.::::.:::·.:::::::::::: ::~::::::::::~:::::::::::::::::::::~~.~G= is taken in the major and 15 hours in the minor departmenta A year's residence is required except that students attending the summer sesalons HENRY DAVIDSON SHELDON. Ph.D•...... Ed..eatiot& may fuWlI this requirement by attending sessions aggregating not less than 18 weeks. WARREN DUPRE SMITH. Ph.D G.ololll1 with a total of 27 hours of credit, oioing the remainder of their work through the exten­ HARRY BEAL TORREY. Ph.D...... •...... •...... Zoololl1l sion division. FREDERIC GEORGE YOUNG. B.A., LL.D...... •...... •...... Sociololl1l In ease the student has received his first degree from an institution whose rating i. Ex OFFICIO below that of a, standard college. or his specific preparation in either hiB major or his EARL L. PACKARD. Ph.D.• (Chairman Research 'Committee) G.oloIn/ minor subject is less than that necessary for bona fide graduate work, he will be expected to take the necessary undergraduate courses without graduate credit. In such eases. or where the student has other demands upon his time Bnd energies more than one year The graduate council has general oversight of the work of the Grad­ may be neCeBsary. The student must present an acceptable thesis and pass an oral examination before uate School, which includes all of the departments and schools of the a committee of the faculty. University which offer work leading to the degrees of master of arts or science and doctor of philosophy. THE DOCTOR'S DEGREE The degree of doctor of phiiosophy may be earned in the department!! ADMISSION of education, history, physics, psychology and zoology. Graduates of standard colleges .and universities are admitted to the The minimum amount of work for an adequately prepared student is Graduate School by the registrar upon presentation of an official trans­ three full years beyond the bachelor's degree. However, the degree of cript of credits earned in the institution from which they obtained their doctor of philosophy is based upon attainments and proven ability, and bachelor's degree. But admission to candidacy to an advanced degree is does not rest on any computation of time or any enumeration of courses, determined upon the merits of each individual case after a preliminary although no student may receive the degTee until he has fulfilled the re­ examination given by the major department. quirements of residence and study for the prescribed periods. Graduates of other than standard colleges and universities are ad­ At least two full years must have been devoted to resident graduate vised to obtain a bachelor's degree from a standard institution, before study beyond the master's degree in some institution of recognized gradu­ proceeding to graduate work. Exceptions to this rule are made only ate standing. At least one full academic year, usually the last year, must by action of the graduate council after consideration of the individual have been spent in resident graduate work at the University of Oregon. case, and then only in the case of gooduates of institutions closely ap­ But on the other hand it is not the policy of the University to grant the proaching standardization. Such exceptions are always admitted condi­ doctor's degree to any student whose academic training, both under­ graduate and graduate, has been exclusively in thi'l University. tionally. Graduates of standard colleges and universities who desire to take addi­ A student working for the doctor's degree registers for one major and tional work either of graduate or undergraduate character, without seek­ one or two minor subjects. Approximately 60 per cent of his time is t(} ing an advanced degree may be admitted to the Graduate School, and be devoted to his major subject, including the thesis, and 40 per cent t(} enjoy the privileges and exemptions of that school. the minor subjects. Before a fornlal acceptance as candidate for the degree the student DEGREES GRANTED must pass an examination showing a sufficient reading knowledg-e of French and German, and must have been in residence for a time sufficient The following advanced degrees are offered in the Graduate School: to demonstrate that he has the requisite scholarly foundation and the master of arts, master of science, and, in certain departments, doctor of intellectual characteristics requisite for productive scholarship. This ac­ philosophy. ceptance should normally come about one academic year before the time for the conferring of the degree. CANDIDACY FOR ADVANCED DEGREES The candidate must present a thesis embodying the results of his own After a student has satisfied the heads of the major and minor depart­ original investigations. The general field, and if possible the subject ments that he is competent and is prepared to proceed to an advanced of this research should be selected and such preliminary investigation of degree, application for formal candidacy may be made to the graduate the field made as will justify an expectation of its fruitfulness be­ council. The heads of the major and the minor departments may at their fore and as one of the grounds of the promotion to candidacy. The discretion require more than the minimum residence or more than the thesis, if approved, shall be printed in such form as the graduate council minimum amount of work when such is necessary to prepare the candidate shall approve, and not less than fifty copies shall be deposited in the properly for the degree. University library. The degree shall not actually be conferred nor the diploma delivered until these copies have been deposited, or a sufficient .Leave of absence. 1924-26. financial guarantee made to ensure their printing and delivery. Mi GRADUATE ASSISTANTS GRADUATE BULLETIN ~7 The candidate must submit to an oral examination of three hours duration before °a committee of not less than five, appointed by the on reappointment while the teaching fellowships range upward from graduate council on the nomination of the head of the major department. $700.00, according to the requirements and the preparation and ability of At least one member of this committee shall be some person of high stand­ the applicant. Other minor positions, as readers or assistants. are also ing ill this major department, usually from some other institution of open to graduate students. Graduate students employed in such instruc­ recognized gTaduate standing, if the attendance of such can be secured. tional work have the benefit of a reduction in their fees. This examination shall include both an examination upon the research The duties of a full time graduate assistantship will require a maxi­ work of the candidate, ba.~ed upon his thesis, and upon his attainments mum of from sixteen to twenty hours per week of the student's time, and in his major and minor sllbjects. henee the graduate eouncil recommends that such full time assistants whose duties consist of instructional or other work not contributing directly 'l'HE Su,nu~ SESSION towards their degTee should not register for more than eight hours work each term, and does not permit them to carryover ten hours. Such stu­ The University regularly offers a considerable number of graduate dents are strongly urged to seek reappointment, and to take two full courses at each summer session. It is intended to offer these in such years of work for their master's degree. sequence that a student can pursue a coherent course for a series of Those interested in securing such positions should correspond either ;summer sessions. Students of some advancement and ability who can with the dean of the Graduate School, or directly with the head of the work with a fair degTee of independence may remain for an additional department in which they expect to work. period of summer work after the regular session. Ordinarily, arrange­ °ments can be made which will ensure the student regular conference per­ GRADUATE BULLETIN iods with the instnlCtor in charge of his work. Further information concerning the Graduate School with a descrip­ GRADUA'I!E WORK IN PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS tion of the courses offered for graduate credit may be found in the Graduate School bulletin, published by the University. WORK POR ACADEMIC DEGREES , In the professional schools the courses of which do not appear in the regular offerings of the Graduate 8chool, certain courses are recognized as appropriate material toward the M. A. and the M. S. The student from advanced teehnieal courses who desires to proeeed with some phase of research and specialization in his field in distinction from the required professional competeney, may register in the Graduate School, and such work is reeogni7..ed as aeceptable in meeting the requirements for the academic master's degTee.

WORK FOR PROFESSIONAL DEGREES In Some of the professional schools of the University, certain work of graduate character is given toward professional or technical degrees, as well as toward the academic master's degrees which may be obtained through the Graduate School. The School of Architecture has a five year course leading to the degree of bachelor of architecture; the School of Business Administration gives the degree of master of business admin­ istration for graduate work of a special professional character; while the School of Law and the School of Medicine offer the doctor of juris­ prudence and doctor of medicine degrees for advanced technical work in their respective fields. Information concerning these degrees may be ob­ tained from the deans of the schools concerned.

GRADFATE ASSISTANTS The University has established graduate assistantships of two ranks; teaching fellows, and gradnate assistants. These are open in many of the departments aud schools. to gradllate students taking their major work in those departments or schools. The assistantships ordinarily pay $500.00 per year on first appointmellt, Illld are subject to an increase to $600.00 4S BOTANY 49 oontains prescriptions in physics, psychology, geology, and chemistry also, THE COLLEGE OF LITERATURE, SCIENCE to the end that botany majors may be prepared to teach general science. Majors not intending to teach may take electives instead of the pedagogy AND THE ARTS courses listed.

The College of Literature, Science, and the Arts IS comprised of the COURSE OF S'I'UDY FOR l\fAJORS IN BOTANY following twenty-two departments: FRESHMAN FalJ. Winter General Botany . Sprilng Botany and Bacteriology Mathematics 4 4 ( French. German or Spanidh .______. Chemistry Mechanics and Astronomy 4 4 4 Drama and the Speech Arts Medicine Chemistry or Animal Biology . 4 4 History . 4 Economics Military Science 8-4 3-4 8-4 English Philosophy Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . 1 1 Physical Education .. 1 Geology Physics 1 1 1 Germanic Languages Political Science - .. Greek Pre-Engineering 17-18 17-18 17-18 History Psyohology SOPHOMORE Household Arts Romance Languagea Systematic, Economic, and Field Botany _. 3 3 General Physics . 8 Latin Zoology 4 4 4 French. German or Spanish (continuation) .._ __ . 3-4 3-4 Education 61, 62. 63 or elective . 3-4 Students registering in the College of Literature, Science and the Arts 3 8 8 must choose a major in some one of the above departments, and proceed Military Science (men ) . 1 1 1 Physical Education . 1 1 1 through a four-year course of study to the degTee of bachelor of arts or -- - 16-16 bachelor of science. JUNIOR 16-16 15-16 The departments of the college also contain numerous service courses Plant Histology . 4 4 Sanitation and Bacteriology _ _ _. 4 in liberal arts subjects for the use not only of their own major students 3 4 Written English . 4 3 3 3 but of those in other departments and in the professional schools. Full Education . 3-4 Elective . 8-4 lHI details as to each course of study will be found under the appropriate 3 8 3 -- - department heading. 16-17 The twenty-two departments of the college thus include the pure SENIOR 16-17 16-17 Botanical Probl"'" .. sciences, the literatures and the ancient and modern languages, phil­ Plant Physiology and advanced Botany 2-3 2-8 2-3 3-4 3-4 Botany Seminar . 8-4 osophy, the social sciences, the drama, and in general those branches that 1 1 1 Education or electives .______. 7-8 represent the traditional seats of culture and the foundations of technical --7-8 7-8 science. 15-16 16-16 --16-16

Departmental AnnounceJrlents DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Numbers hetween 1 and 99 indicate courses intended primarily for lower division LOWER DIVISION Btudents, those between 100 and 199 indicate courses intended primarily for upper divi­ Bion students. although many of this group may be taken for graduate credit. while those 1-2-3. General Botan;/!. 1. A study of the ce)l, its structure, function numbered 200 and ahove are exclusively graduate courses. and relation to heredity. An investigation of life processes as exemplified Courses numbered a, b. c. represent year courses. in algae, fungi and lichens, and their economic importance. 2. A further The u norm" refered to in the curricula is a minor subject which the student will prepare to teach. See section under the School of Education. study of life pl'OeeSRCS in the mosses and fems, their classification and Laboratory and other fees in connection with the courses are given in detail in the schedule of courses published at the heginning ef the academic year. economic importanre. .3. The 1l3bits, phyRiology, methods of reproduc­ Not all the courses here listed are offered in anyone year. although practica1ly all tion. eCe/logical relations, economic value and classification of the flower­ the lower division courses and many of the upper division are 80 given. The work pre­ sented will however be open to the student during a reasonable period of residence. ing plants. Student;; may enter this course any term. Three lectures Tn t.he curricula of the various departments the totals signify the maximum and and one laboratory period. Sweetser and Taylor. Four hours, each term. minimum amount of work to be carried by the student electing each curriculum. S. Systernatic BotanJ!. The classification of as many plant forms ART as possible. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Sweetser The courses in fine arts and normal arts are described in the section twd Sanborn. (Not given 1924-25.) Three hours, fall term. under the School of Architecture and Allied Arts. 9. Field and Systematic Botany. Analysis and classification of BIOLOGY spring plant forms. Sweetser and Sanborn. Three hours, spring term. See botany and zoology. UPPER DIVISION 101-102-103. Plant Histology. A study of plant tissues. The technique BOTANY of killing, embedding, sectioning, staining, and mounting of plant tissues. Professor SWEETSER, Miss- SANBORN.· Miss TAYLOR. Graduate Assistant, Mr. PRESCOTT Sanborn. Four hours, each term. The four-year course of study in botany is intenqed for students 104. Medical and Economic Botany. Plants used in medicine and interested in botany as a pure science and for those who in addition intend the powdered drugs made from them. Plants used for food and in the to teach botany among other subjects in high schools. The course of study arts. Rweetser. Three hours, winter term. ----- ·Leave of absence. 1924-26. 50 CHEMISTRY CHEMISTRY 51

105. Plant Physiology. A study of life phenomena as manifested in JUNIOR FuJI Winter Sprin/1 -Organic Chemistry __ .( 4 4 the plant. Prerequisites, general botany. Lectures and laboratorv. Electrical Measurements, General Geology, Animal Biology, or Sweet'ler. Three hours, fall ier;;'. Sanitation and Bacteriology _...... 3-4 3--4 3--4. Written English 8 3 3 106. Bacteriology. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. World History and World Litera.ture. or other social science grollp --- __.. . .. 4-6 4-6 4--6 Prerequisite, general chemistry. Sweetser and Sanborn. -- -- Four hours, winter term. 15-17 15-17 15-17 SENIOR 107. Bacteriology. Continuation of Bacteriology 106. Two lectures Physical Chemistry 4 4 4 and two laboratory periods a week. Four hours, spring term. Courses in advanced chemistry 3 3 Seminar -.-- _ _...... 1 1 1 Electives. including optional thesis 8-9 8-9 11-12 108. Sanitation. The study of diseases, their causes and prevention; -- -- pure food, pure water, pure milk. DesiralJ'le as prerequisite for Botany 16-17 16-17 16-17 106. Sweetser. Three hours, fall term. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 110. Botanical Problem. The taxonomy, ecology, physiology, or econ­ NOTE: Prei"equisites for advanced work in chemistry. Students making an average omy of some group or groups of plants. Hours and credit to be arranged. grade lower than IV in any course in chemistry may be refused admission to subsequent courses until by an approved amount of additional work of satisfactory character the 111. Research. Thesis. Hours and credit to be arranged. fitness of the student to engage in advanced work is established. This rule is to apply particularly to students seeking' entrance to organic chemistry after one year's work -in ~eneral chemistry. 112. Pedagogy. Practical study of methods of instruction in botany. Sweetser. Three hours, winter term. LOWER DIVISION 113-114-115. Seminar. One hour, each term. 1a,b,c. General Chemistry. An introduction to the study of chemistry for students of college grade. A previous elementary course in chemistry 116. Advanced Laboratory. Work in bacteriology. A continuation of or physics is pre-requisite, as is also facility in the solution of problems in Courses 106 and 107. Two laboratory periods. Two hours, any term. simple proportion and use of the metric system. Three lectures, one ,quiz, and one laboratory period. Stafford and Tanner. GRADUATE DIVISION Five hours, each term. 213. Research. Botanical problem. 2a,b,c. Elementary Chemistry. A briefer course introductory to the 214. Research. Bacteriological problem. study of chemistry. Not open to majors in chemistry, medicine or zoology 215. Graduate Seminar. for whom course 1 is prescribed. Pre-requisites as in conrse 1. Three lectures and one laboratory period. Stafford and Tanner. , Four hours, each term. CHEMISTRY 3-4-5. Analytical Chemistry. The first term is devoted to qualitative Professors STAFFORD. SHINN; Associate Professor WILLIAM~; Assistant Professor TANNER; analysis; the second to gravimetric quantitative analysis; the third term Graduate Assistanh<: Mr. DEMING, Mr. JONES, Mr. REED to volumetric quantitative analysis. One lecture and three laboratory periods pel' week. Pre-requisite, course 1 or 2. Shinn. Students who major in chemistry are required under the following prescribed course of study to take a minimum of 60 hours in the depari­ Four hours, each term. ment in addition to reinforcing work in pure science departments. G. Continuation Course. The transition from the one-year course in COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN CHEMISTRY general chemist!')" to the two-term course in organic chemistry presents -difficulties to many students. The purpose of the present course is to FRESHMAN FaIl Winter S~ General Chemistry . 556 make this transition an easier one while at the same time enough laboratory Mathematics (Advanced Algebra, Analytical Geometry. work in chemical analysis is incquded to give students of medicine and Trigonometry) . 4 4 German or French . • biology, particnlal'ly, some facility with fundamental analytical methods Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . •1• 1• 1 most useful to them. Two lectures and two laboratory periods. Shinn. Physical Education . 1 1 1 - - Four hours, fall term. 15 15 li 7. Physical Chemistry for Medical Students. A non-mathematical SOPHOMORE Analytical Chemistry . presentation of selected fundamentals of particular interest to medical stu­ Gennan or French . 3-(• 3--.• 3--4.• dents. Two years of college chemistry pre-requisite. Shinn. General PhYllics . Calculus _ _ . •4 • • Four hours, fall term. Military Science (men) . 1• 1 •1 Physical Education . 1 1 1 Sa,b. Organic Chemistry for Medical Students. Pre-requisite course -- -- - 1. Three lectures and one laboratory period. Williams. 16-18 16-18 11>-18 Four hours, winter and spring terms. 52 DRAMA DRAMA 53

10. Chemistry and its Relationships. A short course indicating ,th~ COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJORS IN DRAMA AND THE SPEECH ARTS content of the field of chemistry together with portrayal of its prob­ FRESHMAN FaU Winter Spri..g First Year Dramatic Company S S 8 lems, its achievements, and the broad relationships of these to human in­ Modern European Language 3--4 3--4 3--4 terests. The treatment is non-technical, the purpose of the course being History or Laboratory Science 3--4 3--4 3--4 to give to those desiring it an appreciation of the work of the chemist Color Theory 1 1 1 Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 1 1 without undertaking the task of imparting a worKing knowledge of the Physical Education 1 1 1 subject. The chemistry staff. Two hours, spring term. Elective 1-3 1-3 1-3 15-17 15-17 16-17 UPPER DIVISION SOPHOMORE Second Year Dramatic Company...... 4 4 4 105a,b,c. Organic Chemistry. Three lectures and one laboratory Foreign Language (continuation) 3--4 3-4 3-4 Shakespeare 3 3 3 period. Credit will not be given for less than two terms of work. World Literature (first year) 2 2 2 Williams. Four hours, each term. Education 51, 52, 53, or Beginners Psycbology, or Short Story 2-3 2-3 2-3 Military Science (men) 1 1 1 106-107-108. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. The subject is treated Physical Education 1 1 1 largely from the point of view of the periodic table, the chemistry of the 16-17 16-17 16-17 JUNIOR rarer elements being emphasized especially. Two lectures per week. Third Year Dramatic Company...... 5 5 i Tanner. Two hours, each term. Technique of the Speaking Voice and Dramatization 3 3 3 Foreign Language 2-3 2-3 2-S World Literature (second year) 2 2 2 109-110-111. ,.j dvanced Inorganic Laboratory. Tanner. World History or Elective or Education or Nonn (for H ours to be arranged. intending teachers) 3-4 3--4 3--4 15-17 15-17 15-17 112-113-114. Advanced Analytical Chemistry. Work in special lines SENIOR may be chosen by the student. Shinn. Hours to be arranged. The Company 5 5 i Foreign Langllage 1-3 1-3 Education or Norm (for intending teachers) 5--<; 5-6 6--iI"" 116a,b,c. Physical Chemistry. Three lectures and one Jaboratory Elective 4-8 4-8 4--8 Four hours, each term. period. Stafford. 14-16 14-16 14-1i 118. Advanced Physical Chemistry. Special topics to be determined NOTE: Students must have satisfied the University requirement of one year of writ­ Hours to be arranged. ten English through short story. playwriting, or some other accepted course. Tbia by the interests of those enrolling. eourse may be taken in the senior year. 120. Advanced Organic Chemistry. Topical detailed treatment of tautomerism, directed vll!lence forces, stereochemistry of benzene and DESCRIPTION OF COURSES the sugars, constitution of the proteins, enzyme action, etc. Williams. LOWER DIVISION Three hours, fall term. 1. Voice and Expression. A practical training in pronunciation, enun­ ciation, platform manner, the fundamentals of free expression, the ('Iil.­ 123-124-125. Advanced Organic Laboratory. Williams. ination of mannerisms, restraints and self-consciousness. Voice produc­ HoUt's to be arranged. tion and analysis. Three hours class work for two hours of credit. Two hours, any term. GRADUATE DIVISION 2a,b,c. First-year Dramatic Company. Open to majors in the de­ 201-202-203. Research lind Thesis Laboratory. HO'Uf'S to be Mranged. partment. Character study, pantomime, make-up, and interpretation. 204-205-206. Thesis. HoWl'S to be arranged. Preparatory to 51. Three hours, each term. 220-221-222. Seminar. The staff. One hour. 51-52-53. Second-year Dramatic Company. Open to those who have passed course 2a,b,c with a grade of III or over, or by examination. Ad­ vaneed character study, stage technique, make-up, and stagecraft. Stu­ DRAMA AND THE SPEECH ARTS dents in this course are eligible for small parts in the public perfonn­ Professor REnDJE; Miss BANFIELD. anoes, and engage in the making of properties, the decoration and handl­ ing of scenery, and in stage management. First term, properties and This department offers specialized training as follows: make-up; second term, general stagecraft; third term, technique of act­ (a) To those who desire the work for its cultural value. ing. Banfield and assistants. Four hours, each term. (b) To students who plan to supervise and direct similar work in high schools or colleges; who, as community organizers, will find a UPPER DIVISION knowledge of the work an essential. 151-152-153. Third-year Dramatic Company. Open to junior stu­ (c) To those looking toward a professional career who desire the dents who have passed 51-52-53 with a grade of III or over, or upon benefits of a university training, while studying their chosen work. examination. The entire work of this class is devoted to the rehearsal ECONOMICS 55 54 ECONOMICS SOPHOMORE FaU Winter Spring Principles of Economies __ u ••••u _ .. <& <& and production of plays, the best of which are given public presenta­ Labor Problems or Conservation of Nat. Res••...... ~ _._•._. ll-4 tion. A service cou.rse for those who may be called upon to organize Foreign Language (continuation of first year) . 8-4 8-4 3--4 Psycholugy _ . 3 8 3 dramatic work and to produce plays, etc. Students in this course are Military Science (men) __ . 1 1 1 eligible for the secondary parts in the public performances given by the Physical Education . 1 1 1 members of 161-] 62-163. Banfield. Five hours, each term. Elective . -4 <& 4 16-17 --16-17 --16-17 154-155. Technique of the Speaking Voice. A service course in tone JUNIOR Truste and Combinations, Public Utilities, and Modern production with cultural spoken English as its goal. Anatomy of the Iudllllhial Tendencies, or Transportation (three term lilpeech producing organs and the resonating cavities, and their relation courSeB ) _ . 6 6 6 Principles of Sociology . 6 6 to the properties of vocal sound. Enunciation and pronunciation es­ New Social Order _. 6 pecially stressed. Prerequisite: consent of the instructors. Reddie, Ban-' Written English ___•.._.. Electives _. ft.-4••ft.-4 lh&• field. Three hours, fall and winter terms. -- -- 16-17 --16-17 16-17 156. Dramatization. The arrangement of literary material for dramatic SIINIOR Public Finance, and Money and Banking, or Organized production; the organization of data, etc., for use in pageants, com­ Labor, Labor Legislation . 4 4 4-6 munity celebrations and festivals. Reddie. Three hours, spring term. History of Economic Thought _ . 3 3 3 Electives . 9 9 9 161-162-163. The Company. (Fourth year). Open to seniors who 16 16 16-17 have passed 151-152-153 with a grade of III or over. This is the opera­ NOTE: Second, third, and fourth year electives are sufficient in number to provide' tive elass in the acted drama, the members of the group being regularly for the twe year-courses in world history and world literature, and (in the case of any intending to teach in the high schools) for pedagogy. engaged in the rehearsal and production of plays. Reddie. Five hours, each term. COURSE IN TRAINING FOR PUBLIC SERVICE FRESHMAN Fall Winter Spring GRADUATE DIVISION Modem Governments <& <& Economic History . Ii 201-202-203. Interpretation of Shakespeare. For graduate students Constructive Accounting 4 4 4 or qualified seniors. Especial emphasis is placed upon tonal quality and French or German ...... •...... 4 4 4 PhYBical Education _ _...... 1 1 1 rhythm of action in their relation to the subject matter, as well as the Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 1 1 value of color and form in background and costume as indispensable Elective a 8 8 - - l'lssets in the translation of poetic ideals to the audience mind. 17 17 18 Three hours, each term. SOPHOMORE Principles of Economics . 4 4 204. Advanced Technique of the Speaking Voice. Graduate standing, Economics of Business Organization . Ii with course 154-155 parallel or prerequisite. Class limited in number. Acct. Theory and Practice . 3 8 S Three hours, spring term. French or German _.._ . 8-4 8-<& 8-<& City Government _ .. <& For graduate students, or seniors who have Law of Competition . 2 205..206-207. Seminar. Constitutional Law . 4 maintained a grade of 1 in this department for one year prior to regis- Physical Education .. 1 1 1 Two hours, each term. Military Science (men) _ . 1 1 1 tration in this course. -- 11S-17 16-17- 17-1' JUNIOR Trusts and Monopolies . 6 ECONOMICS Public Utilities _ . 6 Professors GILBEaT, CROCKATT; Assistant Professors CAMERON, ROLAND MILLER. IndllStrial Tendencies _ _ . 6 Advanced Accounting and Auditing . 4 4 4 Public Finance . <& <& The department of economics offers two curricula, one intended to Business Finance _. Ii give general training in economics, the other special training for public Principles of Sociology . 6 6 New Social Order . Ii service in connection with state and federal bureaus and commissions, - boards of control, etc. Major students in economics 'are expected to adhere 18 18 SENIOR l' iltriCtly to one or the other of these courses. Railway Economics . <& Water Transportation . 4 COURSE OF s'rUDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN ECONOMICS Control of Carriers . 4 FBESHMAN FaU WinU,r Sprinll Manager's Use of Accounting . 6 Modern Governments .. 4 4 Cost Accounting for Industrials . I Economic History . 6 Utility Commissions . • Mathematics or Laboratory Science . 4 4 <& Railway Commissions _ . • a Elementary or Second Year Language -. 4 4 4 1 Labor Commissions _ . Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene( women) . 1 1 Written English _ . 2~ Zoo. S-I• 1 1 1 PhYBical Education __. Z~ Elective . 8 3 Elective , _. 2-8 2-8 - --• ------16-17 11S-16 Ii-Ii 1&-17 17-18 16-17 56 ECONOMICS ECONOMICS 57 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 115a,b,c. History of Economic Thought. The evolution of economic LOWER DIVISION doctrines from the Greek and Roman period to the more advanced ideas 1. Econom4c History. The evolution of economic institutions from of today, and the relation to contemporary economic conditions. Special their simpler forms to the more complex systems of our own time. Fol'mS attention is given to the classical school and the transmission and criticism of land tenure, systemB of labor, the guilds, the industrial revolution, the of their theories by subsequent writers. Prerequisite, Principles of growth of the factory system, the evolution of banking, improvement of Economics. Cameron. Three hours, each term. transportation and the emergence of labor problems and those connected with large scale production. Cameron. Five hours, any term. lISa,b. Public Finance. The aim of this course is to ascertain sound principles affecting public expenditure, the raising of revenue, budgetary 3a,b. The Principles of Economics. The principles that underlie Pr<)­ legislation, financial organizatIOn and the use of the public credit. Various dnction, exchange and distribution. Practical problems like monetary and forms of taxes and a constructive plan for fiscal reform. Special con­ banking reform, regulation of international trade, the taxation of land sideration given to Oregon problems. Prerequisite, Principles of Econo­ Talnes, labor movement, regulation of railways, the control of the trusts, mics. No credit for one term. Gilbert. Four hours, fall and winter terms. ete., are considered. Pre-requisite sophomore standing. Gilbert. FofW hours, two terms. 123. Modern Industrial Tendencies. Recent changes affecting the organization of big business, and the economic influences, as well as the 4. Economics of Business Organization. The evolution of business limits of the movement toward concentration and integration in the in­ units such as the partnership, joint stock concern, and the corporation. dustrial world. Cameron. Five hours, fall term. Special attention to the organization, financing, and promotion of corpOrlJ,.. tions and the advantages and disadvantages of the corporate form of 124. Public Utilities. Sound lines of policy in regulating, controlling organization from the standpoint of industrial society. Pre-requisite or owning natural monopolies or public utilities other than steam rail­ course 3a and 3b. Cameron. Five hours, spring t8rm. ways. Municipal ownership in America and Europe and the economic and political problems incidental thereto. Prerequisite, Prin('ipj,~s ::If UPPER DIVISION Economics. Cameron. Five ho~rs, spring term. 105. Labor Problems. Treats of the conditions under which laborers work since the advent of the industrial revolution. Topics especially 125. Trusts and Industrial Combinations. The evolution of industrial emphasized are: child labor, immigration, strikes and lockouts, industrial combinations, the economics of concentration and the evils of combina­ arbitration, social insurance, remedial legislation, etc. Open to students tion from the standpoint of illYestOr

GRADUATE DIVISION WRITING OPTION FRESHMAN 201, 202, 203. Research in Economics. Original work for thesis pur- Written English ...... _.... . 2-3 2-3 2-8 Outlines of English Literature ..__ ...... 4 4 4 poses. Gilbert. Each term. I4tin. French or German _.... 4: General Geology - ...... 4 4 4 4 4 Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) _.. 1 210, 211, 212. Economics Seminar. Each term. Physical Education .. 1 1 1 1 1 -- - 16-17 16--17 16--17 EDUCATION SOPHOMORE Written English _...... _.. .. Courses in this subjeet are described in the section IInrler the School 2-8 2-3 2-8 American Literature . 3 8 3 of Education. Foreign Language (continuation) 3-4 3-4 1-4 Military Science (men) 1 1 Physical Education ...... __ ...... _.._.. .. _ 1 1 1 1 Education * 51, 52. 53, or English History __ 3-4 3-4 3-4 ENGLISH Electives 1-4 1-4 --1-4 Professors Huwg, BFRGFSS, PgRKINS, THACHER, \VAT~~ON; 17 17 17 Associate Professors ROSSON, THORPE; JUNIOR Wl'itten English Assistant Professors EDGINGTON, ERNST: !vIr. DEMMINK, Miss HAWES, Mr. SNYDER, Shakespeare ...... __ .. __ 2-3 2-8 2-3 Miss TURNEY; Teaching Fdlow Mr. SHUMAKER; 3 3 Foreign Language (continuation) .. .._...... _ 3 Graduate Assistants: Miss COLl

PRE-LIBRARY 100a,b,c. Literature of the Moaem World. The Renaissance in Italy, France, Spain and England; Pascal and Puritanism in England; French The University of Oregon does not at the present time (exception in and English Classicism; the novel and other prose forms; the romantic the summer session) offer courses in library training. Those planning to revolt; Victorian literature; Parnassians and Symbolists; Ibsen and the become libranans should, however, have a broad general education in ad­ modern drama; some consideration of recent development in literature. dition to the technical training for the largest success in librarianship. For students planning to take a library school course after leaving the Ernst. Two hours, each term. University, the following curriculum will be suggestive and give an ade­ LOWER DIVISION quate preparation for the specialized library training. The well qualified librarian should have a reading knowledge of 1-2-3. Outlines of English Literature. From Beowulf to the present. Latin and French and one other European language. If French is pre­ Each epoch is studied by reading representative authors, supplemented by sented for entrance, Latin should be taken in the first three years of the lectures. First term, Beowulf to Edmund Spenser. Second term, the course, with the second foreign language for the last two years. seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Third term. 1800 to the present. The use of the typewriter by the touch system should be learned, pre­ Courses in sequence, but may be taken separately. Watson, Perkins, ferably in high school, by all persons planning to go into library work. Hawes. Four hours, each term. COURSE OF STUDY FOR PRE-LIBRARY TRAINING 5-6-7. American Literature. Study of American literature from its FRESHMAN Fall Wi"ter Spri"D beginning to the present day. Lectures and assigned readings. Burgess. English Outlines 4 4 4 First year French (or other language) 4 4 4 Three hours, each term. Animal Biology or Botany 4 4 4 History or Elective 3-4 3-4 3-4 1 10. English Poetry. The shorter classics. Prescribed for majors in Physical Education 1 1 literature. Howe. Three hours, fall term. 1l>--17 16-17 16-17 SOPHOMORE 20. Wordsworth. A study of the poems, so selected as to illustrate the Second year French 4 4 4 thought, power and beauty of the author. Introductory to all poetry American Literature or literature elective 3 3 3 World History 4 4 4 courses in this department, and prescribed for literature majors and in­ Principles of Economics 4 4 tending teachers of English. Howe. Three hours, winter term Essentials of Geology . 4 1 1 Physical Education . - 25. Ruskin. A study of the Modern Painters, planned to faIlliliarize 16 16 16 the student with the use of critical terms. as well as to familiarize JUNIOR Second Foreign Language 4 4 4 them with masterly English prose. Prescribed for literature majors. French Literature, or Education 51, 52, 53, or Elective 3-4 3-4 3-4 Howe. Three hours, spring term. World Literature _...... 2 2 2 Psychology or Physics 3-4 3-4 3-4 Written English 2-3 2-3 2-3 30. William Morris. A study of the life and writings, both prose and -- -- verse. Howe. Three hours, winter term. 15-16 15-16 15-16 SENIOR 40-41-42. Shakespeare. Study of the important historical plays, come­ Principles of Sociology ...... •...... 5 5 Introduction to Philosophy . 3 dies, and tragedies. Courses in sequence, but may be taken separately. -Chemistry and Its Relationships . 2 Prescribed for majors. Hawes. Three hours, each term. Second Foreign Language 4 4 4 English Literature 3 3 3 Extempore Speaking or elective 2-4 2-4 2-4 UPPER DIVISION World Literature (second year) 2 2 2 131. History of the Engl.ish Language. The development of the Eng­ Art Appreciation . 1 1 1 -- lish language from the Anglo-Saxon period to the present. The historical 16-17 16-17 16-17 basis of the English grammar, spelling, pronunciation and usage. Perkins. Three hours, fall term. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES LITERATURE 133a,b. Anglo-Saxon. Grammar and translation of selected passages. Bright's Anglo-Saxon reader will be used in fall term, Wyatt's Beowulf World Literature is a two-year course intended for sophomores and in the winter term. Two years of German is prerequisite for graduate juniors, though seniors also will be admitted. WorId Literature may be credit. Perkins. Three hours, winter and spring terms. taken in year units only, but the second year may be elected without the first. 135. Chaucer. As much of Chaucer's work is read as time permits. with careful attention to his sources, poetical fonus, pronunciation, and 99a,b,c. Literature of the Ancient lVorld. Literature of the Aegean grammar. Perkins. Three hours, winter term. Islands; the Roman Republic and the Empire; the Bible; literature of Arabia; medieval letters. particularly Dante and Chaucer; some consid­ 140-141-142. American Novel. A general survey of American fiction, -eration of Hindu, Persian, Chinese and Japanese literature. Ernst. with detailed study of important authors from Melville, Howells, James. T'wo hours, each term. and Twain to the present day. Three hours, each term. 62 ENGLISH LITERATURE WRITTEN ENGLISH 63

143-144-145. American Poetry. Brief survey of earlier poets; Whit­ GRADUNrE DIVISION man and his influence; transition and contemporary poets. 201. Survey of the English Critics. Required of candidates for the Two hours, each terril. master's degree who major in English. Howe. Three hours, each term. 205. Seminar. Grouped research problems. Howe. 146-147-148. American Prose Writers. Fall term, Emerson and hi8 Three hours, spring term. contemporaries; winter and spring terms, more recent developments of American thcrught and artistic expression in prose. Two hOltrS, each term. 210-211-212. Philosophical Foundations of English Literature. Bacon, Hobbes, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, the deists, the economists, the evolution­ 149a,b,c. Serninar in American Literature. (Not given 1924-25). ists, the utilitarians, and the pragmatists. Watson. Three hours, each term. One hour, each term. WRITTEN ENGLISH 150. The Romantic Poets. Scott, Coleridge, Southey, Wordsworth, LOWER DIVISION Byron, Shelley, Keats, Hunt, Landor. Hawes. Three hours, fall term. 50a,b,c. Report Writing. A service course, to be given in segregated 151. The VicLon:an Poets. Tennyson, Browning, Barrett-Browning, sections, as far as possible, for English majors, history majors, science Rossetti, \Villiam J\Iorris, Swinburne, Matthew Arnold, W. E. Henley. majors, in which they may be given instruction and correction in writing Hawes. Three hours, winter term. papers, book reviews, etc., in their respective fields of study. Two hours, each term. 152. The Clas

liOa,b.c. Histm'/J of Englitih Litemture. Planned for honor candi­ UPPER DIVISION dates, intendin.'.l; teachers, and graduate students. Ernst. Three hours, each term. 101a,b,c. Advanced Magazine Writing. A continuation of Course 51, 52, 53. Given in alternate years with 51, 52, 53. Two hours, each term. 1,"5. Teaching of Bnylish Literature. Lectures, papers, and confer­ enees. Howe. Five hours, sprin,g term. 103a,b,c,. Adt'anced Short Story lVriting. For those students who, on Three hours, each term. oompleting Course 57, show sufficient ability to ,justify further work. 180, 18], 182. English Drama. Ernst. Thacher. Two hours, each term. 183a,b.c. 8haftesbury and the Romantic Revolt. Shaftesbury's rela­ 107n,b.c. Authorship. A course of seminar character, for those stu­ tion to English and continental writers of the romantic movement, in dents who wish to become professional writers. Tbacher. particular to Rousseau, Diderot, Wordsworth, and Shelley. Given alter­ Two hours, each term. nately with English drama. Ernst. Three hours, each term. 1l0a,b,c. Playwriting. A laboratory class, with incidental study of models, for creative experiment in the writing of plays. Analysis and 185-186-187. The English Novel. From Richardson and Fielding to class discussion of studeI!t work with relation to problems of technique, the rresent. \Vati"on. Three hours, each term. such as: plot, theme, dialogue, characterization. Three honrs, each term. 190, 191, 192. English Prose Writers. Nineteenth century writers who 115a,b,c. Technique of Versification. Advanced work, based on Course are not novelists. DeQuincey, Hazlitt, Lamb, Carlyle, Mill, Huxley, 65. Open only to those who have shown some proficiency in verse-writing. Arnold, Pater. Watson. Three hours, each term. Two hou1's, each term. 64 WRITTEN ENGLISH GEOLOGY 65 120a,b,c. Criticism. Practice in the writing of musical, dramatic, artr and literary criticism. Two hours, each term. GEOLOGY ProfessorB SMITH, PACKARD, HODGE 125a,b,c. Elements of Style. Analysis of strongly marked examples Graduate Assistant: Mr. HENDON. of style, and practice in securing typical stylistic effects. Given in alter­ The course of study in geology is intended for students desiring to nate years with seminar in written English. Two hours, each term. specialize in (1) economic geography and physiography, (2) economic geology, and (3) paleontology; for students desiring geology as a ser­ 130. Teaching of English Composition. Required of all who expect to teach English. Perkins. Three hours, fall term. vice course looking to the teaching of general science; and for majors in other departments of pure science who need a knowledge of certain GRADUATE DIVISION geological branches, geology having a wide range of applications. 204a,b,c. Seminar in Written English. Special study of written COURSES OF STUDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN GEOLOGY English problems, with attention to rhetorical theory from Plato and FRESHMAN Fall Winter Spring Aristotle to the present. Given in alternate years with elements of style General Geology. including Historical Geolol/:y in sDring term 4 4 4 Mathematics (Advanced Algebra. Analytical Geometry. and 125a,b,c. Two hours, each term. Trigonometry) 4 4 4 Elementary Chemistry _... 4 4 4 Social Science elective 3 3 8 'WRITTEN AND SPOKEN ENGLISH Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 1 1 Physical Education LOWER DIVISION 17 17 17 75a,b,c. Written and Spoken English. Specially adapted to the needs SOPHOMORE of students making business administration their major subject, and of Mineralogy 4 4 4 General Physics. or Animal Biology 4 4 4 others who expect to go into some form of business. Snyder, Demmink. Written English 2-3 2-3 2-3 Three hours, each term. Military Science (men) 1 1 1 Physical Education 1 1 1 Elective 3-4 3-4 3-4 80a,b,c. Pre-Legal English. Spoken and written English designed to -- -- meet the needs of law students. The course includes a study of the prin­ 15-17 15-17 15-17 JUNIOR ciples of effective spoken and written composition, with practice in writ­ Structural Geology 3 ing and speaking, as specially related to the field of law. Lithology...... 5 Three hours, each term. Principals of Stratigraphy . a Physiology, or Descriptive Geometry and Architecture 62a,b 2-3 2-3 2-3 Foreign Language (continuation) 3-4 3-4 3-4 82-83-84. Argumentation. A practical course for debaters. Electives, Education (for those intending to teach) Physi. Three hours, each term. ography. Geography. etc. 4-7 4-7 4-7 -- -- 1&-17 16-17 16-17 86. Public Speaking-The Oration. A study of the oration as a special form of address, together with practice and training in 'writing For Geology Special,,: SENIOR original orations. Three hours, fall term. Economic Geology: Non-metallic ;...... 4 87. PubUc Speaking-A Stt!dy of Masterpieces. A number of the Metallic Ore Deposits (I 02b,c) ...... 4 4 Petrography 4 4 4 great representative speeches are examined from the point of view of Applied Geology (or physiography sequence) 3 3 3 form, style, and content. Parts of these are used for training in delivery. Geology Electives 3-4 3-4 3-4 Three hours, winter term. Electives (Education for those intending to teach) 4 4 4 Seminar ..______. 1 1 1

88. Public Speaking-The Lecture and Other Forms. The lecture and 16--16 15-16 15-li other forms of public or semi-public address, such as college men and For Paleontology SpeciaLB women are constantly called on to make, are here studied. Constant Elementary Paleonthology __ .. __ ._ _. .. .. __ . __ . .__ . 4 Invertebrate Paleontology """""'" . 4 pmctice in the preparation and delivery of original speeches. Tertiary Faunas or Mesozoic Faunas ._. .. .. _. .. 4 Three hours, spring term. Geologic History of North America 3 Geologic History of Pacific Coast _. _. 3 89-90-91. Extempore Speaking. The selection, organization and presen- Geologic History of Pacific Countries _._ _ _. .. _.. 3 Seminar _ _._ _._ _ __ 1 1 1 tation of speech material. Open to freshmen. Two hours, each term. Electives (Education for those intending to teach) 8 8 8 - 16 16 16 FINE ARTS For Geoyraph-y Specials:. JUNIOR OR SENIOR For courses in this department, see School of Architecture and Allied Geologic History of Man 3 Arts. Advanced Physiography __ 3 3 Geography of Pacific or Geologic History of Pacific Countries 2 3 Advanced Geography...... 2 2 2 Seminar .. _. . .______.. __ . __ .. _. .__ _._ __ 1 1 1 FRENCH Elective (Education for those intending to teach) 8-9 8-9 8-9 See Romance Languages 17-18 16-17 14-15 Mi GEOLOGY GEOLOGY 67

DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 103. Oil Geology. A study of the geologic principles affecting the LOWER DIVISION petroleum industry with a SUTyey of the principal oil fields and a con­ la,b. General Geology. An elementary course dealing with those pro­ sideration of field methods employed in their development. Prerequisites: cesses of nature by which the surface of the earth has becn built up. general geology and stratigraphy. Three lectures; field trips. Hodge. deformed, or torn down. A study of the natural history and occnrrence (Not given 1924-25). Three hours, fall term. of the common rocks and useful minerals. Three lectures and one labora­ 104. Physiography_ An advanced course reviewing and ela.borating its tory or field period. Staff. Four hours, fall and 'Winter terms. general principle~. Emphasis will be laid upon the physiographic cycle. 2. Historical Geology. An outline of the geological history of \he Prerequisites Goology la, b, and 2. Two lectures and one laboratory. earth, with special reference to the development of the North Americall Smith. Three hours, fall term. oontinent. Prerequisites Geology la,b, or 3, or 9, or a satisfactory course 105. Physiography of the United States. Emphasis will be laid upon in high school physiography. Three lectures and one laboratory or field the interpretation of the historical and economic development of the period. Packard. Four hours, spring term. varions natural regions of the country. Prerequisites: Geology la, h, 3. Essentials of Geology. An intensive course in general geology. and 2, and 104. 'l'wo lectures and one laboratory. Smith. Lectures cover general discussion of composition and structure of the Three hours, winter term. eaJ"lth, forces in changing the earth's structure, composition and surface 106a,b,c. Petrography. The theory of and practice in the use of the features; and a brief history of the earth. One or more field U'ip6. petrographic microscope, and an introduction to the texture, structures, Three lectures and several la:boratory periods. Four hours, spri,ng tllrm. and minerals displayed in sliced rocks. Origin, occurrence, association, and uses of the igneous, ~edimentary, and metamorphic rocks. Labora­ 4. Geology of Orego.n. (Given in Portland Center under auspices of tory training in identification, description, and interpretation of rocks. Ute Mazamas). Time to be arranged. Smith and Packard. The g'enesis and field interpretation of sedimentary rocks taken up only Two hours, one term. briefly. ~{etamorphism discussed in detail. Two lectnres and two labora­ S. Geologir; History of lIla!!. A study {)f the physical and cultural tory periods. Hodge. Four hours, each term. development of the ancient types of men, as shown by their fossil remains, their implements and art. Packard. Three hours, fall term. 107. JJetalli" Ore Deposits. The origin, occurrence, uses, and con­ servation of metallic ores. Methods of prospecting, developing, and min­ 9. Development and History of Life. A brief discussion of the ing briefly treated. Prerequisite 17a,b,c. Three lectures and one labora­ origin of life upon the earth and an outline of the history of life as tory or field trip. Hodge. Four hours, spring term. r('vpaled by the fossil remains of animals and plants. Packard. Three hoU'rs, w·inter term. lORa. Elementary Paleontology. Laboratory and lecture study of the main groups of recent invertebrates and comparison with fossil speci­ 11-12-13. Geography. (a) Physical; (b) Economic; (c) Regional. A mens. Two laboratory and two lecture periods a week. Packard. general selTiee conrse offered as an introduction to the general field of Four hours, fall term. geography. Three lectnres and one laboratory. Smith. FoUl' hours, each lerm. 10Sb. InveTtebrate Paleontology. Laboratory and lecture study of the most important genera of the invertebrates, with special reference to the I7a,b,c. :Jlineral09Y. Lectures covering a description of 120 of the chararteristic West Coast types. Prerequisite, 10Sa. Packard. most common minerals, a discussion of their occurrence in nature, their Four hours, winter term. industrial uses, and distribution over the world; combinations of min­ 10D. Yertebmte Paleontology. Study of the osteology and evolution­ erals which form rocks. Laboratory work involves a study of the physical ary history of a few selected groups of vertebrates. Prerequisite, Zoology and chemicaI methods used in the identification of minerals and practice Ie. . Three hours, spl-ing term. in determining unknown minerals. Prerequisite, general chemistry. Two lectures and two laboratory periods. Hodg·e. Four hours, each term. 111. Pl-inciples of Stl·atigraphy. The genesis and subsequent history of stratified rocks, including a study of the geologic processes concerned UPPER DIVISION with sedimentation, cementation. diastrophism, and weathering; and the ] 01. S'tnu:tural Geology. Study of origin, interpretation and mapping consideration of m:ethods of entombment of organic remains and their of minor nwk stnwtUl'es and of joints, faults, and folds. Prerequisites: significance in geologic correlations. Prerequisites, Geology 1a,b, or 3, 1a,b. or 3, and 111. Two lectures and one laboratory or field period. and 17a,b,c. Packard. Three hours, spring term. Smith. Th1'ee hours, spring term. 11.5. Lithology. A study of the identification and uses of common 102a,b. l'~on-metallic Mineral Deposits. The geology, uses, and NO­ rocks. Prerequisites Geology ] a,b. or R or 17a. 'l'wo lectures and two Jlomics of the non-metallic minerals. Coal, oil, building stones, yoad laboratory periods and a field trip. Hodge. Five 'hours, winter t"rm. materials. and fertilizers are stressed. Prerequisites, general geology, mineralogy and stratigTaphy. Three lectures and one laboratory. Smith. 118. Tertiary Faunas. A study of the faunal aspects of the principal Four howrs, fall and winter term. West Coast horizons, and the determination of characteristic index fossil'l. 68 GEOLOGY GERMAN 69

Two lectures and two laboratory periods. Prerequisites: stratigraphy and 246. Ad'vanced Geography. Research in the physical and economic paleontology. Alternates with 119. Packard. Four hours, spring term. geogTaphy of Oregon and closely related Northwest regions. The investigations will consist largely in intensive studies of the various 119. Mesozoic Faunas. A consideration of the character, migrations, physiographic regions of Oregon. Prerequisites: general geology and and successions of the Mesozoic 'Vest Coagt faunas, including a labora­ physiography. Special work assigned to meet the needs of individual tory study of typical species from the various horizons. Two lectures students. Smith. and two laboratory periods. Prerequisites: stratigraphy and paleontology. Packard. Not given 1924-25. Four hours, spring term. GERMANIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURE 120. Geologic History of North America. The geologic development of the North American continent. Prerequisite, 111. Packard. Professors SCHMIDT. THORSTENBERG. Three hours, fall term. COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN GERMAN FRESHMAN Fall Winter Spring 121. Geologic History of the Pacific Coast. The geologic history of the Gennan 4 4 4 Pacific Coast of North America. Prerequisite: stratigraphy and paleon­ Science (laboratory) 4 4 4 Modern Government.. or History 3-4 3-4 3-4 tology. Packard. Three hours, winter term. Outlines of English Literature 4 4 4 Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 1 1 122. Geologic History of Pacific Countries. A study of the broad Physical Education 1 1 1 problems of the Pacific region as a whole and of the countries bordering 17 1:7 17 thereon, with special reference to the islands and the Far East. Pre­ SOPHOMORE requisites, 1a,b, and 121. Smith. Three hours, spring term. Gennan (continuation) . 3-4 3-4 3-4 Second language--Latin, Scandinavian or Romance _. 3-4 3-4 3-4 History or Economics ,. _. 4 4 4 128. The Geography of the Pacific. An intensive study of the Pacific Military Science (men) .. 1 1 1 Physical Education . 1 1 1 region, the physical geography and natural resources, with some attentioll. Education 51, 52, 53, or elective ._ . 2-4 2-4 2-4 given to the outstanding' social, economic and political questions as in­ 15-17 15-17 15-17 fluenced by the physical background of the more important countries JUNIOR bordering this ocean. Two-hour lecture, discussion, and collateral reading. German (continuation) 2-3 2-3 2-3 Additional courses in German . 3 3 3 Given in Portland 1923-24, Eugene, 1924-25. Smith. Second language-Latin, Scandinavian or Romance . 3-4 3-4 3-4 Two hours, winter term. Philosophy. Psychology, or English .. 3 3 3 Education, Sociology or elective .. __ __ _ . 4-5 4-5 4-5 140. Principles of Assaying. Principles of fire assaying, practice in, 15-18 15-111 15-111 and the determination of the precious and non-precious metals. (Given SEl'lIOR 1023 and every alternate year thereafter). Tn'o or four hours, spring term. Advanced courses in German _ . 5-6 5-6 5~ Second language (continuation of previous two years) . 3 3 3 Electives (advanced courses in philosophy, education. or 146. Applied Geology. The application of geology to irrigation, drain­ literature recommended) 3-5 3-5 Written Enll;lish 3-5 age, river control. harbor improvement, road building, foundation and 2-3 2-3 2-3 location of bridges, to buildings, reclamation of waste land, artesian 15-17 15-17 15-17 water, water power, tunnels, aqueducts, canals, and all work which depends for its success upon an understanding of the earth's structure and its DESCRIPTlOK OF COURSES activities. (Not g'iven 1924-25). Hodge. Three hours. LOWER DIVISION 1a,b.c. Elempnfary German. The elementary course comprises: Vos' 170. Ad'vanced Field Geology. A general course in geologic mapping Essentials of German (Henry Holt), latest edition; and Huss' German and surveying methods and in intensi"e study of a small area so chosen as Reader (D. C. Heath) ; German composition, translation of easy prose and to include a wide range of special problems. This work is conducted in poetry. Scbmidt, Thorstenberg. Four hours, each term. a summer camp of four weeks. The course may be taken with full credit for a series of snmmers, since a different area is studied each season. 3a,b,c. Second :Year German. Grammar, composition and conversation. Staff. Seven hours. . Translation of standard German authors. Prerequisite, one year of college or two years of hig'h school German. Schmidt, Thorstenberg. f:RADlJATE DlVI~ION Four hours, each term. 20i. Seminar. Open to advanced major students of this and related 4a.b.c. Scientific German. Recommended to students in science or departments for the consideration of research material and a review of medicine Students desiring to enter this course should consult the in- the current technical literature. Staff. One hoUl', each term. structor. Thorstenberg. ~ Three hours, each term. 202. Advanced Geology. Special work assigned to meet the require­ UPPER DIVISION ments of advanced students. Staff. 101a,b,c. Classical German. Open to students who have had two years of German. Some works of Goethe, Schiller, Lessing, Kleist. Grillparzer, 208. Advanced Paleontology. Special work assig'ned to meet the will be read. Prerequisite, two years of college Gennan. Schmidt. requiremen.ts of the ad,'anced student. Packard. Three hours, each term. 70 GERMAN GREEK 71 102a,b,c. German Fiction and Contemporary Litcrattwe. During tbe year some of the following- works will be read: Sudermann's Del' 204a.b,c. Iiistory of German Literature of the Nineteenth Century. Katzensteg; Keller's Kleider Machen Leute; Meyer's Juerg .Jenatsch; With special study of the classic periods of the twelfth and eighteenth Wildenbruch's Del' Letzte; Riehl's Burg Neideck, Del' Fluch del' Schoen­ centuries. Scherer's Gescbichte del' deutschen Literatur, Franke's History heit: Frenssen's .Joern Uhl, etc. Schmidt. Three hours, each term. of German Literature arc used as textbooks. Papers on assigned topics will be required. 105-106-107. Mudern German Drama. Some of the following dramas will be read: Fulda's Del' Talisman or Das Verlorene Paradies: \Vilden­ 205. Physiological Phonetics. The sounds of English, German and bruch's Harold, Hauptmann's Die Versunkene Glocke; Ernst's Flachs­ French. Grandgent, German, and English sounds (Boston, Ginn & Co., mann als l~r?:ieher: Sndermann's Johannes or Heimat, etc. 1892); Ripman's adaptation of Vietor's Kleine Phonetik (London, J. M. Three hours, each term. Dent & Co., 1913); Kleines Lesebuch in Lautschrift von Vietor; Sweet, 114. German Poetry. Poems of Goethe, Schiller, Uhland, etc., will be A Primer of Phonetics (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1890); lectures. read. Three hours, winter term. Two hours, one term. 115. Goethe's Faust. Part I with commentary. Schmidt. 206a,b,c. Seminar in German Literature and Philology. Aiming to Three hours, winter term. impal·t the principles and methods of investigation. 116. Goethe's Faust. Part II with commentary. Three hours, each term. Three hours, spring term. 117. Heine. Prose works. Three hours, fall or winter term. SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 118. Historical and Philosophical German. The rapid translation of LOWER DIVISION historical, philosophical and economic German. Two hours, spring term. 21a,b,c. Elementary Norwegian (Dano-N01·wegian). Principles of ~rarnmar and the reading of easy prose. The texts used comprise Hol­ 130. Teaching of Modern Languages. Discussion of methods of teach­ vik's Beginner's Book in Norse and Second Book in Norse; Bjoernson's ing German, French and Spanish; examination of texts. Open to juniors Synnoeve Solbakken, or Arne; Kielland's Novelletter. No credit for and seniors. Reqnired of students who wish to be recommended as teach­ less than three terms' work. Thorstenberg. Three hours, each term. ers of foreig-n languages. Schmidt. Three hours, spring or fall term. 31a,b,c. Elementary Swedish. Principles of grammar and the read­ 131a,b,c. Advanced German Composition. Required of all students ing' of easy prose. The texts used comprise: Elmquist's Swedish Gram­ who wish to teach Gennall. Tux) hours, each term. mar, or Vickner's Swedish Grammar; Lagerloef's En Herrgardssaegen; 132a,b,c. German Conversation. Open to all students who have had (Jei.ierstam's Mina Po.ikai-; Nyhlom's Det ringer, etc. No credit for less two years of Gennan. No credits allowed unless two terms are taken. \han three terms' work. Thorstenberg. Three hours, each term. Two hours, each term. UPPER DIVISION 133-134-135. History of German Litemture. LectUl'es in English. Out­ 123-124-125. Scandinavian Literatu1'e (Conducted in English). Works side reading' and pap<-rs on assigned topics. No Gennan required. of Bjoel'l1son, Ibsen, Lie, Kielland, Tegner, Rydberg, Lagerloef, Strind­ Schmidt. Two hours, each term. berg', etc., in standard! translations. Supplementary lectures on the his­ 141-142-143. The Nineteenth Century lV01)el. Representative- works of tory of the literature. Thorstenberg. Three hours, each term. Freytag, Keller, Meyer, Sudermann, I"renssen, [3torlll, Riehl, Heyse, Scheffel, Ludwig, Dahn. Gang-hofer, Rosegger, Auerbach, Ebner-Eschen­ 126a,b,c; 136a,b,c. Advanced Norwegian or Swedish. Study of works, bach, Spielhagen, etc. will be included in the course. in the original, of representative Scandinavian authors, supplemented by Three hours, each term. IIdyanced prose composition and conversation. Thorstenberg. GRADUATE DIVISION Three hours, each term.

201a,b. "Middle High German. Michels, Mittelhochdeutsche Grammatik, GRADUATE DIVISION 1910; Henrici, Proben del' Dichtungen des Mittelalters, Berlin, 1898; selections from Nibelungenlied; Walther von del' Vogelweide, Parzival;. 222. Old Icelandic. Noreen's Altislaendische und Altnorwegische Lexer, Mittelhochdeutsches Taschen-\Vorterbuch. Three hours, two terms. Grammatik is used. Thorstenberg. 202a,b. Olel High German. Braune's Althochdeutsche Grammatik, GREEK and the same author's Althochdentsches Lesebuch (4th edition); Muellen­ hoff and Scherer's Denkmaeler Deutsrher Poesie and Prosa (3rd edition) ; Dean STRAUB Behaghel's Historical Grammar of the German Language. _ As Greek is rarely offered in ally of the accredited preparatory insti­ tutions of this state, and is not included in the high school course of 203a,b. Gothic and the Elements of Comparative Ger'man Grammar. study, it is necessary to offer beginning Greek in the University. In Branne, Gotische Grammatik, latest edition (HI20). Heyne's Ulfilas, 9. consequence, the drill in Greek grammar is emphasized during the first Auflage, yon F. \Vrede, Paderborn, 1896; Streitberg's Urgermanische two years. Students are not advised to take Greek who do not propose Grammatik. This course is required for advanced degrees in English continuing it until they have an easy reading knowledge of such prose Philology. writers as Tlmcydides and Herodotus. Majors in Greek are required to 72 CREEK HISTORY 73 have a minimum of 54 term hours of courses in the original. On account of the demand for Greek from students of a theological school in Eugene, GRADUA'l'E DIVISION several courses in New Testament Greek are offered. 200a,b,c. Pindar, l'heocl'itus and Aeschylus. Pindar, Olympian and Pythian Odes; Theocritns, Idylls and Epigrams; Aeschylus, Prometheus DESCRIPTION OE' COURSES Bound and Ag'amemnon; study of Greek elegiac, iambic and lyric poetry. LOWER DIVISION Three hours, each term. 1a,b,c. Beginning Greek. Gleason's Greek Primer; Goodwin's Greek 201 a,h,c. Plato. Plato, The Dialogues. An extended reading of the Grammar; The Anabasis of XenopllOn (Harper and Wallace), Books I dialogues with a stnd." of their philosophieal import. and n. Students must take all three terms to receive credit. Four hours, each term. 202a,b,c. The Greek Drama. A reading' of numerous plays in the 50a,b,c. Xenophon, Homer, and Greek Grammar. Xenophon's Ana­ mig-inal is eXI,ected, alld is illcidelltal to a detailed study of the rise, de­ basis, Books III, IV, and V; Horner's lUnd, BOl\b I II, III and VI, veloplllent alld genius of the Greek drama. with readings on the lives and customs of the Homeric period. Thorough 20i1a,h.c. The Cheek If'istorians. Students will be expected to know knowledge of Greek grammar will be considered necessary to proper the original theong-hout of Xenophon. Thucydides and Herodotus. This translation. Major students should also take 51a,b,c. is essentillily a stndy of Greek history through the documents provided Three hours, each tel·m. by the GI'ceks thcl1lse!l-es. 51a,b,c. Greek Grammar, G'I'eek Prose and Greek Sight Translation. Completion and review of Goodwin's Greek grammar; continuous practice in Greek prose composition (Jones); easy sight translation. Two hours, each tel'm. HISTORY UPPER DIVISION Professors R. C. CLARK, SHELDO}'.l, WALTER RARNK~; Assistant Professors DONALD BARNES, ANDREW FISH; 100a,b,c. Xenophon and Gnek Testament. Xcnophon, Book VI; Graduate Assistant: Mr. SCHOLL. Matthew, .!\lark, Luke and John; selections from the Septuagint; review of Greek grammar and general study of Hellenistic Greek. This course The two lower divi"ion rourses, Modern Europe, and English history, is intended primarily for students in preparation for the ministry, but is designed for those majoring or minoring in history, are specifically elective for other students in Greek. Students are expected to have had introdllrtOl'y to advancprl work in the department and give definite his­ 1a,b,c, 50a,b,c, and 51a,b,c ot· their full equivalent. Texts: Westcott and torieal tTaining' foJ' it. Rlndents shonld take one of these rourses before Hort's Greek ~ew Testament; Conybeare a.nd Stalk's Selections from the :1ttemptinp- adv31lC'pd work. Septnagint (Ginn and Co.). Four hours eaeh term. The conrse ill world history is designed to give a broad view of the achie\'emenfs of tlIP human race and help the student to discover the 101a,b,c. Homer, Thucydides, and Herodotus. Homer, Odyssey, three direction of his interests anrl abiJities. ViTorld hist(lry, therefore is de­ books; Thucydides, Books I, II and III; Herodotus, Books VII, Vln and signpd a.~ a PlIltnral rourse for shldents at large, rather tha11 for students IX; review of Greek !!:ram1ll3r; readings on the periods of Greek history having' a special interest in history. Rellior history majors may well covered in the original. Three hours each term. visit tllP leduT'es as a review of their colleg'e history C011rses. 102a,b,c. Euripides, A ristophanes, Sophoeles. Euripides, Bacchae; European Bii'tory (il-4-5) is also fiesigned prin181'ily as a three-hour Aristophanes, The vVasps; Sophocles, The Antigone; study of Greek COID­ service rourse for stndents .in other departments. edy and Greek tragedy (If the periods covered in the original. Any Prospertive teachers seeking a recommendation to teach history in the good text acceptable. Review of Greek grammar. hig11 srhool must take at least t111'ee full year COlll'SeS ill the rlepartlll<'nt Two hours. each term. and their work should rover European and American history. 103a,b,c. G1 ek Mythology, Art, lAfe and Literature. This course is elective by majors or non-majors, and is intended to give an insight into COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN HISTORY the religion, habits and civilization of the Greeks. Texts and reading's to FRESHMAN Fall Winter Spring Modern European or English History .__ ._.. __ ._._ ._._ _._.. ._ be prescribed. Greek majors who elect this course should elect it only in 4 4 4 Elementary or second-year Language __ . 4 4 conjnnction with a course in original Greek. Two hours, each term. Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 4 Physical Education __ _. _ . II I }!~lective or Norm 1 I 1 150a,b,c. Plato and Aristotle. Plato, The Republic, Books I to X; 5-6 5-6 5-6 Aristotle, Ethics, Books I to IV and Book X, chapters 5 to 9. Brief out­ 15-16 15-16 15-16 line of Greek philosophy of the period; students are advised, however, to SOPHOMORE elect also the course in history of philosophy in the department of phil­ American History _...... 4- Foreign Language (continuation of first year) 3-4 4 4 osophy. Three hours, each term. Psychology (with laboratory) -- .. _.. ____.._.._ __ .. __ 4 3-4 3-4 Princi:ttles of Economics ______.__ __ _...... 4 4 4 151a,b,c. Ad'nancpd Greek Prose Composition, Sight Translation and Education 51 ____ .. 4 Selected Readings. Passages will be assigned for sight translation from Military Science (men) __ .._..__ _ _ 3 PhySical Education _. __ _ " .. _._ __.. _ ., __ " . 1 1 Plato, Herodotus, Plutarch, and Demosthenes. Selected readings from I I -- - Plato, Thucydides, Demosthenes and Aeschylus. Two hours, each term. 17-18 17-18 17-18 7-1, HISTORY HISTORY 7i Winter Spri",g JUNIOR FaU 71-72-73. A'rnel'ican History. The story of expansion of ]lurope in Written English . 2 2 2 Two History courses -- - -_ , ---.-. 6 6 6 America, the struggle for independence of the American Colonies, es­ Modern Governments -_ -_ -_ -.-_ -_ . 4 4 4 tablishment of a national government, and the history of the United Education 52. 53, le6 (for teachers) or electives in minor 3-4 3-4 3-4 States since 1.787. Open to sophomores. Clark. Four hours, each term. subject or Norm -- --- 15·-16 15-16 15-16 UPPI'R DIVISION SENIOR Hi::storY' courses . --.-- --.---.- -.- -- 6 Education (for teachers) ana electives in minor subjE.'ct or 1.00. The Teaching of History. A course designed for major students 9-11 general electives 9-11 9-11 lind others who are preparing to teach history in high schools. Clark. 15-17 15-17 15-17 Three hours, fall term. Electives suggested as allied to history: sociology; English literature: world literature; 1.01, 102, 103. The HistoTy of History. A study of the development organic evolution (zoology); history of phBosophy; of art; philosophy of history; eco­ nomic geography; geologic history of luan. of the art and science of history writing from the crudest early records to the highly scientific work of today. A correlation is shown between the changing conceptions of the function of written history and changes DESCRIPTION OF COURSES in the general intellectual outlook. Incidentally the student is introduced LOWER DIVISION to the works of the great historians of the world. Prerequisite, two la.b,l'. World History. A comprehensive and COlntinuous story of the years of history. Fish. Two hours, each term. evolvtion of civilization from the earliest man to the present day, cover­ in'C' all the main lines of human thought and aetivity in the past. This 104, ] 05, lOG. Intellectual ITi~tory. An outline study of the develop­ course is open to stuilrnts above freshman standing, but is specially ment of ideas from primitive man to the present. Contemporary mental desi[('ned for so:phomores and juniors who are not majoring in history. traits are traced to their historical origins. The course serves also as a Sheldon. Four hours, each term. study of the history of the freedom of thought. Prerequisite, junior standing or instructor's permission. (142a,b,c., is a more intensive study Middle Ages to Present. Con­ 2a,b.c. TV orid History from Later in a limited period.) 'Fish. Thee hours, each term. tinuation of course given in 1923-24. Snhject to same limitat.ions and 'lualifications as the above. Lecture~, quizzes, and text book. Given 107a.b,c. 11istm'y (if Cicili.wtiOIl. Lertures wit.h discussiou group only 1924-21. Fish. Three hours, each term. espel'iall~· devoted to litleratnre of the subject. Open only to students Hi~lor!l. who have had two consecutive years work in history and are acquainted :1-4-5. Ruropean Follows in olltlinr the conrse of vVestern with the outline:; of history. Sheldon. Four !lours, each term. European development from the decay of the Roman Empire to the pre.~ent time. Though chiefly political, the course by no means neglects 111-112-113. A. ndmt History. History of Greece; history of Rome. soci?l and cnltnral factors. May be entered second or third term at the Special attention will be given to the social, economic, and intellectual discretion of the instrnctor. Open to freshmen. Fish. forcea behind the political movements, and to the development of the Three hours, each tenn. Roman system of government. Three hours, each term. en, 423.b. Model'n Europe. The history of Europe from the death of Lonis XIV to the present. Treats the Old Regime, the spirit of reform, 121. 1'7/1' .Iliddl.. ~.fgl"s. A study of the development of Europe and the French revolution, the nineteenth century strul!gles for nationality its civili7,ation from the dedin!' of the Roman Empire to the age of Dante. and democracy, the colonial expansion of Enrope, the World War, and (Not given 1924-25). . Three hours, fall tel·m. the rrohlems of peace. Economic, social. intellectnal, and religions fad01'S ]31, 132. The Growth of the National jfonarchies. 'Yinter term, the will he inclndeil. Open to freshmen. May he entered the second term Renaissance; spring term, the Reformation, the Religious "Tars, and Louis by permission of the instmctor, but credit "is not given for leFs than two XIY. This course traces the development from the medieval period of con,ecut2Ye teT111S. vValter Barnes. Four honrs, each lenn. the universal chnrch to the modern period of the independent states, and 51. Europi' .since 1871. The domestic conditions and the socialist their rivalry in war, colonial expansion, commerce. culture, and religion, movements of the leading countries, the colonial expansion of Enrope, to the eve of the French Hevolntiol1. (Not giwn 1024-25.) the vVorld \Yar and the problems of peace. Designed for stndent.~ who Three hours, ?Vintc!· and spring terms. can find time for only one term of history. Open to freshmen. Walter Barnes. Five hours, spring term. 142a,b,l'. The Intellectual l1ist()1"~} of Modern Europe. A study of the development of ideas among the intellectual classes of western Europe 01-G2-03. English Hi8tory. General survey of English history cover­ since the relig'ions wars. Prerequisite. modern European history. (Not ing the political and constitutional, the economic and social, the intel­ giYE'n ]924-25.) Walter Barnes. Three hours, each term. lectual mId relig'ions lines of development. The third term will include a sketch of the growth of the empire. Open to freshmen. May be entered 143. The French Revolution. An advanced study of the Revolution, second or third term by permission of the instructor. Donald Barnes. beginning with the callim!' of the Estates General. Prerequisite, history . Four hours, each term. 4L vValter Barnes. Three hours, fall term. HOUSEHOLD ARTS 77 76 HISTORY 144. Foundations of Modern Democracy. A study of the conditions GRADUATE DIVISION and the theories upon which g'eneral male suffrage was iutroduced in 201a,b,c. Problems in the History of Nineteenth Century Education England, Germany, and France in the sixties and the seventies. Prerequi­ and Civ·iz.ization. A technical course involving preparation in historio­ site, English or modern European history. (Not given in 1924-25.) graphy. During the year 1923-24 special attention will be paid to the Walter Barnes. Three hours, one term. development of state education in England from 1750 to 1870. The library is speciallv equipped with a collection of 300 volumes of source material 145. Recent Italy. A study of political, industrial, and social condi­ for this field. Sheldon. T1co hours, each term. tions in Italy- before ann after the war and nnder the dictatorship of Mussolini. Prerequisite, a knowledge of Europe since 1871. Walter 241a,b. Forerunners of the F1'ench Revolution. A source study of Barnes. T'lilO hours, winter term. the inflllence of the leading eighteenth century writers upon the ideas of the li'rench revolutionists. Prerequisite, two years of French, and modern 146. Recent Russia. The old regime and the rise of industry in European history. (Not given 1924-25). Walter Barnes. Russia, the revolutions of Hl04 and of 1917, and the chief features of Two hours, fall and winter terms. the bolshevik regime nnder Lenine's dictatorship. Prerequisite, a 2Gla,b,c. P1'oblems in English Economic History. A study from knowlerlge of Europe since 1871. Walter Barnes. Two hours, spring term. SOllrces and secondary works of ~ertain phases of English economic his­ 14\l. Colonization. A brief sketch of the successive colonial policies tory from 1750 to HkiO. Donald Barne". Two hours, each term. t f Europe, and of the inflnence of the colonial empires upon the mother 276a,b,c. Seminar in Oregon History. A detailed study largely from countries, Lrom the commercial revolution to the present. Prerequisite, the SOIlI'CeS, of the building of civilization in the western portion of the Eng'lish or modem European history. (Not given in 1924-2:5.) 'Walter United Stl1tes, particularly in Oregon and the Northwest. For history· Barnes. Three hours, one term. seniors as nu equivalent of the thesis requirement and for graduate stu­ dents. Clark. Two hours, each term•. 171-172-173. American History. Same as 71-72-73, with a(lditioual reading· for upper division credit. Clark. Four hours, each term. 174, 175. Ameriran Foreign Relations. A history of the relations ~f HOUSEHOLD ARTS the United States with other powers and' the development of American Professor TINGLE; Miss DAVIR: Graduate Assistant: Miss GURLEY. foreign policies. (Not giyen 1\l24-2;,). Clark. Three hours,winter and spr,ing term~. Pursuant to a ruling of the board of higher curricula, the work in household arts does not constit.ute n major department, but offers 176a,b,c. History of Civilization in the United States. This course service work for students whose special line of interest lies in the col­ cover" the following topies: the development of social classes, newspapers, lege or the professional schools. For snch students certaiu home-making magazines, science, philosophy, literature, religion, cities, ethical stan­ g'ronps of conrses have heen arrauged with speciali7.ation nllowed eithel' on dards, edncat.ion, and economic expansion in their interrelations Lec­ food OJ' the clothing optio!1. A typical sequence of courses in preparation tures, quizzes, and assigned readings. (Not given 1\l24-2.5). Sheldon. Three hours, each term. for hOllle-ulnkiJlg:, which will require only three or four hours a term follows. If only three years are desired, the clothing courses may be 177a,b,e. Amet'ican Constitutional History. The origin and develop­ omitted, lind the rourse beg'nn at the second year. A two year seqnence ment of the colonial system of government. The making of the federal may be similarly arranged. constitution and its development. Open to i'tudents who ha\'e taken his­ tory 71, 72, 7B. All others must obtain consent of instructor. Clark. FOUR-YEAR HOME-MAKING SEQUENCE FIRST YEAR FaU Winter Spring Three hours, each term. Textiles and Clothing ..... 3 3 3 179. The Trans-Mississippi TVest. Exploration, settlement, and de­ Color and Line in Clothing 1 1 1 velopment of the region of the United States lying west of Mississippi SEC0!".':1 YP,".R Fooos ano Food Economics 01' ]i'00d Problems 3 3 3 river, with emphasis on Pacific Nort1nvest. (Not given 1\l24-2.5). Food Laboratory 1 1 1 Three hours, !V'inter tei·m. TH1RD YEAR 181. Latin Amet'ican History. A study of the history, together with Sanitation (Botany) or Food Economici'; 34 political, social, ani! eeonomic conditions of the ""ther Americas." Open Home Nursing 3 Food for the Sick . 1 to all juniors and to sophomores who have had snfficient history. Child Care 3-1 Three hours, spring term. F(lUDTH YEA.H' Hl1-192. Asia and the Pacific. This course deals with Chinn, .Japan, Nutrition Problems or Food Problems 3-4 and the Pacific ocean, and their relations with western Europe and the HousehoJU Management 3 3 United States. First term, China; second term, ,Japan and the Pacific. Tile head of the household arts department may be chosen by stu­ Open to all juniors ana to sophomores who have had sufficient history. dents as adviser, but the major requirement mllst be fulfilled in some other Walter Barnes. Three hours, fall and win-tet' tei·ms. department. HOUSEHOLD ARTS 70 78 HOCSEHOLV ARTS A combined course in bllsiness administration and household arts 35. Home Nursing. Emergencies, first aid and home care of the sick has been arranged by the department aud the School of Business Admin­ or cOlll'aleseent. Prereqllisite. sanitation, bO}tany and food economimi. istration, and may be found under the heading of the school. Three hours, spring tf"'!!I. 36. Food for the Sick. Special diets. Rnd prep,lratiou of fnot! 1'0:1.' DERCRIPTION OF COURSES the sick and convalescent. Prereqllisite, 5a,b,c, or 15 and 25. Should LOWER DIVISION be taken as parallel with Home NlIrsing 35. One hour, sp1'ing term. CLOTHING GROUP !Jl. Camp Cooket'y. A special course for geology majors on the ele­ la,b,c. Elementary Clothin.q. Study of material, design and costs. ments of nutrition and food preparation. Tingle. Principles of construction. Makiug of type garments. Study of the Two hours, "[iring ter·m. clothing budget. Open to freshmen, but no credit allowed for those who have had hi(l'!1 school cOllrse" ill fiewing. Three hours, each term. liPPER DIY1STON 11-12. Cli,thing. Economics of clothing; line and color in dress; 100. Nutrition. Tl!is eourse offers a Sll\'\"ey of the llutriti"e \'nlues "f !'euo\ation of materials; problems in gannent making. ]<~or those who food mal the nutrition rccjllirements of the bod~'. In the laboratory food have had previoni' instruction in sewing and galment making. vVill valJ'e~' :He stlidied (;l!'dlri!.i"ely and problems in diet for different ages $atisfy group requirement when taken with course 31 or 13 RS advised are worked out cOlieretciy. Prerequisites chemistry, physiology and 5a,b, by the heRd of the departmellt. Open to freshmen, bnt not to th(l:;t~ who e. or ei]lliv<1!ent training in food preparation. Four hours. .spring term. have had la.b,c. Davis. Three hours, Irinter and spring terms. 101. Nutrition Problems. Special problems in diet. Practical work 13. Clothing Problems. SjJ(·cial problems in clothing. Prerequisite arranged with reference to the needs of majors in sociology, physical edu­ 11, 12 or equivalent and cousent of instrnctor. Davis. Three hours, spring terrI'. cation alld medicine. Prerequisite 5a,b,c, or equivalent, and consent of the instrnctor. Three or four hours, fall term. 31. Elementary Te,rt'l:les. Identificatiou of fibers. Microscopic stndy of fibers. Phvsical and chenri(Jal tests, economic features of textile iu­ 102-103. Food Preparation for Social TVorkej·s. Arranged for sociol­ ,dnstry. Davis" Three hours, faU term. ogy majors, elective for upper division students. First term, problems of purchasing, cost preparation, and service O'f food in larger quantities, as fl5a,b,c. Color and Line in Clothing. Consilleratiou of beanty of line, in social welfare centers, community kitchens and school lunch roollJS. clark and light, and color, in costume. rfhe prop0r use of the fashion Second term .• study of budgets and family dietaries for limited incomes; magazine. Textnres and fabrics discussed as to harlllouiolls combination presentation of food problems. Prerequisite, Food Economics. Tingle. and suitability to person and occasion. The psychology and history of Three hours, winter and spring terms. dress briefly (J<11tIined. Oue lecture, olle laboratory. Davis. 110-111. Ifousehold Management. The problems of the modern home­ . . One hour, each term. maker from both theoretical and practical point of view. First term, study of selection, cost, care, and renovation of household equipment. FOOD GROUP Practical efficiency problems. Second term, business and administrative :Ja,b.e. Elementary Food. '!"ilis course inclndes a general snryey of the problems. Courses in sequence. but may be taken separately. Upper elementary prClblems of cook0ry, the planning and serving of meals, study division standing. Staff. Three hours. winter and spring terms. of food materials aud food values. and pnrcha"e of fooil Illntcri,lls. Pre­ 135. Cal'e of Children. Study of the physical and mental develop­ requisite ehemistry (hig'h school or c.ollege). Not open to freshmen. and ment of children, food and clothing for children from infancy to adoles­ no credit nllowed for thos(. who have had hig'h school COLlrses in foods. Three hours, each tenY/.. cence, general care and training for family life from the point of view of child welfare. Prerequisite, Home Nursing. 15-16. Foods, Stndy of foods alld methods of food preparation with Three or fofur hours, fall term. -special reference to teehniqne and temperatnres. Time alld cost studies in connection wit lr the planning and scrying of meals. 'Yill satisfy group 175. Home Economics J ow'nalism. A course for journalism majors, Teqnir011lellt if taken in fieqnenCe with conrse 23, Food r::'conomics. Tingle. elective for upper division students. Prerequisite, Jounralism 133, and one Three hourS. two terms. upper division course in Household Arts. Tingle, Allen. 17. Food Problems. Special practical problem;.: for '1nalifi"d stndents. Two hours, winter or spring terms: 'Prerequisite. consent of instructor. Tingle. Three hOllrs, one term. 195a,b,c. Dress Design. Study of line, dark and light and color as 18-19-20. Foods Labor(ltory. Tingle. One hour, each term. 'applied to dress design. Planning of modern costnmes based on prin­ ciples of design and color harmony adapted to individual requirements. 25. JiJlementary Food Economics. This is an elemental"y course designed Study of historic dress and ornament with emphasis on possibilities for for students who cannot take all prerpqnisites for the conrse in Nutrition. modern adaptation. Special problems in period, stage and commercial It includes a discussion of the functions and nutritive values of foods and design. Open only to upper division stug,ents. Prerequisites, Normal the selection of food to Illeet individual and group needs. Tingle. Three or four hours, any term. Art, 91, 92, 93, 94, 31, 32. Avakian. Three hours, each term. LATIN 81 80 LATIN JUNIOR Fall Winter Spring 19tia,b,r. Selection of Household' Furnishings. Stndy of color and line Horace and Juvenal 2 2 2 in honsehold furnishing's. Application of art principles in the selection Tacitus . __ __ _-- -- 2 Cicero (course lOla,b) _. ----- .. ------2 2 and arraugement of domestic il1teriors. A Ii'rief survey of rharacter­ Latin Prose Composition and Sight Translation __ -- -. 2 istic period styles. One hour, each term. Continuation of language of first and second yearg 3 3 3 Ancient History _...... 3 3 3 'Written English . 2-3 2-3 2-3 19ia,b,c. Home Decoration. A study of the history of articles of the Education 51, 52, and 53 or elective . 3 3 3 home including silverware, pewter, pottery, china, porcelain, domestic and 15-16 15-16 oriental rugs, textiles, period furniture, etc. Application of structural • In satisfaction of written English requirement. 15-16 art principles in furnishing', gardens and house plans. Spacing, values SENIOR and color in interior decoration. Prerequisite, Normal Arts, Design, 91, Latin Prose Composition and Sight Translation 3 and Representation. Kerns. Three hours, each term. Roman Life, Mythology, and Contributions . 3 Latin Pedagogy . 3 The Roman Historians (a course in the original) 3 3 3 HYGIENE World Histol'Y .. .. 4 4 World Literature . 2 2• 2 Courses in this subject are described in the section of the School of Education or elective . .-6 .-6 .-6 ------.Physical Education. 15-17 16-17 16-17 ITALIAN D~;sCRIP'rIOx See Romanre languages. OF COURSES LOWER DlVISTON b.b,c. Beginning Latin and Caesar. The year will begin with the .JOPRNALISM First Year Book and close with the reading' of two books of Caesar's For courses in joul'llalism see the section of the School of oUl'llalism. J Gallic ,Val'. Four hours, eaeh term. 2a,b,c. Cicero's Orations and Vergil's Aeneid. Students electing this LATIN cour,e llIust have had either two years of Latin in high school or 1a,b,c Professor DUNN; Tt:'aching Fellow: ~1iss KlBRE. in the Vniversity. The year will be divided between four orations of Students who have presented less than two units in Latin for entrance f'iePl'o and four books of Vpl'gil's Aeneif1. Four hours, each term. are not pel'mitted to major ill the deral'hnent, and it is strongly urged 21a.h.c. Horace, Vergil and V>I',II. Horace, Odes, Books I, II, III, that intending majors come witb at least three and if possible four units and IV; Vergil, Bnmlics ami Ge;)rgics; Livy, Books I, II, and III. Dunn. of high school Latin. Students who have entered with insufficient Latin Three hours, each term. and who, accordingly, may not major in the department, may if they wish take the beginning service courses 1a,b,c, with such subsequent courses 22a,b. Latin Prose ('ornposl:tion and Sight Tran,~lation. Continnom; as are desired. In no case are courses 1a,b,c, and 2a,b,c, counted upon narrativp of increasing difficulty for translation into Latin, aud readings thl< major. The four year course of stndy hereafter laid down will from Caesar, Cicero, and selected anthors for Right work. vVork in ad- equip students for high school teaching in Latin. Majors who do not vanced grammar. Two hOUl'S, fall and winter terms. inteud to teach may substitute any electives for the courses in pedagogy. 22c. Plautus. Terenre, Martial, Plantns, Trinnll111l11S and Menaechmi; COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN LATIN Terence, Phormio and Andria; Martial, selected epigl'ams; lectures Oil Fall Wint~r Spring early Roman drama. Two hours, spring term. FRESHMAN 3 a Horace, Vergil and I ivy " . 3 31a.b,~. 2 2 Latin Elegy and Drama. l<'ragments of Roman Poetry, in­ Latin Prose Compo~ition and Sig-ht rrrnnslatio"!l 2 Plautus, 1'erence", Martial . cluding Ennins and Naevius; The Angnstan F.leg,v;· Seneca'" 'l'ragedies. First or second·year Greek or French 3-4• 3-4• 3-4• Dnnn. Three hours, earh term. European or English History 1 1 1 Military Science (men) or Pet"sonal Hyg-iene (women) 1 1 1 32a. Latin Pro.l·e Composition (md Sight TranslatioN. Physical Education - - 15 15 15 Two hours, fall tnm. 32b,r. Ovid, ('atullus, Caesar. Ovi. I,'oman Life, ;v]ytholo[J!J and Coni1·ibutions. Lectures and read­ teachers of mathematics should take the following mathematics norm; ings upon the private life of the Romans, 0111' inheritance frOID the Greco­ adnulCcd algebra, 4 hours; plane trigonometry, 4 hours; analytical geom­ Roncnn ci\'ilizatiol1 and uppn the myths of Greece and Rome and the Indo­ etry, 4 hours: calenlus, Shaul's; theory of equations and determinallts, Aryan races in general. Three hours, winter term. 3 hours; teaellillg' alld history of mathematics, :3 hours.

151c. Latin Pedagogy. A laboratory course for prospective teachers COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJOR S'TUDENTS IN MATHEMATICS of Latin, with a discussion of problems concerned with the authors to be FRESHMAN Fall Winter Spring taught; splected illustrati\'e readings. Three hours, spring term. Advanced Algebra .. ._ __ _. _._ . 4 Plane Trigonometry 4 Analytical Geometry . 4 LJ2a,b,c. The Roman lIi8tor'ians. Livy, The }lacedonian vVars; Vel­ General Chemistry or other laboratory science . 4 4 4 leius Paten:ulus, with lednres on tile pcriod; Suetonills, The Lives; His­ li'reneh or Gennan __ . 4 4 4 Social Science ______. 3-4 3-4 3-4 torire Allgllstffi. Three hours, eaeh term. Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . 1 ~. 1 1 Physical Education _ __ __ .. __ ._._ , 1 1 1 -- -- - GRADUATE DIVISION 17-18 17-18 17-19 SOPHOMORE Calculus . 4 4 4 20Ja.b,c. History of Latin Literature. Part I (Poetry). French or German __ . 3-4 3-4 3-4 Education or Written English . 3 3 3 202:1,b,c. JIistory of Latin Literature. Part II (Prose). Physical Education . __ .. 1 1 1 Military Science (men) . 1 1 1 1'1:'2"C eourses, offered in alternatc years, give a two-years' intensive General Physics or Elective . 4 4 4 "tndy of L:Jiin literatnrc. comprising extensive reading in the works of -- -- - 16-17 16-17 16-17 the le,scl' known authors as well as those familiar through the under­ JUNIOR 9.radnate course, togetlJer with lectnres on their lives and style. Advanced. Analytioal Geometry . 3 Differential Equations _ . 3 3 Second course in Mathematics or elective _. :20:3a,lJ,e. Boman Philosophy. Lectures covering the chief systems of 3 3 3 Education or Elective --- . 3 3 3 cloctrine T'revniling among' the Romans will alternate with readings from Mechanics. Advanced Physics or Elective . 3 3 3 Written English or Elective . 3-5 3-5 Cicero's De Officiis and the best portions of Lucretius. ------3.-G 15-17 15-17 15-17 204a,h,c. The Reign of n·ajan. Trajan's reign will be studied from SJ-;l'l(IR Course in Mathema.tics ..__ . 3 3 3 Pliny's Letters, from inseriptiol1s. from monumental remains, and other Second course in Mathematics or elective . 3 Elective (including- neCE'ssary education for intending teachers) 3 3 sourccs. 10 10 10 - - - :20,):1.1·,c. 1he Heign of Nero. Suetollins' Life of Nero and Tacitus' 16 16 16 A]].1111]S are made the basis of a thorough study of this particular epoch. DESCRIPTION OF COURSE8 251a,b.c. 11 istoricar Latin Gl·Q1J1.mar. A study of the development .f LOWER ])1\'1810:"1 Latin sounds. inflections, and syntax. 1. Solid Geometry. Staff. Four hours, one term. 2. Intermediate Al.'/ebra. A course based on the elementary algebra of the high school and preparatory to course 3, advanced algebra. Staff. LAW Four hours, fall or winter terms. :L .1 d ,'(weed - Jlr;e7JI'(f. A 11 elementary COllrse based on three semesters The courses in law are described in the section of the School of Law. of high Rcl1001 algebra, or eourse 2. This course is followed in the winter ann spril18' terms by either plane trigonometry, mathematics of finance or elemellts of statistical methods. Staff. Four hours, any term. 84 MATHEMATICS MATHEMATICS 85

4. Plane '1'1"igonomet)·y. An elementary course open to freshmen. It lO/a,b. Advanced Calculus. An important course rounding out under­ should be preceded by advanced alg'ebra, and f@llowed by analytical graduate study of mathematics. It includes definite integrals, impruper gec.metry, mathematics of finance or elements of statistical methods. Staff. integrals, power series, Fourier's series, elliptic functions and other special Fou)' hours, winter 0)' spring terms. functions. Applications to physics, mechanics and astronomy reeeive 6. Analytical Geometry. Open to freshmen who have had advanced emphasis. Prerequisite, course l02a,b,c. Milne. algebra and plane trigonometry. Staff. Four hours, fall term. Three hours, winter and spring terms. 6. Mathematics of Finance. An elementary treatment of interest, 1. 08. Analytical Trigonometry. Prerequisite, plane trigonometry. De annuities, valuation of bonds, sinking funds, building and loan associa­ Cou. Three hours, one term. tions, life insurance, etc. Prerequisite, advanced algebra. Staff. Fo'ur hours, winter or spring t(,l'm. 1.10. jJroiectit:e Geometry. Prerequisite, analytical geometry and cal- culus. DeCou. (Not g'iven 1924-25.) Three hours, one term. 7. Elements of Statistical Methods. An elementary course covering the topies of frequency curves, correlation and theory of sampling. 111. TheOi'Y of Probability. Conrse for upperclassmen, presupposing Problems ehosen from the fields of biology, economics, education Hnd a knowledge of calculns. Milne. Three hours, fall term. vital statistics, and solved under the direction of the instructor with modern 1.12. The01'y of Statistics. Course for upperclassmen, presupposing instruments of calculation. Prerequisite, advanced algebra. Milne. Four hours, spring term. a knowledge of calculus. Milne. Three hours, winter term. 8a,b,c. Cnilied Mathemai'ics. Advanced algebra, trigonometry, analytic 113. Advanced Analytical Geometry. A more advanced treatment of geometry, and introduction to calculus. An introductory course in college the sr:bjeet and intended for students of fair mathematical maturity. mathematics, especially designed for a continuous year's work, and adapted DeCou. Three hours, fall term. to the needs of students of widely varying interests. Staff. 115. Introduction to Lie's Theory of Differential Equations. A short Four hours, each tenn. course dealing with one parameter groups and their application to the ola,b. DiffeJ'ential and Integral Calculus. An introductory course theory of differential eqnations. Prerequisite, eourse 103a,b. Milne. fO!' literary and scientific stndents. IJrerequisite analytical geometry, Three hours, fall term. course 5. Milne. PUU)' hours, winter and spring term. 139. A pplied Mathematics. Intended for students of chemistry and UPPER DIVI810N physics. A rapid review of differential and integral calcnlus, with appli­ ('ation to problems of physics and chemistry; the development of infinite 101. Teaching and HistoTy of Mathematics. A stndy of the methods series; elements of differential equations; Fourier's theorem; theory of of teaching secondary mathematics; examination and comparison of re­ probability and adjustment of errors; calculus of variations. A course cent texts as they exemplify these methods, and the humanizing' of in calculus slJOuld precede this course. Hours to be determined. McAl­ mathematics teaching throngh' a knowledge of the history of the gTeat ister. Three hours, two terms. men who developed the seienee. DeCou. ThTee hours, sJ)ring t('Tm. 102a,b,c. Differential and Integral Calculus. A fundamental course GRAnUATE DIVISION laying a thorough foundation for all future work in mathematics and its 201a,b,c. l'heoJ'Y of Functions. An introduction to the theory of func­ a.pplications. DeCou. Four hours, each term. tions of real and complex variables, with applications. Prerequisites, 103a,b. Differential Equations. A practical course in the solution of courses 103a,b, 11.3, or their equivalent. Milne ThJ'ee hours, each term. ordinary and partial differentIal equations. Prerequisite, course 102 a,b,c, differential and integral calculus. DeCou. 202. Infinite Series. This course deals with tests for convergence, uni­ Three hours, winter and spring terms. form convergence, operations on infinite series, and the expansion of functions. Smail. (Not given lf124-2,'i.) Three hours, fall term. 104. H'igher A 1gebm. A more advaneed and rig'orons treatment of the topics of the preceding course in algebra, together with the addition of 203a,b. Differential Equations of Mathematical Physics. This course many new topics. DeCon. Three hours, one term. includes Fourier's series, Legendre's polynomials. spherical harmon­ ics, and Bessel's functions. Methods are developed for the solution of 105. Theory of Eqnations and Determinants. An important course the most important linear partial differential equations of mathematical giving the essential principles required in varions advanced studies. physics, with application to elastic vibrations and the flow of heat. Pre­ DeCou. (Not given 1924-26.) Three hours, one term. requisite, conrse 202. Milne. (Not g'iven 1924-2;).) Three honrs, winter and spring terlns. 106. Solid Analytical Geometry. An advanced course dealing with surfaces of the second degree and their properties, together with some dis­ 204a,b,c. Mathematical Seminar. Conferences and reports on assigned cussion of snrfaces in general. DeCon. Three hours, one term. subjects. DeCou, Milne, Smail. M MECHANICS AND ASTRONOMY MEDICINE 87

MECHANICS AND ASTRONOMY GRADUATE DIVISION Professor McALISTER 20,), Celestial Jlechauics. The fundamentals of the subject with such applications as time may permit; including some consideration of the MECHANICS theory of perturbed orbits. UPPER DIVISION 101a,b,c. A,nalytical Mechanics. First term, statics; second term, par­ ticle dynamics; third term, dynamics of a rigid body. Calculus is a pre­ MEDICINE requisite. Three hours, each term. Professor TORREY. Chairman The flamer prclliedical CGurse of three years, given in Bugene, and 102a,b,c. Applied Mechanics. For students of architecture, includ­ the fpnl' veal' C'our~e at the School of Medicine in Portland have been ing analytical statics, and strength of materials. Calcul us prerequisite. cOlLlhined 'and reorg"uized into a single course of shody extending over 'three hours, each term. seveu years and leading not only to the private practice of medicine, but 161a,b. StTOlgth of Jlaterials. Practical problems and exercises in ~o careers in the fields of research medicine and public health. the design of beams, columns, thin plates and cylinders, including actual The following program of studies has been arranged to provide two tests and experiments with the testing machines. Com'se 101a,lJ.c, or its essentials in the education of a physician: sound basic training in the equivalent is prerequisite. Three hours, ivinter and S]Jl'ing terms. fundamental sciences of biology, chemistry, and physics, and a broad gen­ eral cnlture. 165. Hydraulics. A stUdy of the laws g'oYerning the flow and pres­ The single starred subjects are required either for admission to the sure of water iu pipes and conduits. Application to hydraulic motors, fourth year or to satisfy requirements for graduation. The double starred hydraulic ele\'ators, sprinkler systems, etc.. Three hours, spring term. subjects are recommended as a group from which to select the required 170a,b. Reinforced Concrete. The underlying principles upon which eourses (tGtalling eight hours) in advanced hiology. All the other slib­ the design of reinforced concrete construction is based. Problems in jects have been carefully selected on account of their importance in designing simple oeams and columns. Practical working formulas and medical edl1cation. Electives should be chosen primarily from non-science data. Three hours, fall and winter terms. subjects. Mathematics is strong~y recommended for students preparing for lIdvanced studies in physiology, bio-chemistry, and experimental medicine. GRADUATE DIVISION Two years of college work in one foreign lang'lwge is a prerequisite to the bachelor of arts degree. A reading knowledge of both French and 201. Theory of Elasticity. The mechaniC's of elastic solids; applica­ Gemlan is most desirablE]. One or the other langnage will be required of tions to the strength, resistance and defol"mation of the ordinary materials It of construction. Four hours, fall term. students entering the fourth year in 1024 and thereafter. is a distinct advantage to have a reading knowledge of at least one of these langua,'2'es 202a,b. Hydrodynamics. The mechanics of fluids, with special refer­ before ~~ntering the University. German and French are included in the ence to liqnids, but including also some applications to air and other gases. high schoo'l curriculumt, recommended for prospective students of medi­ The work of the second term requires a knowledge of spherical and cylin­ eine. dril'al harmonics. Four hours, 'winter and spring terms. Conff:e A, Conferences and Clinics, provides an opportunity for the observation of a limited number of actual cases which are considered in 205-206-207. Advanced Analytical Mechanics. Topics selected accord­ ing to the needs of students, in relation to previous work and work con­ such a way llS to show the significant bearing of the fundamental sciences templ:;J.ted in the flltme. Elective by terms. Th1'ee hours, each term. on the rractice and progress of medicine. The conferences are utilized especially to help student'i orient themselves with reference to the ideals, 209. Special Problems. Advanced work in the applications of mechan­ ubliglltions. and opportunities of their future profession. icf', and problems relatiug' thereto. The conrse of study for the first three years in medicine fo1'lows; that for the remaining four years will be found under the School of Medi­ cine in this catalogue. AS'l'ROXmlY COl;RSE OF STUDY IN MEDICINE UPPER DIVISION FIRST YEAR FaU 121a,lJ. General Astrono'my. Descriptive in character, not involving • Animal Biology Winter Spring ·General Chemistry .__ . ._ .. __ 4 4 4 mathematical discnssions. Three lectures or recitations per week with an 5 5 5 Outlines of English Literature ur American Literature 4-3 German or French or Mathematics ._ 4-3 4-2 occasional evening' of obsen'ation substituted for a lecture. 4 4 4 ·Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 Three hours, winter and spring term. *Physical Education ._ ..... I I Conferences and Clinics __ .. _.. . I I I 122. Practical A.st1'Onomy. Determination of time, latitude, longitude, '12 '12 '% lind azimuth oy astronomical methods. A working knowledge of trigo­ 18-19 18-19 18-19 nometry is necessary. Lecture and laboratory with one evening period. Three hours, spring term. t The complete list is: English, 4 units; mathematics, 2'12 units; Latin, 2 units; German ('IT French, 2 units; chemistry, 1 unit; physics, 1 unit; history, 1 unit; making 13lh of the 15 units required for admission to the University. 88 PRE-NURSING MILITARY SCIENCE 89 SECOND YEAR Fall Winter Spring SECOND YEAR **Cyto}ogy .....-. ---.---....-----_ .... ---. ------_... _- .. -_ .. ----_. __ ...... ----.- -- 4 Fall Winter Spring .. Human Physiology ··Genetics -_ ...... -- .. _--_ ... ------.-.----_....-.---_...... --- .... 3 5 4 Elective .... ------...._-_. __ ...... ---_._--_.. _- ._------...... ---_ ... -.-.---_...- 3 Bacteriology 4 Chemistry (course 6) L ______4 Foods and Nutrition 3 3 3 ·Organic Chemistry (course Sa,b) ..... _--.--_ .... __ .... __ ... -- ...-....-- ...... -- 4 4 Written English (or social science) 2-3 PsYchology for Medical Students _ 2-3 2-3 *General Physics --_ .... _-----_ .. ------_ ...... -_ ...... -_. --_ .... _-_ ...... -. 4 4 4 3 3 German or French .. ___ ...... ___ ...... _____ ._ .. _.. __ .-...-.-----_.-.-.-.-- 3-4 3-4 3-4 Physical Education 1 1 "Military (men) __ 0.- ____ ---_._.-- Science .... ------_ ...... ---_ ... -_ ...... 1 1 1 Elective 3 3 ·Physical Education -----_ .._------_ .. --_ ... ---- ..--_ .. -----_ ..... __ .--._-_._-_.. ------_. 1 1 1 -- -- 17-18 16-17 16-17 16-17 16-17 16--17 THREE YEAR COURSE THIRD YEAR FIRST YEAR Animal Biology l!:·Physiology -" _._ ...... ----.--_._...._------._ .. _----_.-_ .. -._------_...... -. 4 General Chemistry .. _. . ._._....._. __ ..._. ._. __ . 4 <& <& ··General Physiology -----_ ... _---._-_._.------_ .. ---_ ...._... -_._--_ ...... ---_ ... 4 Ii 5 Ii ·Written English ----._---.----_..._------_ ..----.--_...... ------_. __ .... _.----_ .....-- 2-3 2-3 2-3 ·Foreign Language. Social Science or English <& 4 <& ·Social Science .. -._----_ .... __ ._--_ .... ------._.... _------_._.-. __ .--_._-_._.-.-_... -- 3-4 3-4 3-4 Personal Hygiene --.-.---- -..--- . PhySical Education ._ ...... _. __ ._...... __ ._. .. .__.. 1 1 1 Physical Chemistry (course 7) -_ .. ------_. __ .. _.. ----_._. __ .---._.....__ .. ---_ .. - 4 1 1 1 Conference and Clinics Psychology for Medical Students --_._-_._ ... --_ ...... _... ---.---.. --_ ..... -- 3 3 % % % ______... _____ ._.. _._. ______..... ______.. Elective ---_._ .. _---_ .. _.. _------_.---- 3 3-7 3-4 ------16% 15% 16% 16--17 16-17 16-17 " For students proceeding to degree of bachelor of arts.

SECOND YEAR Foods and Nutritio~ _ __ _. __ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ------3 3 3 *Foreign. Language (continuation) 3-4 3-4 3-4 Chemistry (course 6) A-Conferences and Clinics. One hour of conference weekly with 4 Organic Chemistry (course 8a.b) 4 4 occasional clinics. Designed especia'lly for first-year majors in medicine. Physical Education 1 1 1 Elective 4-5 4-5 4-5 Torrey. -- 15-17 15-17 15-17 *For st.udents proceeding t.o degree of bachelor of arts. PRE-NURSING W ORIC For students preparing for professional nursing, especially for teach­ __ THIRD YEAR Human Physiology 4 ing and supervision in schools of nursing, and for social service and pub­ Bacteriology 4 lic health work, combined college and professional courses in nursing Psychology for Medical Students 3 3 Written English 2-3 2-3 leading to the degrees of B.A. (or B.S.) and Gr.N. are now offered by a Elective 2-3 number of universities that possess appropriate hospital facilities. 8-9 6-8 6-8 These courses are five years in length. The first two, two and one-half, 15-17 15-17 15-17 or three years are concemed with college, essentially foundation work. The next two (exceptionally three) years are concerned wi th professional train­ ing in hospital. In many cases part or all of the fifth year is spent in col­ MILITARY SCIENCE lege residence devoted to that branch of the profession which the student Lieutenant Colonel SINCLAIR; Captains ARNOLD, CULIN, MURRAY; wishes especially to pursue. Sergeants AaULE, CONYERS. The university of Oregon has, as yet, no school of nursing in connec­ All physically fit male students are required to take two years mili­ tion with a hospital. The following pre-nursing courses are suggested for tary training during their first two years in the University. This quali­ the convenience of stunents who desire to continue their professional train­ fieR them for appointment as non-commissioned officers in the organized ing elsewhere. These courses are in substantial agTeement with those reserves to which they are appointed if they so desire. Students who elect of other institutions, but each student should shape her preparation ac­ to take the full four years of military training are paid by the government cording to the requirements of the institution in which she plans to do during' the last two years and upon graduation are commissioned in the her profei'siollal work. Dr. Torrey will be glad to aid in this. Officers' Reserve Corps. Students electing to major in military science, who satisfy the require­ PRE-NURSING CURRICULUM ments listed below, will be recommended for commlssions in the United Two YEAR COURSB States Army. FIRST YEAR Fall Winter Spring (1) Proficiency in three of the subject" named below must be attained by date of graduation. Conditions governing selection of subjects are as follows: Animal Biology _.. -- ..• .•• __ __ ..__ . <& <& <& General Chemistry ...... __ ._-- --.--.-.•.. .. __ . 6 Ii Ii Social Science (or English ). .._. __ __ --. 3--( 3-4 3-4 GROUP A Personal Hygiene ...... -----.---.---.---- -.-...-..-..--.--..-- __ .. __.._. .__._. ._ 1 1 1 Subjects : PhySical Education __ .. __ .. . __ ._...... _._... __ .~ ..__ .._..._ 1 1 1 (a) Analytical Geometry (c) Advanced Mechanics Conferences and Clinics % % % (b) Calculus ------(d) Surveying 16% 1Ii% 15% Each student must select a minimum of one and may select a maximum of three subjects of Group A. 90 IflLITA_RY SCIENCE PHILOSOPHY ~1

GROUP B 4-5-6. Sophomore Basic Course. Map reading and military sketching, Each student may select one of the two subjects of Group B amon~ the three la) French (b) Spanish eornmand and leadership, musketry, military hygiene and sanitation, in­ Yl!quired. fantry weapons (automatic rifle, grenades, and bayonet). One hour, each term. GROUP C 14-15-16. Sohphomore Military Science. Course 4-5-6 with supplemen­ (a) English and American Literature (d) Chemistry (b) Constitution of the United States (e) Minor Tactics and Military EngiDeer- tary reading- and one additional hour of lectures and recitation. (c) Military Law ing. Two hours, each term. Each student may elect not to exceed two of th. subjects of Group C among the three required. UPPER DIVISION (2) A minimum of one term hour of Military Science per term during' hlS first two Courses 101-102-103 in the junior year and 121-122-123 in the senior year are the years and a minimum of three term hours of Military Science per term during his last minimum requirement:. for men geeklng- commissions. Other courses may be elected in two years in the University. addition to these minimum reQuirements with additional credit. The following- course of study for majors is recommended. However, 101-102-103. Junior Advancd Course. Field engineering, conlllwnd it Ina\' be modified to any extent so Ion!;' as it comes within the limita- and leadership, military law and rule of land warfare, accompanying tions 'set forth above: . . weapons (machine g-un, 37 mm. gun and light mortar). Three hours, each term. OOURSE OF STUDY RECOMMENDED FOR MAJORS IN MILITARY SCIENOB 106. Junior Military Seienee. Course 103, plus ontside snpplementary FRESHMEN Fall Winter Svri..., reading and fonr aflditional honrs of lecture and recitations. Military Science 2 2 Z Mathematics . 4 4 4 Seven hours, spring term. French or Spanish . 444 121-122-123. Senior Advanced Course. Administration, military his­ Physics or Chemistry . 4 4 4 Physical Education _.. .__ _ ._ 1 1 1 tory, tactics, command and leadership. Three hours, each term. 15 15 ~ 124-125-126. Senior Military Science. Course 121-122-123, pIns ont­

SOPHOMORE i'!ide supplementary reading- and three additional hours of lecture and reci­ Military Science 2 2 Z iatio.. Six hours, each tArm. Mathematics ..,...... 4 4 4 French or Spanish 3-4 3-4 3-4 Physics or Chemistry 4 4 4 Physical Education 1 1 1 MUSIC Social Science elective 3-4 3-4 3-4 Courses in lllnsic are described in the sf'ction of the School of :Music 17-19 17-19 17-19 JUNIOR NORMAL ART Military Science 3 3 For normal arts rourses, see the sf'rtion of the School of Architecture Mathematics, or Physics, or Chemistry, Advanced courses 4 4 an« Allied Arts. French or Spanish . 3 3 3 Written English 2-3 2-3 S--~ Elective 3-6 3-5 3--6 NORWEGIAN 16-18 16-18 1~18 See (jermanic languages SENIOR Military Science . 6 ~ 6 French or Spanish 3 3 3 PHILOSOPHY Elective 7-8 7-8 7-8 Dean REBEC. Professor RATESI):. 16-17 16-1, 16-17 'reaching Fellows: Mr. LEFJ. Dr. MARTI. Of the courses ill philosophy, those in the lower division, 51, 52, and DESCRIP'rION OF COURSES 53 are service courses, designed for general students, and may be taken to LOWER DIVISION fulfill the requirement in Group II. Course 101, History of Phil­ Course 1-2-3 is the minimum reauirement for freshmen. and course 4-5-6, the mIDl.­ osophy is also a general course, open to all JUIliors and seniors without mum for sophomores. Courses 11-12-13 and 14-15~16 may be taken in place of the mini· mum courses. with additional credit. p.rerequisite. The rest of the COIlrses are primarily for majors or minors in the department, althoug'h others may be admitted. 1-2-3. Freshman Basic Course. Military courtesy, infantry drill regu­ lations, rifle marksmanship, scouting and patrolling, and physical train­ Lmn;R DIVISION intr. One hour, each term. 51. Ele111enta1'y L0,lJ1·c. The essential hody of the old "deductive" logic or "The logic of argnment" and the modern "inductive" logic, or 11-12-13. Freshman llfilitary Science. Course 1-2-3 with snpplementa1'1 "logic of scientific method." ]l,Jore stress is laid on the practical values reading and one hom additional of 'lectures and recitation. ~f logic than on its abstruser theoretic hackgrounds. Three hours, fall term. ----- Two hours, each term. 'Leave of absence, 192~-24. 92 PHILOSOPHY PHYSICS 93 52. Elementary Ethics. This course concerns itself less with the metaphysics of ethics than ethical points of view, notably types of the practical moral life and character, acute present-day ethical problems PHYSICS touching the individual, the family, society, politics, and industry. Professors BOYNTON, CASWELL Graduate Assistants: Mr. McALISTER, Mr. NEWMAN, Mr. PHIPPS. Three hours, winter term. 53. Introduction to Philosophy. An attempt not only to acquaint the The following course is one normally taken by students presenting for student with the broad, central problems of philosophy, but to initiate him entrance 1Yz units of algebra, geometry, and elementary physics, and into the habit of fundamental thinking. Three hours, spr-ing tM·m. ,entering immediately upon a physics major as candidate for the B.A. Slight modifications are obvious in the case of differences of preparation, UPPER DIVISION ,1>r of transfer from another major department. 101a,b,c. History of Philosophy. History of European thought from Thales to the present. Three or four hours, each term. COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN PHYSICS FaESHMAN Fall Winter Spring 105. Continental Philosophy of the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Advanced Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytical Geometry 4 4 4 Centuries. Descartes, Discourse on Method, Meditations, Selections from Elementary Chemistry 4 4 4 Foreign Language (German or French) 4 4 4 Principles; Spinoza, Ethics; Leibnitz, New Essays and Monadology. Mechanical Drawing 2 2 2 Three or four hours, fall term. Military (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 1 1 Physical Education _...... 1 1 1 lOll. Rritish Philosophy. From Bacon, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, to Mill and Spencer. Reading representative masterpieces. 16 16 15 SOPHOMORE Three or four hours, fall term. General Physics 4 4 4 lOT. From Kant to Hegel. Reading of Critique of Pure Reason or Calculus 4 4 4 Foreign Language (continuation) _ 8-4 3-4 3-4 of Hegel's Logic. Three or four hours, winter term. Elective, group II or IV...... 3-5 3-5 3-5 Military (men) 1 1 1 108. Nineteenth Century Thought. From the death of Hegel to the Physical Education 1 1 1 present. Pessimism, materialism, positivism, agnosticism, the later ideal­ 16-17 16-11 16-17 ism, pragmatism, the new realism. Three or four hours, spring term. JUNIOR Advanced General Phyaics 3 3 3 Electrical Measurements . 3 3 3 109. American Philosophy. From Jonathan Edwards to Royce, Advanced Analytical Geometry and Differential Equations .. 3 3 3 James, Dewey, and Santayana. fm~r Written English .. 3 S 3 Three or hours, winter term. Elective . 4 4 4

111. Ad'vanced Course in Ethics. Three hours, spring term. 16 16 16 SENIOR 1]2. Plato's Republic. Three hours, winter term. Physics, advanced course _...... 3-9 3-9 8-9 ·Thesis _...... 0-3 0-3 0-3 113. Aristotle's Ethics. Three hours, spring term. Journal Club 1-2 1-2 1-2 Electives 8-9 3-9 3-9 115. Advanced Theoretical Logic. Three or four hours, fall term. 15-17 15-17 15-17 ~o 120a,b,c. A esthetics. The first term of the course will be devoted A maximum rather than a I'rnnlmum of mathematics and chemistry should be taken. systematic problems of the Philosophy of the Beautiful; the second and Descriptive geometry and advanced mechanical drawing should be elected sophomore year if possible. third terms will be historical-an attempt to trace the evolution of the Upper division courses in mechanics can be counted as physics major work. aesthetic consciousness as revealed in the succession of art epochs and Journal Club. seminar and thesis work, required of seniors and candidates for the master's degree, demand a reading knowledge of German. Doctorate work requires both art forms. Three or four hours, each term. German and French. Prospective teachers will elect the introductory group in education (51-52-53), in 124. Amerl:can Ideals. Origins, development, and meaning of the sophomore year. physics 101 and some form of practice teaching, either phySics 100. education 107, or a laboratory assistantship in senior year, and complete the total of 22 basic ideals enforming the American life and mind, viewed as factors in required hours in education. This outline permits the completion of the norms in exact the larlger process of modern civilization. sciences and mathematics. Three or four hours, spring term. 125a,b,c. Philosophy of History. The conflict of ideals in history. COURSE OF STUDY IN RADIO-PHYSICS This course of study conforms to the requirements for major students in physics, A critical attempt to envisage history as an evolution of such conflict. and is identical for the first three years with the electrical option in pre-engineering. The study will converge upon an attempt to seize and interpret the es­ The five-year course leads to the degree of bachelor of arts (or bachelor of science) and sential movement of contemporary civilization. mabter of science. Three or four hours, each term. FRESHMAN Fall Winter Sprmg Advanced Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytic Geomeetry 4 4 4 151-]52-153. Under-graduate Seminar. Hours to be arranged. Elementary Chemistry 4 4 4 Foreign Language (German or French) 4 4 4 GRADUATE DIVISION 'Mechanical Drawing 2 2 2 Military Science (men) 1 1 1 201a.b,c. Philosophical Seminar. 'PhYBical Education 1 1 1 - - 16 16 16 ~4 PHYSICS PHrSIGS 95

Spring SOPHOMORE FaU Winter 105. "Metem·ology. A treatment of the physical phenomena presented General Physics 4 4 4 Calculus 4 4 4 by the earth and atmosphere, such as air and ocean currents; distribution Foreign Language (continuation) 3-4 3-4 3-4 (If temperature and moisture, weather observations and prediction, etc. Analytical Chemistry 4 4 Essentials of Geology . 4 Three hours, one term. Military Science (men) 1 1 106. Photography. PhotogTaphic methods and appliances including Physical Education . 1 1 - -- lenses, sensitive plates and their treatment, and the common photographic 17-18 17-18 17-18 papers. Prerequisite, sophomore standing, a previous course in physics, JUNIOR Advanced General Physics 3 3 3 and some familiarity with elementary chemistry. Two lectures and one Electrical Measurements 3 3 3 laboratory period. Boynton. Three hours, fall term. Advanced Analytical Geometry and Differential Equations 3 3 3 DC5criptive Geometry and Advanced Mechanical Drawing 2 2 Z Elementary Surveying _ . 2 2 NOTE: Courses numbered above 110 require completion of general physleG Economics ..------...... 4 4 5 and calculus as prerequisites, and only such courses may be taken for graduate credit. - ~ 15 17 18 111-112-113. Ad'vanced General Physics. Supplementing, and giving SENIOR Electron Theory..... 3 3 3 more attention to certain topics than the elementary courses, and especially Analytical Mechanics 3 3 3 lo some of the more fruitful modern theories, such as the kinetic theory, the Written English 3 3 3 Elements of Accounting _... 3 3 3 electromagnetic theory of light, the electron theory, etc. Two lectures and Jl,usiness Management, Finance and Law ..__ 5 5 4 ..ne laboratory period. Caswell. Three hours, each term. - 17 17 16 114-115-116. Electrical Measurements. The more inlportant electrical

GRADUATE l!uantities, with some reference to their practical applications. Direct cur­ Advanced Electrical Theory and Thesis 5 5 rent measurements; the mag-netic properties of iron; the intt'oduction to Thermodynamics 3 alternating cnrrent theory and measurements; transient electrical phe­ Strength of Materials . 4 4 Advanced Chemistry 4 4 4 nomena; elementary theory of radio. Two lectures and one laboratory Higher Mathematics 3 3 3 period. Boynton. Three hours, each term. Kinematics . 2 ~ 2 - 17 18 18 120. Advanced Labo'ratory. Including senior thesis. Department. The University gives no instruction in shop ·work. but an approved course in shep staff. Hours to be arranged. work must be taken in addition to the subjects listed above. 121-122-123. Thermodynamics, Molecular Phys.ics and Heat. A study ef heat and other forms of energy in connection with ideal gases, saturated DESCRIPTION OF COURSES vapors, dilute solutions and other ideal or actual substances, including a LOWER DIVISION discussion of the kinetic theory of gases and liquids. Especially for stu­ 6ents of physics, physical chemistry and pre-engineering. Boynton. 1-2-3. Elementary Phy8ics. A preliminary course, not offered in Three hours, each term.. 1924-1925. Three honrs, each term. 124-12.5-126. Electron Theory. An introductory' course dealing' with 4·5-6. General Physics. A general course covering mechanics, sound, sathod, canal and X-rays, ionization of gases, photo-electricity, radio­ heat, light, electricity and an introduction to the modern physics. Pre­ activity, atomic structure, thermoelectricity, metallic conduction and the requisite trigonometry or 11igh school physics. Normally taken in the fundamental phenomena of light from the standpoint of the electron sophomore year. Three lectures and one laboratory period per week. theory. Caswell. Three hours, each term. No credit for less than two terms. Caswell. Fonr hours, each term. 127. Physical Optics. A study of such typical phenomena as refrae­ UPPER DIVISION tion, dispersion, interference, diffraction and polarization. Lectures and )aboratory. Three hours, one term. 100. Labomtol'Y Arts. Administration of the physical laboratory, and the construction, adjustment, repair and manipulation of physical appar­ 130. Journal Club. Assigned readings with reports and conferences. atus, including a study of borne-made apparatus for high school labora.­ 'PhI' department staff. Hours to be arranged. tories, the elements of glass working, etc. Lectures, assig'ned readings and GRADUATE DIVISIO.'{ laboratory. Caswell. Hours to be armnged. 200. Research Laboratory. Qualified students will have aU facil­ 101. History and Teaching of Physics. For prospective teachers of ities of the laboratories placed at their disposal and will receive the Itigh sehool physics. Boynton.. Three hours, spring term. advice and assistance of the department. Boynton, Caswell. 104. Sound. An extended treatment of the phenomena of vibration, 201. Thermodynam.ical Potentials. A continuation of 121, based upon for students interested in music. The scientific basis of harmony and the work of Gibbs and others upon the various thermodynamic potentials music. and the physics of musical instruments. Textbook, experimental and their application to problems in physics and chemistry. Boynton. ~ectures, and lantern slides. Three hours, one term. Three hours, fall term. PRE-ENGINEEBING 96 POLITICAL SCIENCE 97 202. Statistical Physics. 'Yith especial reference to certain problems DESCRIPTION OF COURSIIB in the kinetic theory, such as the equipartition theorem, the nature of J,(1WI!:R DIVISION entropy, etc. Boynton. Three hours, winter term. 1-2-3. Modern Governments. (1) American na.tional g·overnment. The 203. The Conduction of Heat. 'Vith especial reference to the Fourier national government, with special attention to practical operation and theory. Caswell. Three hours, spring term. e.ontemporary reforms. (2) State and local governments. The state and local governments, with special attention to practical operation and oon­ 204. Modern Physical Theories. A discussion of such topics as the temp<>rary reforms in Oregon. (3) European governments. The org'al1iza­ electromagnetic theory of light, the electron theory, relativity and the tion and operation of the governments of England, France, Germany, and quantum theory. Caswell. Switzerland, with special attention to the government of England. Open to 211-212-213. Advanced Electrical Theory. With especial reference to freshmen. Four hours, each term. transient phenomena. oscillations and waves, thermionic vacuum tubes, and the modern applications. Courses 114-11fi-116 are prerequisite. UPPER DIVISION Boynton. Three hours, each term. 101. Constitutional Law. A stndy of the federal constitution as inter­ preted by the courts. Chiefly a discussion of leading cases. 214-215-216. Adwnced Electrical Laboratory. Designed to accompany Four hours, one term. the preceding course, dealing with the same topics. Boynton. Two hours, each term. 102, Administrative Lau.'. The principles of the law of puhlic of­ 221. Advanced JIathematical Physics. Lectures and assigned readings. ficers. Chiefly a discusi,ion of leading cases. Open to students credited The topic>: treated will be varied from year to year to suit the needs of with at least one course in law. Three hours, one term. the students. Boynton, Caswell. 103. Law of Municipal Cm·porations. The principles of the law of 230. Seminar. Conferences and reports on assigned topics and municipal corporations. Chiefly a discussion of leading cases. Open current periooif'al literature. Boynton, Caswell. to students credited with at least one course in law. Three hours, one term. 104. International Law. The principles of international law. POLITICAL SCIENCE Four hours, one term. Professor BARNETT 105. CUy Government. The organization and operation of city govern­ POLITICAL SCIENCE COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN FaU Winter Sprin/1 ment in France, Prussia, England and the United States, with special FRESHMAN 4 4 4 attention to contemporary reforms in the United States. Modern Governments . 4 4 4 Mathematics or Science -.------_ -- .. __ .. -_ ..,.. -- -_ .. --_ ..-..-., . 4 4 4 FOUl' hours, fall teon. French or German . 1 1 1 106. Political Theory. A study of the main concepts of political Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . 1 1 1 Physical Education theory, mostly from the works of modern writers. 14 14 14 Four hours, winter term. SOPHOMORE 4 107. International Pol.itical Organization. The history and present Political Parties . . 5 Economic History ------_ .. ------,. --_.------. ----.----.. -_.-. --_ . 4 status of the various forms of international org-anization, with special Constitutional Law . 4 4 attention to the league of nations. Four hours, spring term. Principles of Economics . 4' Economics of Business Organization . . French or German (continuation ) . 3-4 3-4 3--4 108. Political Parties. The nature, organization, and operation of 4 4 4 American History . 1 Military Science (men ) .. 1 1 political parties, with special attention to conditions in the United States. 1 1 Physical Education . -1 _. .- Four hours, fall term. 17 18 17 GRADUA'l'E DI\'ISION JUNIOR 4 4 201a,b,c. Research in Political Science. Public Finance 4 International Law . 4 Labor Problems, Organized Labor and Labor Legislation . 4 4 Modern European History . 4 4 4 Written English . 2-41 2-3 2-3 PRE-ENGINEERING 2-41 2-41 2-8 Professor CASWELL, Chairman Elective .. ------16-18 16--18 16-18 The department of pre-engineering has been organized as part of the SENJOR • College of Literature, Science and the Arts, for the purpose of co-ordinat­ Research in Politieal Science - .. ! 2 ! English Constitutional History . S 8 ing the work of the University and professional schools of engineering so American Foreign Relations _. 4 as to offer to western students and to Oregon students in particular the Political Theory . 4 International Political Organization .. 4 opportunity to obtain preparation for engineering and technical science. 3 Logic. Ethics and Introduction to Philosophy ··········· 3 3 The course fits the student to enter upon the professional work leading Principles of Sociology . 6 6 S S to chemical engineering; civil engineering, including highway and rail­ Elective .. - - way engineering, hydraulic engineering, municipal and sanitary engineer­ 16 17 16 ing; structural engineering; electrical engineering j mechanical engineer- 98 PRE-ENGINEERING PSYCHOLOGY 99 ing; mining' and metallurgy; naval engineering; engineering' and indus­ REQUIRED SUB~ECTS Fal! Winter Spri"g trial administration; physical research; chemical research. Advanced, Analytical Geometry and Calculus . 3 Deseriptive Geometry . 2 2 The course in radio-physics announced under the department of physics Advanced Mechanical Drawing 2 is identical for the first three years with the electrical option in the Advanced General Physics . 3 8-5 8-5 department of pre-engineering. Principles of Economies 4 4 Advanced Economics __ .__ u •••••••• 4-5 Students who have satisfactorily completed a prescribed program of Written English 2-3 2-3 2-3 three years in this University, and have been recommended by the Uni­ ELECTIVE SUB~ECTS versity, are admitted to the professional school with credits enabling Lettering (ce) 2 them to graduate with the bachelor's degree in engineering after two years Surveying (cern) . 2 2 Analytical Mechanics (ce) _...... 3 3 3 of residence in the latter institution (in case of institutions granting Electrical Measurements (e) _ _...... 3 3 8 this degree), or to graduate with the professional graduate degree of Strength of Materials _ . 4 <& Kinematics 2-8 2-8 2-3 Engineer at the end of three years of residence. Differential Equations _...... 3 3 Upon a report from the technical institution that. the student satis­ Applied Mathematics _...... 3 8 Advanced Inorganic or Analytical Chemistry (k) 3-4 8-4 8-4 factorily has completed work therein equivalent to 45 term hours of work: Organic Chemistry (k) _.._...... 4 4 4 at this University, the Uni9'ersity of Oregon grants the degTee of bachelor Physical Chemistry 4 4 4 of arts or bachelor of science. Mineralogy (m) _...... 4 4 4 Principles of Stratigraphy (m) 3 Those who desire to remain for a fourth year at the University are Economic Geology (m) . 3 3 granted the B.A. or B.S. degree provided they complete not less than 36 Structural Geology . 2 Field Geology . 2 units of work during the senior year and have met all the University and Principles of Assaying .._ _ . 4-6 departmental requirements for graduation with the degree in question. Graphic Statics _... 2 2 Practical Astronomy ___ . 8 The work taken during the senior year must form, with the three preced­ Bacteriology . 4 4 ing years, a consistent whole. English . 4 4 The following is the normal course of study in this department. It is 60nstructive Accounting 3 :l varied to meet the specific requirements of the respective engineering Shop work and surveying are prescribed during the summers following the sophomore institutions. and junior years whenever necessary to prepare student for admission to the technical school. COURSE OF STUDY FOR PRE-ENGINEERING STUDENTS FRESHMAN Fall Wi..ter Spring Advanced Algebra, Trigonometry, Analytical Geometry . 4 4 4 PSYCHOLOGY Elementary or General Chemistry . 4-5 4-5 4--6 German or French•. BENJAMIN J. HAWTHORNE, Professor Emeritus 4 4 4 Professors CONKLIN, WHEELER; Assistant Professors, YOUNG, CROSLAND; Miss HAGma Mechanical Drawing 2 2 ! Teaching Fellow: Mr. -CUTSFOR"H; Physical Education . 1 1 1 Graduate Assistants: Miss McALISTER, Miss RIDDLE. Military Science (men) 1 1 1

16-17 16-17 HI--17 Courses ill this department are not open to freshmen. Students proposing to major in this department will be expected to • Students who are definitely planning to enter any teehnical school which doeoi not require a foreign language for the professional degree may be permitted to ....ti·· follow so far as the University schedule will permit one of the following tute an approved elective for French or German in the freshman year. prescribed courses of study. Electives provided for in these prescribed com'R!';';' RhOl1ld be elected with the advice of the major professor in order SOPHOMORE Calculus 4 4 4 that the most helpful selections may be made. General Physics 4 4 4 French. German or Spanish· 3-4 3-4 8-4 PROFESSIONAL PSYCHOLOGICAL PROGRAM Analytical Chemistry· 4 4 4 The following program of undergrailuate courses is designed for the guidance of Physical Education 1 1 I students who eXDc::t to proceed immediately to graduate work for the degree of doctor Military Science (men) 1 1 1 of philosophy in this or any university. It should be observed that this program is made up with a minor in biological sub­ 17-18 17-18 17-18 jects ldven in t.he deuartment of zoololn'. Although the staff of the deuartment of ., Sophomores may substitute general geology in the fall and winter terlTl,8 and an psychology consider this to be ideally the best program, practically many students should approved elective in the spring term. or mineralogy. for either the foreign language substitute (in the upper division) sufficient work in the school of education to make or the analytical chemistry of that year. In order to meet the requirements for the possible a graduate minor in that subject in whatever institution they may desire to do B.A. degree. a student must earn at least 24 credit hours in a foreign language. their graduate work. \ If the schedule in either freshman or sophomore years should permit, the student is JUNIOR strongly urged to take mathematics 4, 7a, and 7b (analytical geometry and calculus). The regular program of the junior year consists of certain required subjects plus a number of electives, the latter becoming prescribed also according to the branch of FRESHMAN Fa!! Winter Spri". engineering or technical work contemplated, the prescriptions being indicated b.,. the let­ Animal Biology . 4 4 4 ters immediately following the subject as listed, thus: French or German _ . 4 4 4 (c) Required for civil engineering. Chemistry . 4 4 4 (e) Required for mechanical or electrical engineering. Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . 1 1 1 (k) Required for chemical engineering. Physical Education . 1 1 1 (m) Required for mining. Eledivc .•_._.._.•..•...... •.._••_ ....•.._ _ . 2-3 2-3 2-3 Variations from this program are made to meet the requirements of iD.diyidu.aI ------institutions. 16-17 16-17 16-17 100 PSYCHOLOGY CURRICULA PSYCHOLOGr CURRICULA 101 SOPHOMORE Pa.ll Winter S"ri"" Beginners Psychology __ . 4 4 4 Organic Evolution, Heredity and Eugenics, Genetics . 2 2 3 APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY PROGRAM German or French (continuation) _. 3--4 3---4 3--4 *Social Science or Education 3-4 3-4 3---4 The following course of study is designed for persons who plan to take up applied Military Science (men) ...... •...... 1 1 I psychology, such as juvenile court work, personnel work, and work in educational and Physical Education 1 1 1 correctional institutions with those who constitute abnormal and subnormal problems. The work is largely technical training in the psychological and educational tests and 11>-16 15-16 16-17 measurements. abnormal psychology. personnel. social psychology as it applies to mod­ 'Intending teachers should elect the sophomore group in Education. Others are e-rn industrialism, with the sociological backgrounds necessary for interpretation. Under recommended to the philosophy group, logic, ethics. and introduction to philoaophy this program the student will major in psychology and minor in sociology, although in special instances his future plans might make it advisable for him to minor in education JUNIOR PaU Winter Spring or economics. 3 3 3 Systematic Psychology ._ . FRESHMAN Advanced Psychology Laboratory 2 2 2 Pall Winter Svring Animal Biology 4 4 4 Psychology of Learning __ __. 3 French or Gennan Abnormal Psychology _ . 3 4 4 4 Modern Governments 4 4 Principles of Psychoanalytic Psychology 2 Economic History ~ . Human Physiology __ . 4 4 5 Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) __ . 1 1 1 Written English 2-3 2--3 2--3 Physical Education Elective _..__ _. .. _. . 2--3 2-3 2--3 1 1 1 -- -- Elective 2--3 2-3 2-3 15-17 15-17 11>-17 ------SENIOR 11>-17 11>-17 17-18 Adolescence ._ _._.. _. __ _. __ _. __ _._ __ . 3 3 SOPHOMORE Beginners Psychology 4 4 4 Statistical Methods. Mental Measurements _ _._ .._. 3 3 French or Gennan . Individual and the Group. Racial PsychololO'. and Character 3-4 3---4 3-4 Principles of Economics . 4 4 and Personality _...... •...... 3 3 3 Labor Problems .__ __ ...... •.... __ ._._ __ .__ . History of Philosophy 3 3 3 4 World History __ __ ._ _ __ .._. 4 4 4 Thesis _ _._ . 2 2 2 Military Science (men) Elective . .. __ .__ _. _------.. ------. 3 3 1 1 1 3 Physical Education _.. ____ 1 1 1 14 17 14 ------16-18 11>-18 11>-18 Students are advised to elect a sufficient amount of work in French and German JUNIOR in ad.dition to the hours prescribed above 80 as to make possible a reading knowledge of Education 51. 52. 53 3 3 3 scientific French and German. Written English .. __ _._ .._. __ ._ ._ . 2 2 2 Principles of Sociology . 5 5 NON-PROFESSIONAL PSYCHOLOGICAL PROGRAM The New Social Order ._ __ ..__ _ . __ _.. __ ._._ .. 5 Geologic History of Man . ._ .. __ .. ._ _ __ _. . 3 The following course of study is arranged for the guidance of undergraduate stu· Social Anthropology .. __ _._. .. _.. __ . dents who desire to major in psychology but who do not expect to become professional 3 Race Psychology .._ _._._.. __ ..._ 3 psychologists. Statistics .. ._. ._ FRESHMAN 3 Animal Biology . __ _ _._.. 4 4 4 Mental Measurements 3 French or German __ 4 4 4 Criminal Psycholog}' or Character and Pernonality 3 Social Science reqUirenlent 3-4 3-4 :&---4 Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . 1 1 1 16 16 Ii SENIOR Physical Education .c_ ••••••••••_._ •••••••••_•••••_•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••_...... 1 1 1 Elective ._ .. _._._. ._.. ______...... 2--3 2-3 2--3 Advanced Social Psychology 3 3 3 Adolescence . 3 3 -- -- Abnormal Psychology . .. _._ .. ._ . __ .. _ 16 16 16 3 Psychology of Childhood ..... 3 3 3 SOPHOMORE Labor Organization 3 Beginners Psychology 4 4 4 r or i Labor Legislation'" . 3 Language (continuation) 3-4 3-4 3---4 LModern Theories of Social Reform _. __ __ . Written English ...._...... 3 3 3 3 Advanced Psychology Laboratory 2 2 2 Military Science (men) _ __ _...... 1 1 1 Electives (Hiswry of Philosophy advised) Physical Education 1 1 1 6 6 6 Elective .__ __..__ __ 3-4 3-4 1---4 - - - -- 17 17 17 16 16 16 Students following this program should plan for a fifth or graduate year in order t8 JUNIOR obtain adequate preparation. In this type of work there is little demand for people who Systematic Psychology. or Adolescence. Statistical Methods and have only an undergraduate training. Mental Measurements _ _...... 3 3-6 3 It is obvious that the relation of the minors to the majors must be somewhat tenta­ Advanced Laboratory __.._ _...... 2 2 2 tive. Hence there is provided a considerable number of choices. Still others might be Learning, Abnonnal Psychology, and Psychoanalysis 3 3 3 included from sociology. 'Electives ..______...... 8-9 5-' 8-9 -- If a student were to minor in economics his work would consist chiefly in sueh 16-17 16-17 courses as organized labor, labor legislation, and social insurance, and courses bearing 16-17 'perhaps on economic theory or social economics. SENIOR Systematic Psychology. or Adolescence. Statistical Methods and If minoring in education the student's work would consist chiefly in such cours. as: social education, psychology of childhood, research in mental testa, mental hygiene. Mental Measurements _ _...... 3 3-6 3 .Ill d the like. Individual and the Group. Racial Psychology. and Character and Personality 3 3 3 Thesis _._._ .. 2 2 2 DESCRIP'l'ION OF COURSES History of Philosophy ._ _ _...... 3 3 3 LOWER DIVISION Elective _...... 3-5 2---5 a---5 Beginners in psychology should note carefully that the first course in psychology 15-17 15-17 16-17 is ordinarily a full year of work. The science group requirement may be satisfied by taking the full year of work with laboratory in course lla,b.c. Course 12a.b,c is de­ •I ntroduction to philosophy is recommended In the spring term. Further wod< i. signed for students who do not desire laboratory training. Course lIa,b,c. includes the social sciences and literature is advised. Courses in zoology, organic evolutiOll, .ad one period of laboratory work each week. heredity and eugenics, will be found highly desirable corollaries. PSYCHOLOGY 103 101.2 PSYCHOLOGY 124a,b. General Psychology for Medical Students. A special inten­ Ha,b,c. Beginners (with labo'ratory). An introductory study of the sive course on the phenomena, technique and interpretations of normal material of general experimental psychology, learning, memory, percep­ psychology arranged for medical students. Crosland. tion, imagination, sensation, attention, reasoning, instinct, emotion, will, Three hours, two terms. etc. Accompanied by one period of laboratory practice each week. De­ partment staff. Four hours, each term. 131. Social Anthropology. The rise of art, science, and technology. The concrete material here will concern the origins of social, economic, 12a,b,c. Beginners (without laboratory). This course covers, so and political organizations, the rise of religion, the fine arts, and the br as possible, the same content as that described for Ha,b,c, but does applied technologies. Young. Three hours, one term. not include the laboratory practice. Department staff. Three hours, each term. 132. Race Psychology. The problem of the distribution of races and thQ matter of race mixture in ancient and modern times. This mixture UPPER DIVISION .annot be understood aside from the psychological nature of mankind nor 103-104-105. Systematic Psychology. An intensive study of the apart from his cultural background. A perspective of present race prob­ physiological correlate of psychology, of psychological systems and of lems is presented from this dual angle. Young. Three hours, one term. lIhe monographic literature on the more vital problems in experimental GRADUATE DIVISION psychology. 103, special problems in experimental psychology; 104, con­ eerns psychological systems; 105, the physiological background of psy­ 201. History of Psychology. The contributions of the classical psy­ chology. ·Wheeler. Three hours, each term. chologists from the early Greeks to the founders of modern psychology with consideration of developmental tendencies, schools of thought and 106a,b. Adolescence. An elaborate study of genetic psychology and culture influences constitute the content of the course. Most of the the writings of G. Stanley Hall. Conklin. Three hours, two terms. work is done throngh class discussion of the assigned readings in original texts. Conklin. Three hours, one term. 107a,b,c. Research and Thesis. Designed for advanced students. Be­ ginner's psychology and systematic psychology, are prerequisites. Special 203. Methodology. A comparative study of the various methods used training is given in methods of research by participation in original re­ in psychological research. Conklin. Two hours, one term.' searches under the personal direction of the instructor. Hours to be arranged. Conklin, ·Wheeler. Two or three hours, each term. 205. Advanced Experimental Psychology. An intensive training in the introspective method and its application to experimental problems. 108. Mental Measurements. Principles and practice of testing intelli- The student is introduced to an experimental problem which he must at­ gence and individual differences. Youn!1,'. Three hours, one term· tempt to solve by the introspective method. The student acts as observer and the instructor as experimenter. The student is then required to 109. Psychology of Learning. Genetic and comparative study of organize and interpret his own results. An analysis of the literature and leaming in the behavior of organisms from the lowest up to and includ­ criticisVis of the introspective method. Wheeler. Two hours, one term. ing man. Crosland. Three hours, one term. 206. Advanced Physiological Psychology. Devoted to the current ex­ 111. Charactel' and Personality. Concerns the growth of character, perimental literature in the physiology of sensation and the emotions, t. the integration of personality; use of rating schemes, tests, etc., in study­ such neurological problems as directly affect an understanding of ad­ ing same, Young. Three hours, one term. vanced psychology, involving the problems of nerve regeneration and 113. Problems in Employment Psychology and Personnel. Applica- degeneration, localization of function, the nerve structure and function lions of psychology to employment problems, vocational testing, personnel underlying speech, etc. A continuation of work in systematic psychology. ·Wheeler. Two hours, one term. work. Prerequisite, 123. Not offered 1924-25. Young. Two hours, one term. 307. Resem·ch and Thesis. Original work for thesis purposes under 117a,b,c. Ad1Janced Laboratory. A thorough training in laboratory the direction of the instructor in charge. Conklin, Wheeler. technique as used in the problems of general psychology. Wheeler. Two hours, each term. 208. The Higher Thought Process and Volition. An intensive study of judging, reasoning, the psychology of purpose and the psychology of 118. "lbnol'mal Psychology. Traits and theories of hysterical phenom­ volition. Each subject is considered historically and genetically, its re­ ena, insanity and the borderland phenomena. Conklin. lations to other mental processes discussed, and the experimental litera­ . Three hours, one term. ture thoroughly reviewed. Each process is also studied from various 122. Principles of Psychoanalytic Psychology. An introduction to the angles-the introspective, the purely subjective, the behavioristic, the literature and concepts of psychoanalysis. Conklin. Two hours, one term. objective, the structural and dynamic. Wheeler. Two hours, one term.

123. Statistical ]Jfethods in Psychology. A short course designed to 209. Behaviorism. An historical approach to the problem of beharior­ meet the needs of students in certain courses in the applications of ism followed by a logical, philosophical, theoretical and experimental psychology. Young. Three hours, one term. examination of its position. In this latter study the more general aiui' 104 ROMANCE LANGUAGES R01VlANCE LANGUAGES 105 fundamental points are first taken up, followed by a detailed applica­ for two years of high school French or Spanish take the second year in tion of these general principles to specific problems of sensation, a.ffec­ college. No credit is given if the first year work is repeated in college. tion, attention, memory, perception, learning and the higher intellectual Student;;: who have entrance credit for one year of hig-h school French processes. (Offered alternately with conrse 205). Wheeler. or Spani;;:h take the third term work in college. No credit is given for the Two hours, one term. first half year if the first year is repeated in college, but credit is given 210. Psychology of Attention and Perception. A detailed and syste­ for the sec.()nd half year (G hours). Students who have entrance credit matic handling of the various factors and the various aspects of atten~ion for three years of high school "F'rench or Spanish take third year courses phenomena and the phenomena of perception and appreception. Various in colleg·e. ~o credit is given if the second year work is repeated in points of view, of behaviorist, objectivist, centralist, subjectivist, idealist, college. realist, nativist and empiricist. Special attention to the modern con­ eeption of attention and perception so influential in medicine, psychiatry, COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJORS iN ROMANCE LANGUAGES ethics, and education. Crosland. l'wo hours, one term. FIlESHMAN FaU Winter French or Spanish _ __ 3--4 3--4 Sprirl/l 211. Psychology of Memory and the Image. A rigorolls analytical Second Foreign Language, or Science, or Social Science Group 4 4 3-4 Mathematics. Laboratory Science, or Social Science (group 4 and synthetic treatment of the various phases of mental organization req,uirement .. .. _ __ 3-4 3-4 3-4 manifested in conscious memory phenomena and in the image of imagi­ Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 Physical Education __ .. 1 1 nation. Dissociation, assimilation, organization and generalization of Elective 1 1 1 3-4 memory contents will be thoroughly studied and illustrated, together with 3--4 3--4 many technical as well as practical applications of the facts here presented. 16-17 16-17 16-17 Crosland. Two hours, one term. SOPHOMORE French or Spanish (continuation) ..__ . 3-4 3-4 212. Psychology of Religion. The place and nature of religi(}us ex­ Second coUrse in French or Spanish or Written English_._ . 3--4 2-3 2-3 2-3 Second Language -- -- .. -- .. 3-4 perience in human behavior, social and personal. The psychological as­ Science, or Social Science. or Education (for intending 3-4 3-4 pecu; of belief, conversion, prayer, sacrifice, myth, ritual and ceremony. teachers) .. 3--4 3-4 Military Science (men) __ __ . 3-4 Illustrative material from primitive and historical religions. Not given 1 1 1 PhySical Education -- .. 1 1 Elective __ . 1 1924-25. Young. Three hours) one te1·m. 2-3 2-3 2-3 ------213. C1'iminal Psychology. The bio-psychological foundations for 16-17 16-17 JUNIOR 16-17 the study of criminal types. A critical survey of psychological methods Major Language 3-6 3-6 3--6 of diagnosis and treatment of crime. Not given 1924-25. Young. Seoond Romance Language .._ _ _ "_' ,.. 3-6 3-6 Electives. norm or Written English __ .. 3-6 Three hours, one term. 6-9 6-9 6-9 ------15-17 15-17 15-17 214. Special Problems in Social Psychology. IntensiYe work in indi- SENIOR Rontance Language courses - -- -- 9-10 9-10 vidually assigned topics. Young-. One to three hours) any term. Electives (including Education for intending teachers) 9-10 6-7 6-7 6-7 ------215a,b,c. Psychology Seminar. This meets weekly and is attended U-17 15-17 15-17 by all members of the teaching staff and graduate students. Topics for presentation and discussion are selected in general conference from term D8SCRIPTIO:S- Ob' COURSES to term. LOWER DIVISION 1a,b,c. First Year French. Cerf and Giese's Beginning' French Gram­ mar. Pronunciation, composition, conversation, translation of French ROMANCE LANGUAGES prose and poetry. Gra~r, GOlly, Cornier. Four hours, each term. Professor CLOR....N; Assistant Professor THOMPSON; Miss CORNIER. Miss CUEVAS, 2a,b,c. Second Year French. Review of gTammar, composition, con­ Miss ESPINOSA, Miss GoUY. Miss GRAY, Mrs. MANBRUD, Miss WHYTB Graduate Assistant: Miss DEW versation. translation of modern French authors. Gray, Gouy) Cornier. Freshmen must. present not less than two years of high school French, Four hours, each term. Latin or Spanish to major in Romance languages. 3a,h. Second Tear French. An abridg111ent of course 2 for students Majors in Romance languages take a minimum of 30 hours of up­ beginning the course in the winter term. per division courses in French and as many courses in Spanish as possible Fl:ve hours) 'winter and spj'ing terms. or majors may take a minimum of 30 hours of upper division courses in lla.b.c. First Year Spanish. Olmsted's First Spanish Course, compo­ Spanish with as many courses in French as possible. Italian should not sition, conversation, translation of E'panish prose and poetry. Thompson, be omitted. The work of majors in Romance languages is prescribed for vYhyte, Cuevas. Espinosa. Four hours, each term. the four years and should follow the curriculum below. CI~ 12a,h;e. Second Year Spanish. Reyiew of gTalllmar, composition, con­ in beginning French and Spanish are provided for students yersatioll, traJlslation (If modern entering the University in January. Students who have entrance credit Spanish authors. Thompson, Whyte, Cuevas, Espinosa. Four hours) I'ach tl'rm. 1M ROllANCE LANGUAGES ROMANCE LANGUAGES 107 I ~ 13a,b. Second Year Spanish. An abridgment of course 12 for stu­ I 117a,b,c. Spanish Composition and Conve'rsation. (Fourth year Span­ dents becinning the course in the winter term. Cuevas. ish). Course 115 is required as a prerequisite for admission. Cuevas. Five hours, winter and spring term8. Two hours, each term. 20a,b,c. Second Year Spanish (Commercial). A course planned for 119a,b,c. Spanish Composition. (Fourth year Spanish). Thpmpson. students in the School of Business Administration. A continuation of the Two hours, each term. first year's work, with a special emphasis on commercial vocabulary. 130a,b,c. Elementary Pm·tuguese. Branner's Portuguese Grammar. Readings and exercises from Latin-American sources. Prerequisite, Span­ Readings of Portuguese prose and poetry. Open to students who have ish 11 or two years high school Spanish. Whyte. Four hours, each term. had two years of Spanish. Two hours, each term. 32a;b,c. First Year Italian. Grammar, composition and translation of modern authl.rs. Cloran. Three hours, each term. l60a,b,c. Commercial Spanish. Spanish commercial correspondence, 33a,b,c. Second Year Italian. Reading of modern authors. Composi- business forms. industrial readings, conversation. Prerequisite, Spanish tion. Cloran. Two hours, each term. 12, or 20, or three years high school Spanish. Wbyte. Three hoUl's, each term. UPPER DIVISION 161a,h,c. Advanced Com'mercial Spanish. An intensive study of two 100a,b,c. Third Year Italian. Reading of selections from representa­ or more Latin-American countries. Textbooks will be used as guides, with tive works of great authors. Reports. Outlines of Italian literature. supplementary readings from Spanish-American periodicals and news­ Two hours, each ter",. papers. Conversation on business affairs, and current events. Study of 101b,c. Methods of Teaching Romance Languages. scientific and technical vocabulary. Composition. Prel'equisite, Spanish One hour, winter and spring terms. 160. Whyte. Three hours, each term. 103a,b,c. French Literature. (Third year). Reading of masterpiec~ of writers of various periods. A general view of French literature. GRADUNI'E DIVISION Lectures. Cloran. Three hours, each term. 200a,b,c. Romanticism, Realism and Naturalism in French Literature in the Nineteenth Century. Reading of works of representative authors. 104a,b,c. French Literature. (Fourth year). Reading of selections Reports and discnssions. Cloran. Three hours, each term. from the great writers of France. Lectures, reports, and explanation of texts. History of French literature. Cloran. Three hours, each term. 201a,b,c. F1'ench Literature in the Eighteenth Century. Readings from Fontenelle, Fenelon, Montesqllien, Voltaire, Le Sage, Marivaux, Saint­ 105a,b,c. French Conversation and Composition. (Third year French). Simon, Dinerot, ROllssean, Andre Chenier. Cloran. Gouy, Cornier. Three hours, each term. Three hours, each term. 106a,b,c. French Conversation and Composition. (Fourth year 202a,b,c. French Literature in the Seventeenth Century. Readings French). Course 105 is required as prerequisite for admission. Gouy. from Malherbe, Pascal, La Rochefollcauld, Boileau, La I<~ontaine, Bos­ Two hours, each term. inet, Madnme ne Sevignl', La Bruyere. Cloran. Two hours, each term. 107a,b,c. French Pronunciation. (Fourth year I<'rench). Gouy. One hour, each tenn. 206a,b,c. Old FrrJnch. Phonology and Inflections. Tne oldest texts. Read~ngs from the Chanson de Roland, Marie de France, Chretien de 10Sa,b,c. Scientific French. (Third year French). Two hours, each term. Troyes, Aucassin et Nicolette. Cloran. One hour, each term. 109a,b,c. French Composition. (Fifth year French). 216a,b,c. Old Spanish. Phonology and Inflections. The oldest texts. Two hours, each term. The poem of the Cid. Cloran. One hour, each term. 110a,b,c. Readings in the French Historians. Survey of French civili- zation. Cornier. Three hours, each term. 217a,b.c. A SUr1;ey of Spanish and Latin American-Civilization. Cloran. l1la,b,c. French Classics. Reading of representative plays of Cor- Two hours, each term. netHe, Moliere and Racine. Gouy. Three hours, each term. 21Sa,b,c. Spanish Literature 0/ the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Cen­ 113a,b,c. Spanish Literature. (Third year Spanish). Reading of tU'ries. Cen-antes. Lope de Veg'a, Calderon. Cloran. nineteenth century authors. Outlines of Spanish literature. Cloran. Three hours, each term. Three hours, each term. 219a,b,c. Spanish and Spanish-American Literature from the begin­ 114a,b,c. Spanish Literature. (Fol}rth year). Reading of selections ning of the nineteenth century to the present time. Cloran. 'rom the great writers of Spain. Lectures, reports and explanation of Three hours, each term. texts. History of Spanish literature. Cloran. Two hours, each term. The graduate courses are given in rotation. Only two or three of them are K'iTeil 115a,b,c. Spanish Composition and Con'fersation. (Third year Span- iR anyone year. ish). Cuevas. Three hours, each term. 116a,b,c. Spanish Composition. (Third year). Thompson. SCANDINAVIAN Two hours, each term. See, Germanic lane-uQe-es. 108 ZOOLOGY ZOOLOLGY 109 SOCIOLOGY 5. Microscopical Technique. A course dealing with the preparation For courses in sociology see the section under the School of Sociology. of tissues for study with the microscope. The principles of fixing, sec­ tioning and staining, will be worked out in the laboratory. One three­ SPANISH hour laboratory period. Yocom. One hour, each term. See Romance languages. 8. Elementary Physiology. An introductory course in human physiol­ SWEDISH ogy for general students; without prerequisites. Lectures, recitations and See Germanic languages. demonstrations. Horning. Four hours, winter tMm. 10. Organic Evolution. A historical and critical analysis of the evo­ lution theories, giving the sources, nature and value of the evidence sup­ ZOOLOGY porting them. The present status of organic evolution. General applica­ Profesf;or TORREY; Assistant Professors HORNING. RIDDLE, YOCOM; Mr. NICHOL; Teaching Fellow, Mr. RICHARDS; Graduate Assistants, Miss HAYS, Mr. TAYLOR. tion of evolution theories. Open to upper division students without pre­ requisite. Term papers. Two lectures. Riddle. Two hours, fall term. Course 1 is desigued asa sen'ice course for majors in other depart- ments and a foundation for upper division work in this department. 12. Heredity. A consideration of the basic theories, principles and Courses 10 and 12 are given especially for students with at least junior laws of heredity and their application to social and biological problems. standing, who have not had 'Jourse 1, or its equivalent, but desire a gen­ Follows 10 but may be taken independently. A general course designed eral acquaintance with the facts: pnd theories of organic evolution, hered., for upper division students without previous courses in biology. Open to ity and eugenics. upper division students without prerequisite. Two lectures. Riddle. An undergraduate major in zoolog'Y will comprise: l"wo hours, spring tel'm, 1. (a) Course l-Normally a first year course. (bl 30 term.hours of upper division courses to be selected, in consultation with the UPPER DIVISION department, according to the interest of the individual student. (c) At least 6 term-hours under (b) of research-'J'ormally a senior course. 101. Human Physiology: Muscle, Nerve and Special Senses. An (d) A dissertation based on (c). analysis of the sensory and motor adjustment of the body to environ­ 2. General Chemistry, (normally a first year course), on" year of college physics, and mental changes. 'fhe physiology of muscular and nervous tissues. The another year of natural science, or mathematics. 3. Reading knowledge of French or German-both language. if possible. reflex. Relation between structure and function in the chord, brain, 4. Fulfillment of group and all other requirements of the Un;v.....ity for a bachelor's autonomic system and special sense organs. Prerequisite: Chemistry degree. 1a,b,c and Physics 4-5-6. Three lectures. Two laboratory peliods. Thirty hours of zoology, at least half of which shall be obtained from Five hours, fall term. i-,'Taduate courses, constitute a major in zoology for the master's degree. 102. General Physiology. A study of the fundamental structure and The equivalent of an undergraduate major in zoology is prerequisite. behavior of living organisms, the analysis of their vital activities and of I<'ifteen hours from graduate or upper division courses consti­ the physico-chemical nature of the factors underlying them. Prerequisite: tute a minor in zoolo,Q'y for the master's degree. General chemistry is Physics 4-5-6 and Chemistry 8a,b. Two lectures. Two laboratory per-, prerequisiteo iods. Four hours, spring term. That candidates for higher degrees in zoology may have a broad fundamental training in science, it is strongly recommended that minors 103. Vertebrate Embryology. This course deals with the principles' he chosen from physics, chemistry, and mathematics as well as botany and of development especially as applied to the early development of verte­ psychology; though minors are in no sense limited to these subjects. brate animals. The laboratory work in the main consists of tbe study of Candidates for the degree of doctor of philosophy in wology will the chick through the first three days of incubation during which time ordinari~y giye one-half the time devoted to their major subject to the principal organs have been laid down. Two lectures and six laboratory researcb. Candidates for the doctorate who elect zoology as their minor hours. Yocom. Four hours, spring term. subject will ordinarily fulfill the requirements for major work for the 104. General Embryology. An advanced course dealing with the ex­ mll.'lter's degree in zoology, with the exception of the prerequisite of a perimental morphology and physiology of development. Lectures, con­ full ulldergraduate major. ferences, reports and laboratory work which will be in the nature of Prospective Teachers of animal biology should consult the head of the individual problems carried through the term. Two class hours and a. department as soon as possible regarding the appropriate courses to minimum of six laboratory hours. Prerequisite, course 103. Yocom. select. Four hours, spring term. 107. Cytology and Comparative Histology. The fore part of the' DESCRIPTION OF COURSES term's work will consist of a study of the structure of the cell; its meta­ LOWER DIVISION bolism; growth and reproduction; germ cells and their formation and _ 1a,b.c. Animal Biology. A general introduction to the fundamental function in reproduction, heredity and evolution. The latter part of principals and problems of biology. Prerequisite to all other courses in the course will deal with the organization of cells into tissues and their the department. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods relation to the multicellular organism. Two lectures and six laboratoIJ­ weekly. Torrey, Horning. Four hours, each term. hours. Yocom. Four hours, fall 01' 'lL'inter term. 111 110 ZOOLOGY 108. Comparative Anatomy. A comparative study of the structure of typical chordates from the standpoint of the development of the indi­ SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE AND vidual and of the species, with reference to analogous structures in type ALLIED ARTS invertebrates, and special inference to the structure of man. Every a.t­ tempt is made to make a correlation between structnre and fuuction. Two THE FACULTY P. L. CAMPBELL, B.A., LL.D• ...... President of the U"iversity lectures ano six hours of laboratory work. ELLIS FULLER LAWRENCE, S.M., F.A.I.A• ....Dea" 0/ the School. Profes.or of Architect..r. Four hours, fall O'f winter term. CARLTON E. SPENCER, B.A.. LL.B Regist;rar of the U"iversity 109. Mammalian J!natomy. An intensive study of a typical mammal Y. H. DOUGLASS, M.A. .. U"iversity Libraria" with special emphasis ou its gross structure '; and the correlation of PElICY PAGET ADAMS, B.A., B.S. .. Pro/es.or of Graphic. a"d A ••ista"t to the D6IJt< structure with function. The course is comparative in that e,;ery attempt VICTORIA AVAKIAN J".t ctor i" NormaJ. and Ind trial An is made to apply the knowledge of the animal studied in the laboratory EYLER BROWN, B.A., M.Areh J t ctor i" Architectur. to the hnnilln body. One lecture ana six 110UTS of laboratory work. AVARD FAffiBANKS A.BiBtant Prof"".ur of Sculpt..r. VffiGIL HAFEN I t ctur i" Fi"e Arts NichoL Three hours, winter term. ),fAuDR KERNS, B.A., B.S• ...... A••ista"t Profe••or of Normal Art CAMILLA LEACH _ _ Art LibrariMo 11 O. Adwnced Invertebrate Zoology. A course dealing with the mor­ E. H. McALISTER, M.A• ...... Profe••ur 0/ Structure. phDlogy, taxonomy, habits, habitats, and life histories of invertebrate A. H. SCHROFF Profes.or of Fine Arts animals, with special reference to the local fauna in its relation to its W. R. B. WILLCOX, F.A.I.A Profe••or of Architect . environment. Lectnres, readings, laboratory and field work. Two class periods and six honrs of laboratory or field '.vork. Yocom. ORGANIZATION AND DEGREES • Four haitI'S, spring term. The School of Architecture and Allied Arts was organized in 1914. 111. Ihmwn Phi/sioluilY. Circulation, Respiration, Digestion, Secre­ The degree Df bachelor of architecture is offered for the completion of the tion and Excretion. A study of the metabolism associated with the assim­ prescribed five-year course in architecture. The degree of bachelor of ilation, digestion and ntilization of food materials, wth the fomlation and arts or bachelor of science is offered those majoring in the art depart­ elimination of waste snbstances and with the liberation and action of ments or in the structural option who comply with the general University secretory products, and of the stluctural mechanism and physical prin­ cipals concerned with these processes. Prcref[uisite: Chemistry la,b,c, requirements for that degree. The school offers training for students contemplating careers in architectnre, structural design, painting, model­ Rnd Ph~'sirs 4-;'i-fi. Three lertmcs and one laboratory period. Fow' hours, 1vinter term. ing, illustrating, various forms of commercial arts, interior decorating, and crafts. In connection with the School of J<~ducation, it offers special 115. Oenetics. An analysis and interpretation of "enetic processes in conrses for art teachers. the lizht of :Meudelism and ()f its reecnt modifil'ations. A discussion of The school is a member of the Association of Collegiate Schools of the n'lOdern genetic prohlems. Prere(!uisite: course 103 or 107. 'ferm Architecture. prohlem, <,onfe1'cnr('s. two lertnres. Three hnul's, 1vinter term. Students who major in any of the departments of the School of 116. protozonlogy. A course dealing with the problems of protozoa Architecture and Allied Arts should report to the dean or assistant dean in their relation to the 1:1l'ger problems of lJiolog:y. A study of the morph­ of the school fDr assignment to advisers. ology, physiolog'y and ecology of the free living forms with special Students majoring in the departments of fine arts and normal arts reference to the parasitic forms as the causative llgents in disease. Two are subject to the general entrance requirements of the University, while lectures and six laboratory honrs. Yocom. FOilr hours, faU term. those majoring in the department of architecture are subject to the follow-. 117. Para,itolo[}y. A consideration of animals in their relation to the ing entrance requirements:

l'anse nnd transmission of disease especially those important as producers {a) Fixed requirements u ••9 units of disease in lIlall and dOIJIestieated al\1mals. Two ledures and six: lab- 1. English 3 units 3. Histqry 1 unit 2. Mathematics: 4. Foreign Language 2 unit oratory hours. YOCOlD. F01lr hOilrs, winter te'rm. Algehra 1% units (French or German preferred) Plane Geometry 1 unit ]20. Special Pl·oblems. Department Staff. HOilrs to be arm/lged. Solid Geometry % unit (b) Elective subjects 6 units 121. The Tp((r·hing of Animal Riologyin the Grades. Torrey. Hours to be arranged. It is strongly recommended that the 6 units of elective work include, aB far as possible, courses in the following subjects: English, advanced algebra, trigonometI7, 12-1. Field Z (JuZogU. A study of the local fauna, including habits and mechanical drawing, physics, chemistry. habitats, life histories, erological associations, tu:.:onomy, economic prob­ For further information conl'erning entrance requirements, excess lem. . Preref[111site course 1a,b,l'. Two lel'tl1res and six honrs of field and s matriculation credits and special student standing', see section entitled laboratory work. Fou'r hours, spring t6nn. University Procedure. GRAIl1'A'l'E DIVISION The American Institute of Architects offers each year a medal to each 201a,b,c. ""eminaI'. Torrey. of the fifteen members of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Archi­ 203a.b.l'. Research. Topics to be arrang'ed upon consultation with the tecture to be awarded the student graduating with the best record in archi­ rrofess~r'1U l'harge of the student's work. Department staff. tecture; the Oregpn Chapter of the American Institute of ArChitecture 204a,b,c. Problems 1m Cytology. Yorom. offers the prizes of $20 and $5 for the two seniors whose improvement in 205a,b,c. Genetics. the last year's work in architectural design is greatest. Other prizes are 207. The Rehal'iol' of Orgallisms. TDITCy. 112 SCHOUL OF' ARCHI1'ECl'URE A IWHll'}"CTUIlJ<: 113

7. While the course of study has been prepared for students of average preparation awarded each year. A series of exhibitions is held in the fireproof ex­ and ability. it is not intended to preclude the graduation of students in less than five hibition hall during the school year. During the season of 1923-24, such years who by experience or ability may be granted advanced credits in their professional subjects by examinations as provided in rule 4, or by presenting work in design as pro.. exhibitions as the fallowing have been held: paintings by Emil Jacques, vided in rule 8. ,John Carlson, Jonas Lie, ]'rederick 'Vaugh and Daniel Tarberj block 8. Architectural design shall be offered under the point system. Before receiving the professional degree in this option, each student will be obliged to receive at least prints (American Federation of Arts), texti'les by Hewlitt Studio of New a passing grade in each course in design I. II, III, IV, V, VI, VII. By special permis· York, and art;; aud crafts work from P01iland Arts and Crafts Society. sion of the dean, any student may proceed with the prescribed work of a course upon eompletion of the preceding course with a grade of III or better, and the registrar wiD enter to the student's credit such advanced credits as are certified to by the dean of the School of Architecture and Allied Arts. ARCHITECTURE COURSES OF STUDY IN ARCHITECTURE ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN DESIGN OPTION Architectural design is introduced in the first year in order to bring (Five-year course leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Architecture) FIRST YEAR Fall Winter Spring the student in touch with his professional work and co-workers as early Graphics I . 2 2 as possible. 'fhis elementary design is taught by simple problems of Delineation I .- . 2 2 3 Design I . 1 1 1 composition-i.e., placing openings in the facades of a prescribed building Construction I . 1 and lectures on materials, mouldings, function, detail, composition. Paper History I . 1 1 1 models of the building are finally made to give the student an early Electives-Approved by advisers . 8-9 8-9 8-9 Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . 1 1 1 experience in the reality of the "third dimension." Physical Education . 1 1 1 III the second year, carried along parallel with the course in history 16-17 16-17 16-17 of architeeture, problems are given in the application of the orders. Short Electives recommended: mathematics, languag·e. English, music. science (physics, problems are also assigned to bring' the students face to face with the chemistry. geology, zoolo~·y). problem of fitting simple architeetural solutions to the practiral limita­ SECOND YEAR tion of materials-requirements of plan and site. Graphics II . 2 2 2 Delineation II . 2 2 2 The third, fourth and fifth year design is giyen by means of projects, Design II . 2 2 2 major sketch and minor sketrh problems. Actual conditions of site and History II . 2 2 2 Physical Education . 1 1 1 environment are incorporated in the program as far as possible and the Military Science (men) 1 1 1 work of eity planning, domestic arrhiterture and architectural design are Electives 6-7 6-7 6-7 correlated in such problems as "An Industrial Village" and "A State 16-17 16-17 16-17 Capitol City," in whirh artual topography is giYen and the problems in Electives recommended as in first year, with the addition of written English, locie. architectural design associated definitely with living conditions and other ethics, and elementary philosophy. practical considerations. THIRD YEAR All desig'n problems are g'iYl'n by indiYidual assignments. The com­ Delineation III ...... 2 2 2 Design III ...... 4 4 4 petitiye system of teaching' design has been abandoned by this school, History III ...... 2 2 2 accent bl'ing placl'd on honesty of thonght and expression, and on stimula­ Construction II ...... 1 1 1 Construction III ...... S S S tion of a spirit of cooperation. (continued) Electives ...... 4-5 4-5 4---6 ,JURIES The problems giYen in the school are criticized by juries of architects, 16-17 16-17 16-17 Electives recommended as above with the following additions: public speaking, ..... artists, and eraftsmen. tronomy, principles of econonlics. REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE AWARD OF THE DEGREE OF BACHELOR FOURTH YEAR OF ARCHITECTURE Delineation IV . 2 1 1 Design IV . 4 5 6 1. Trigonometry and an approved course in physics shall be prerequisites for Struc>­ Design V . 1 1 1 tural Theory (Construction III). Construction IV . 1 1 1 2. The student shall fulfil the entrance language requirement of the Univeraity and Construction V . 1 1 1 take one additional year of language in the University, excepting that students present,. Construction VI . 2 2 2 ing three years of hhrh school language shall not be required to take any language ill Electives 5-6 5-6 4---6 the University. 3. A "data book" satisfactory to the dean shall be presented by the student each 1Ii-17 15-11 16-17 ir~ year, including the results of his research design, construction. historY, ornament, Electives recommended as in other years, with the addition of: world literature, aes· and practice. The degree shall not be granted until such a data book is presented. thetics. psycholol>:Y. 4. Each year a student may secure professional credits in excess of those called for in the schedule below, providing he shows in examination that he has had by experience FIFTH YEAR or otherwise, the equivalent work. Delineation V ...... •...... •..•...... 1 1 1 5. In order to graduate, the student shall present at least 220 earned credits of whieh Design VI ...... 10 10 10 at least 147 credits shall be for work prescribed under graphics, delineation, design, Design VII ...... 1 1 1 construction, history, practice. He shall have clear records in physical edueation and History IV 2 2 2 military science. At least one year in residence shall be required. Practice ...... ~~~~~~~::~~~~~~~~~::~:~:~~~~~~~~::~~:~~:~~~::::~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~::::::::::::: 1 1 1 6. A student may reg·ister in three credits of electives in addition to the scheduled -- - elective subjects, providing his record for the preceding year shows no grade below In. 16 16 16 114 SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE NORMAL ART 115 STRUCTURAL OPTION Professor McAlister in Charge COURS;E OF ST,UDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN FINE ARTS The freshman year is identical with that of the Design Option Professor SCHROFF in charge. Electives in the freshman year should include advanced algebra, trigonometry, anli analytic geometry. FRESHMAN Fall Wi..ter Spri... SOPHOMORE Fall Wi..t.... Spri..g Elementary Still Life and Cast drawing .. 1 1 1 General Physi"" 4 4 4 Decorative Design J. __ __ .__ _ 2 2 2 Calculus' .. 4 .( .( Art Appreciation 1 1 1 Architectural History II . 2 2 2 Color Theory . 1 1 1 Architectural Design II 2 2 ~ Modeling _ .. 1 1 1 Construction II .. 1 1 1 Foreign Language .__ ._ __ __ . 4 4 4 Elementary Mechanics 3 I Science or Social Science group ______. 8-4 3-4 3-4 Physical Education . 1 1 1 Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) .__ ._ .. __ 1 1 1 lfilitary Science (men) 1 1 1 Physical Education 1 1 1 - - -- 15 18 11 15-16 16-16 16-16 JUNIOR SOl'HOl\lORB Mechanics .. 3 S a Life Class 2 2 Architectural History III 2 2 ! Oil Painting I...... 1 1 1 Construction IV . 1 1 Decorative Design II 2 2 2 Principles of Economics 4 4 Book and Poster I...... 2 2 2 Surveying .. 2 2 Foreign Language (continuation) . __ _ _ _._ _._ _. 3-4 3-4 3-4 Strength of Materials S I Written English or History and Appreciation of Music 2-3 2-3 2~ Wooden Trusses 2 Elective 3 3 3 Stresses .. I Military Science (men) . 1 1 1 Masonry .. .( Physical Education 1 1 1 Graphic Statics 2 2 - Written Engli3h 2 2 15-17 15-17 15-17 - - JUNIOR 18 19 11 Oil Painting H 1 1 1 SENIOR Civilization and Art Epochs _ _ u...... 2 2 2 Reinforced Conerete ~._ -- . 3 S Decorative Design HI...... 2 2 2 Heating and Ventilation . 3 Life Class 4 4 4 Electric Lighting and Wiring . 3 Artistic Anatomy _ _._ _.. _.... . _._ . 1 1 Mechanical Appliances . 3 Advanced Modeling 1 1 1 Arches . 3 3 Written English or Elective 2-3 2-3 2-3 Foundations . 3 Elective 3 3 3 Steel Trusses .. 2 2 - -- Steel Frame Buildings ! 2 15-16 15-16 15-16 Construction V . 1 1 1 SENIOR Architectural Practice .' . 1 1 1 Life Class 4 4 4 Civilization and Art Epochs . 2 2 2 Mural Decoration and Stained Glass ._ _ _ _.. __ _.. 2 2 2 Hydraulics .. I Decorative Design IV...... 2 2 2 Thesis . i Advanced Modeling 1 1 1 - Oil and Water Color 1 1 1 18 17 17 Electives 5-7 6-7 6-7 -- -- 16 16 16 }<'INE ARTS The aim of the fine arts course is not primarily to produce artiBts NORMAL ART and sculptors, but to teach the actual practice of art, not by lectures only, but by every means intensively and with energy calculated to refine the The aim of the normal art courses is to develop an appreciation for the powers of observation of the eye, and, in cooperation with the School of beautiful, to give freedom, spontaneity, and power of original self-expres­ Music, the perceptions of the ear. It is felt that the student's powers sion ill design, with some nnderstanding of the design and processes of observation may be strengthened and refined by some thorough practice employed in the indnstrial arts and crafts. The student is also prepared in art, the works of which are to be appreciated in after life, and that for the work of snpervising' and teaching- art ill the schools. his sphere of possible art pleasure may bEl greatly increased and refined tbereby, thus widening out the student's taste, making it more catholic COURSE OF STUDY IN NORMAL ART and universal. Professor Kerns in Charge FRESHMAN Fall Wi..ter Spri..g Life class study induces concentration of perspective faculties inten­ Wajor Subjects (required): sively. The lectures are planned for the understanding of history, theory, Design I, 91 . 2 2 2 Representation I, 93 .. 1 1 1 practice and tecbnique of master works of the world. They cover the Applied Design I, 97 2 2 2 psychology and intellectual analysis of the artistic perception and the Color Theory 23 . 1 1 1 Minor Subjects: emotional response which each work of art requires, thus insuring the French (required) . 4 4 4 oomplete understanding of its essence. Electives I English outlilles, history~ music, social science. mathematics, laboratory science, physical education or Lectures in civilization and art epochs begin with Cretan-Minoan household arts ...... 3-4 3-4 3-4 civilizations and close with the "modernistic" tendencies of the present Required Freshman Subjects: Physical Education 1 1 day, covering the whole of the "world history" from the viewpoint of the Personal Hygiene 1 1 artist and archaeologist. - -- 16-16 16-16 15-14 ARCHITECTURE 117 116 SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE Fall Witlter Spri"g 7a,b,c. Delineation lIi. Third year. This is a continuation of the SOPHOMORE: work of the previous year in life, drawing, modeling and water color. Major Subjects (required): Representation II, 94 . . 1 1 1 2 2 2 Two hours, each term. D""ign II, 92 . 1 Life and Costume 96 .. 1 1 lOla,b,c. Delineation IV. Fourth year. The training of the hand Instrumental Drawing 63 . 1 1 1 1 1 1 and eye is now carried on by drawing and modeling from living models. Art Appreciation .. Two hours, fall term; one hour winter and spring terms. MiIWr Subiects: 3--4­ 3-4 3-4­ French 102a,b,c. Delineation Y. Fifth year. This year is given to the design Education 61, 52, .. 8 8 8 Written English . 8 8 a and execution of mural paintings and cartoons for stained glass, mosaic, Physical Education ..-_ . 1 1 1 etc. One hour, each te'rm. 1(,...17 16-17 1(,...17 10a,b,c. Architectural Design 1. First year. This is an introductory JUNIOR (,ourse in architectural design. Fundamental principles are studied and Major Subjects (required): 2 Pedagogy 191 .. 2 2 rendered drawings are executed. The orders of architecture are explained Dress Design 196 _ . 3 3 8 Pen and Pencil 110 . 1 1 1 and used to train the memory and sense of proportion. Problems in­ 1 1 1 Modeling 24 .. 2 volving their application are studied and executed in rendering drawings. Applied Design II, 193 .. 2 2 One hour, each term. Minor Subjects:

152a,b,c. Book and Poster Ill. Problems in book plates, decorative tiles and garden pottery from cement. Special attention to beauty of book illustration, posters, binding, etc. Two h01trs, each. term. form. Hi,storical resume of the potter's craft through assigned readings. 153a,b,c. Book and Poster IV. Problems in book binding, large dec- Prerequisites 91 and 92. Avakian. Two hours, winter and spring terms. orative bin boards, posters,etc. Two hours, each term. 98a,b,c. Color Theory. A study of color with reference to its scientific background and artistic use. Practical applications to every day life NORMAL ART in dress, the home, the commercial world, and the theatre. Kerns. LOWER DIVISION One hour, each term. 91a,b,c. Design I. A study of art structure underlying the visual arts. Fundamental for all students, either for general information or for those UPPER DIVISION preparing for special art work. Laboratory problelIlS in pure design in 191a,b,c. Pedagogy of Art. Comparison of the leaders of art move­ line, dark and light, and color with application to craft and industrial art ments and methods of art teaching of the past and present. Discussion including linoleum and wood block prints, cards, embroidery, lamp shades, of subject matter, material and method of presentation; observation of lettering and posters. Kerns. Tu:o hours, each term. art classes in the city schools and University high school; working out 923"b,c. Design II. A continuation of course 91. A study of na.ture of lesson plans and courses of study for grade and high schools; assigned forms, landscapes and human figure, applied to illustrations, magazine readings, Illustrative material for teaching carried out in craft and in­ covers and decorative compositions. Paper on historic textiles with ap­ dustrial art processes. Two lectures, one hour laboratory. Kerns. plication to wood block, tie-dyeing and batik. Prerequisite, Design 91. Two hours, each term. Kerns. Two hours, each term. 193a. Applied Design. IVeaving. Raffia, reed and pine needle bas­ ketry; the preparation and dying of materials; yarious processes used in !l3a,b,c. Representation I. Principles of perspective. Proportion and sewing and weaying; the gathering of local materials suitable for use; the accurate rendering of form in studies of still life, flowers and plant readings. Prerequisite, 91 and 92. Ayakian. Two how's, fall term. form, interiors and landscapes, expressed through line, dark and light 193b,c. Applied Design. \Veav~ng; constrnction of simple hand­ and color, using methods applicable to the presentation of the subject in looms fo]' use in the gTades and the making of articles adapted to the grade and high schools. Emphasis on selection and arrangement of sub­ needs and ability of the students; warping and setting up a four harness ject matter. Mediums used are pencil, charcoal, crayon, transparent and footpower loom for more adyanced weaving. Both "laid in" and heddled opaque water colors, cut paper and poster paints. Avakian. patterns employed in the decoration of articles made which include bags, One hour, each term. pillow tops, table runners, scarves, portieres and rag rugs. Brief reading 94a,b,c. Representation II. A continuation of course 93 with man in the history of textile manufacture together with stuJy of the modern advanced problems along the same lines. Prerequisite 93. Avakian. indllstrial loom. Prerequisites 91 and 92. Ava];ian. One hour, each term. Two hours, wintM' and spring- terms. 95a,b,c. COlOf' and Harmony in Dress. Illustrated lectures on ap­ 195a,b,c. Df'e,.;s Design. Study of line, dark nnd light and color as preciation of beauty of line, dark and light, and color in costume. The applied to dress desig'll. Planning of modern costUJ"PS based on principles adaption of designs to the individual. The proper use of the fashion of desig'n and color harmony adapted to individual requirements; study magazine. Textures and fabrics from standpoint of harmonious com­ of historic dress and ornament with emphasis on possibilities for mod­ bination and suitability to person and occasion. The psychology and ern apaptations; special problems in period, stage and commercial design. history of dress briefly outlined. No prerequisite. Open to students Open' only to !Opper division students. Prerequisites 91, 92, 93, 94, 96. from other departments. One lecture, one laboratory. Avakian. Avakian. Three hours, each term. One hour, each term. 96a,b,c. Life and Costume. Fifteen minute sketches from draped 196a,b,c, House Furnishing, Application of structural art principles model, together with sketching problems. Designed to develop quicknes!! to choice and arrangement of household furnislling. Required of ma­ and accuracy of eye and hand. Prerequisite for the course in Dress De­ jors. open to upper division students of other departments. No pre­ sign. One hour, each term. reqnisite. Kerns. One hour lecture, one hour laboratory. One how', each tel·m. 97a. Applied Design. Cardboard construction and elementary book­ binding. Readings in the history and development of the book, paper Ig7a,b,c. Home Decoration. A study. of the history of articles of the making and modern industrial processes employed in book binding. Study home including silvenvare, pewter, pottery, china, porcelain, domestic of illustrations of fine examples, leading toward a keener appreciation of and oriental rngs, textiles, period furniture, etc. Application of struc­ good design and sound workmanship as applied to the craft. Prerequi­ tural art principles in furnishing, gardens and house plans; spacing, site 91 and 92. Avakian. Two hours, fall term. values and color in interiOl' decoration. Kerns. Three hours, each term. 97b,c. Applied Design. Pottery, including the building by hand and. 19Ra,b,c. Practice Teach-ing. One year of supervised teaching in the casting from moulds of tiles, bowl and vase forms, candle sticks and lamp University high school for Normal Art seniors. bases; glazing and firing and the use of the potters' wheel; the maki~ .f Three hours, fall term; tl"O hours, 1vinter anrl spring terms. 124 FIELDS OF TRAINING 125

Members of the graduate division who have previously completed at least forty-five term-hours of undergraduate work in business adminis­ SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION tration are normally able to earn the forty-eight hours necessary for the master's degree in one year. THE ~'ACULTY PRINCE L. CAMPBELL, B.A., LL.D PresUUmt of the University Members who have not completed forty-five term-hours of under­ EDWIN CLYDE ROBBINS, Ph.D. . .Dean graduate work in business administration will have to complete that FRANKLIN B. FOLTS, M.B.A. .. As.istant Doom, Profe8Hor of Banking and Fina""e amount of undergraduate work before proceeding upon the forty-eight MADELINE McMANUS, Ph.B. .. Secrem.ry CARLTON E. SPENCER, LL.B. _ Registrar of the Univer.ity hours required for the master's degree. M. H. DOUGLASS, M.A. .. Lwraria.. Of the work required for the master's degree, three hours are allowed J AlliES D. BARNETT, Ph.D. .. .Profe.•.•or of Political Sci.nc. for the thesis and a minimum of fifteen hours must be made in courses of CHARLES E. CARPENTER, LL.B. . Prof.s.or of Law strictly graduate work; that is, in courses open to graduate students ouly. PETER C. CROCKATT, Ph.D Profe8sor of EcO'tlomic.• EDWARD H. DECKER, LL.B. Prof.ssor of Law The remaining work must be done either in strictly graduate courses or J AlliES H. GILBERT, Ph.D• ...... Profoosor of EcO'tlomic8 in approved upper division courses. WILL H. GOETTLING, M.A• ...... An80ciat. Profe8sor of For.ig.. Trod. and Fi..ance WILLIAM GREEN HALE, LL.B. D.a.. of the School of Law C. L. KELLY, M.A., C.P.A. .. A880ciat. Profes.or FIELDS OF TRAINING ALFRED L. LOMAX, B.B.A. .. Prof..sor of For.ign Trade J. J. McKNIGHT, C.P.A. .. A880Ciat. Prof.880r Following is a brief summary of the fields available for specialization WILBUR B. MIKESELL, M.A. .. AS8ista..t Prof.ssor JAMES MILLER, J.D A ••ociate Prof•••or of Law in the School of Business Administration. It will be seen that these fields ROLAND M. MILLER, M.A. .. .Prof•••01· of Labor Manag.ment include the vast majority of managerial positions in the business world. WILLIAM EDMUND MILNE, Ph.D Prof.ssor of Math.matics FRANK A. NAGLEY, A.B. As.ista..t Prof.s.or in Marketing For instance, in the field of finance there are dozens of individual posi­ A. B. STILLMAN I tructor in Accounting tions such as bond department manager, financial manager, bank manager, CLARENCE D. THORPE, M.A. .. Associat. Prof.s.or of E..glish FLORENCE WHYTE. B.A. _. ._ __ __ InBtru.ctoT in C01nmercial Spanish broker, bond buyer, bond and stock trader, financial sales manager, credit manager, etc. As stated above, the work of the school is so arranged as ORGANIZATI.N AND PURPOSE to give individual attention to the problems of each major. Accounting. As business procedure grows more scientific, accounting becomes more The School of Business Administration, organized as a distinct unit of and more urgently necessary. Thus the field offers increasing opportunity for persons of native ability and sound training. How faulty the average preparation is today is the University of Oregon in 1914, is divided into an undergradnate and a evidenced by the fact that upwards of 85 per cent of those who take the examinations graduate department. 'rhe State Board of Higher Curricula assigned to to become certified public accountants fail. The School of Business Administration offers two thorough courses in Accounting: it as a special. field the work in "higher conunerce," with the exclnsive I-For those who are interested in securing positions in accounting departments of right to offer graduate work in business training. business firms, banks or manufacturing establishments, a four-year managerial course is open. 2-For th08e who wish to prepare for public accountancy, a five-year course Accordingly, the School has built its curricula, both undergraduate and is available. The latter work In addition to covering all the ground found in the four. graduate, around one idea, the development of business executives. Each year course, particularly stresses problems which confront the certified public accountant~ student in business administration is viewed as a future manager. 'fhis Fi-na11,ce. Since modern business is organized on a monetary basis, and money.making singleness of purpose enables the School to concentrate all its energies is regarded by many as a test of success in business, it is not strange that the field of finance itself is especially attractive. Every concern of size has its finance department on the managerial and administrative aspects of business training' rather which offers good positions to properly qualified persons. In addition, the rapid growth than to spread them over the entire realm of commercial activity. of banking institutions, bond houses, brokerage firms and investment companies of all kinds, has created a steady demand for young men and women who kno~1'. the funda. Sound training in business administration necessitates a. broad kuowl­ mentals of management, plus specific knowledge in a given line of financial endeavor. edge of economics, law and liberal arts, and technical business procedure. The School has so developed its finance courses that the student can specialize in any Through careful correlation between the allied courses in ecenomics, law, phase of that work. Mark.ting. Producing goods is a highly technical process and in most instances de­ liberal arts and business administration, the School bases its training in pends upon extensive use of machinery combined with much technical information, but business technique on a broad foundation of this character. In addition marketing the products (except transportation) is largely a matter where the personal element involved is a deciding factor. The fields of marketing include: (a) The man­ to such correlation, a series of management courses is offered each year 'agement of retail and wholesale stores of all kinds; (b) sales management, which com­ which covers every phase of management, so that at the conclusion of hi~ pri""" not only the successful handling of a sales force but also the actual selling of the course each major has studied all aspects of business management. product; and (e) advertising management. which as taught by the School of Busin..... Administration not only offers occasion for developing ingenuity by arousing the buyer's Opportunity is also offered for specialization in some one field during desire to purchase, but shows the relation of advertising programs to sound marketing the senior and graduate years. The various curricula are so arranged that development. a student may specialize in a subject as a whole, such as Accounting or Foreig.. Trade. Because of the chance for travel in distant lands, foreign trade eours... have alwayS proved alluring to the college student. but stripped of all its r0­ Banking, or he may specialize within a given field, i. e. he may study to mantic setting, this field still offers splendid opportunities. Economic writers are freel:r become a Certified Public Accountant or the manager of a bank. In predicting that the next great wave of prosperity in this country will rest primarily upon the sound development of our foreign trade. We have already reached the stage whel'

SPECHiEN' CURRICULA DEGREES Four degrees are offered for students in the School of Bnsiness The curricula of the following four groups, Finance, Foreign Trade, Administration. Professional Accounting, Business Administration and Law, and Busi­ UNDERGRADUATE nes" Administration and Household Arts are given to illustrate the type of work which the School offers. An individual curriculum is made t. Bachelor of Business Administration-wherein students must meet 8'lit the need of each student. all general requirements for graduation and in addition successfully complete 4.5 term hours in approved business administration subjects. COURSE OF STUDY IN ACCOUNTING Bachelor of Arts-wherein students must meet all university require­ FRESHMAN Fall Winter Spr"'U ments respecting the bachelor of arts degree and in addition successfully Constructive Accounting .. 4, 4, 4, ·Elective . 5 5 complete 45 term hours in approved business administration subjects. ~ Economic History _.. _ _ . i Bachelor of Sdence-wherein students meet all general requirements ·Elective . 4, 4, 4, Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) .. 1 1 1 for graduation and in addition successfully complete 45 term hours in PhYsical Education . 1 1 1 approveil business administration subjects. - - 16 15 16 GRADUATE SOPHOMORi Written and Spoken English Master of Business Administration-for those who successfully COlll­ 3 3 a plete 45 term hours of approved graduate work. Principles of Economics ______.. 4, 4, Money and Banking . Ii Organization and Management ..__ ,.••...... 3 Records and Statistical Management SCHOLSRSHIPS AND PRIZES 3 Labor Management a Phi Theta Kappa Scholarship. Phi Theta Kappa, national honorary ·Elective . 3 3 II commerce fraternity for women students, gives an annual scholarship of Military Science , _. 1 1 1 Physical Education . 1 1 1 fifty dollars to a woman in the junior or senior class. This scholarship - - is awarded on the basis of high scholastic standing and general student 16 15 16 a.tivities. 128 SCHOOL OP BUSINESS SPECIMEN CURRICULA 129

JUNIOR FaU Winter Spri"f1 SIINIOIl Fall Winter Spri"fJ Finance Management . 6 --lJleetlve _ ._ __ .._..___.._ __..•_._ 4 4 4 Market Management . 6 Investments __ __ _.._ _ __ 8 8 Salesmanship and Advertising Management . 6 International Banking _..___ _._ .. IS Law of Contracts . .( Banking Procedure and Practice _ .._ _.__.._._ 4 Law of Sales of Personal Property . 2 Life Insurance _.._.._ __ _ . 8 Law of Agency . 2 Senior Thesis ___ _._._ _ .. 4 Law of Partnership 2 -Elective ._ __ .__ _.._._.._.._....•.~~u~_~_~~~._._..u_ ~_.~~uu_.~~_~~_.~~_~_~.~. .( 4 4 Law of Corporation .. % Personal Efficiency Management ____ I Aeeounting Theory and Auditing 3 3 3 - Public Finance ...... •. .( .( 1,( 17 -11 Con~€'rvation of National Resources . __ . 3 -Electives to be aeleeted from eourse8 listed outllide of the School of BUlm- -Elective , 2 2 2 Administration. - - --Elective in basin..... admlnilltratioD to be selected upon consultation with ad'riHr. 18 -18 17 SENIOR COURSES OF STUDY IN FOREIGN TRADE Advanced Accounting Theory and Auditing . 3 S 3 Elective , . .( FIlIISHJlAN Fall Wi"ter BpriflfJ Senior Thesis .______._ __ .. .( Ilconomic History _.._.._.._.._.._ _...... 6 Personal Efficiency Management . l! -Elective _._ _ _ . 6 IS .( Constructive Accounting __ ..______.( .( 4 Advanced Problems in Management __. .( Income Tax . 3 Foreign Language _.._ _ _...... ( 4 Collt Accounting . 3 )fi)itary Science (men) or Personal Hygiene Iwomen) ,.. 1 1 1 Physical Education _,..__ 1 1 1 Seminar % 2 %• -Elective 4 2 4 - - - - - 11 16 16 18 16 11 SOPHOJlOllll Written and Spoken Eng-U.h --_-. a a I Organization and Management __..__ .._ _ GRADUATE Labor Management ___ _. • a C. P. A. Problems . a 3 a Records and Statistical Management ____..__ Systems I 6 6 6 Principles of Economics __ __ _._ 4 4 Seminar % 2 2 Money. Banking and CrI ______IS Law i 6 6 - - - Foreign Lauguage (continuation) ...... •....._ .._._..__._ _ .. .( 4 4 16 Military Science __._._ _ _..""""""'_'''''''' 1 1 1 16 16 Physical Education _ ___..__ 1 1 1 - All electives starred must be selected from courses given outside the School of - - BusinESS Administration. 16 16 11 JUNIOB s.Iesmanship and Advertising Management . I COURSE OF STUDY IN FINANCE Finance Management _._ _ _ . I Marketing Management __ . I Railroad Eeonomics __ __.._.__...... •...... _. .( FRBSHMAN Fall Winter Spri.." Constructive Accounting ~ ~...... ( .( Water Transportation _ __. 4 Control of Carrie... . _ _._ _ .._. 4 'Elective 5 I; Lew of Contracts _ .•.__ _._._ _.__ _ Economic History _ . .( 6 Law of Agency ______• -lJlective .( .( .( Z Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 Law of Sales of Personal Property . % 1 1 Law of Competition _.._.._._ _...•.._._..• Physical, Education 1 1 1 I - Law of Parlnel'llhip _._ __ _.._ . I - "Elective _ _ . 4 4 4 16 16 16 - - SOPHOMORE IT 17 11 SEl'IroIl Written and Spoken English . 3 8 a "Jileetive _..___ _...... ( .( .a Principles of Economics oa••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• .( Personal Efficiency Management _.._ . ~.' Z Money, Banking and Crises .._ . 6 Advanced Management Problem. . _. 4 Organization and Management . 3 Principles of Foreign Trade _ _...... 8 Records and Statistical Management . 3 Technique of Foreign Trade _...... • 8 Labor Management .. 3 J·nternational Finance ___. 6 -Elective _. .( .( .( -Elective .( .( 4 Military Science (men) 1 1 1 Senior Thesis ...... •...... _...... ( Physical Education . 1 1 1 - - - 16 18 11 16 16 l'T -Electives to be selected from courses listed outside of the School of Business Ad- .inistration. - JUNIOIl --Electives in Business Administration to be selected upon consultation wi. Salesmanship and Advertising Management . 6 ad-riser. Finance ManaJrement _ ~ . 6 Ii Marketing Management . BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND HOUSEHOLD ARTS Law of Contracts . .( Law of Agency . 2 FitEsHJlAN Fall Wineer B:PrittII Law of Sales of Personal Property . Z Constructive Accounting _ _...... 4 .( 4 Law of Partnership . % Ilconomic History _...... 6 Law of Competition . 2 -:wective G 6 Public Finance _. .( .( Textiles and Clothing 34 H lI--.f. Conservation of National Resources .. 3 Physical Education _•...... _..__.•.__.._._•._...... 1 1 1 "Elective • I I Pen.onal Hygiene 1 1 1 16 16 16, 14-16 14-16 14-11 COURSES IN BUSINESS 131 130 BFSINESS ADMINISTRATION W ... Spri... Ad...... ced Work. The Law School part of this combined course will eonsiBt of 6>e SOPHOMORE FaU t..... regular law counle of three years. The first year of work in the Law School is fu1b' Written and Spoken English . 3 3 8 pre8cribed. and consists of the following courses: Agency, Contracts, Criminal Law. Principles of Economies . Personal Property, Procedure I (introduction to law and the use of law books). Procedure Organization and Management .. '" '" 8• II (brief-making), ReaJ. Property, and Torts. In the second and third year some electiOll Money. Banking, and Crises u ••••••••••·······-_········ ····_••• is provided for, and selection may be made from the following courses: Bankruptcy. Food Economies and Foods -- ---..-- .. 3-4 H H Bills and Notes, Corporations (private) Corporations (municipal), Constitutional Law. Elective __ -- - -- . BQlIitT. Evidence, Insurance, Mortgages, Code Pleading, Oregon Practice, Office Practiee, Physical Education __.._._ _ _- . 1'" 1'" 1'" Trial Practice. Public Utilities, Real Property, Sales, Trusts, and Wills. - - - 16 16. 16 JUNIOR Salesmanship and Advertising Management -.-- . 6 Marketing Management ----. Ii Description of Courses 6 Finance Management .__ . __ _0•••••••••••--_•••• LOWER DIVISION Foods or Clothing (advanced courses) 3 3 Contracts _..__ __ - . • Agency ..__ _-- . '" 2 Required Courses -Elective _. ___- -- -.- --.. Z Bills and Notes __...... •...... - . Z 8a,b,e. Ctmstnretive Accounting. An introduction to the entire field of Law of Partnership - . 2 aeoounting and to business administration. A study of proprietorship -Elective _..__ _ __-- . '"- '"- '"- from the standpoint of single ownership, partnership and corporation 16 16 11 organization. Accounting systems from the simple to the complex are SENIOR Food or Nutrition Problems ------.---.-.------..------. 3 constructed f'rom the basic accounting principles. Financial statements Home Nursing _._ __ __ ._ __ ------.. 3 and the collection, interpretation, and comparison of their data. Required Child Care _ __ .. __ _._ __ --- -.------S Advertising . ______...... •.... 3 S of all majors and fundamental to all advanced courses in Business Ad­ Advanced Problems in Management -- . ministration. Folts, Stillman and assistants. Four hours, I'Qch term. -Elective __ __ ._._ . __ . 4. '" --Elective __ __.. _. __ ------.---- -.--. 2--4 Constructive Accounting is prerequisite to the following sophomore courses: PerBonal Efficiency Management -. 2 -Elective _..__ __ .. __ ._ __ --- -.------..--- 4. 4. 4. 4. 9. Organization and Management. A study of the rise of manage­ Senior Thesis ment in modern business and the principles of organization and executive 14. 16 16 control which are found in every business enterprise. The principles of -Electives to be selected from courses listed outside of the School of Busin_ plant, factory, office, executive management, etc. Robbins, McManus. Administration. ••Electives in Business Administration to be selected upon consultation witlt Three hours, fall term. adviser. 10. Records and Statistical Management. The elementary principlee THE SIX.YEAR BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION-LAW COURSE of statistics, methods of scientific study and interpretation of economie FaU W ...t.". Spri". and social phenomena. Sources and collection of statistical data, accu­ FRESHMAN racy, causes of error, forms of average, index numbers, business barome­ Constructive Accounting __.. 4. 4. "Elective ------.-- -.. ------..-----.------.------.. 6 "6 ters, and the tabular and graphic presentation of statistical results. Nagley. Economic History - -- --. Ii Three hours, winter term. -Elective .-.--..---.------.- 4. 4. Military Science -- -.------. 1 1'" 1 1 1 1 UPPER DIVISION Physical Education - - Iii 16 16 Required Courses SOPHOMORE Labor Management .-..-.--..--.---.------.-.. 3 Constructive Accounting and Principles of Economies are prerequisite to all upper Records and Statistical Management .------.. divieion eourses in Business Administration.

Organir.ation and Management __ ..ao•••n •••••••__••__•••..• • Principles of Economies __ "" __'_"""" 4. • 113. Finance Management. The principles underlying modern busi­ Money and Banking ---.- --..-.- --- -. '" 6 Written and Spoken English -. ness, analysis of the financial organization of production, marketing and -Elective .._ _._ _._ _.._ __ ._._ ------•4. •4. •4. expansion under the individual, partnership, and corporation from the Military Science ------.- ----.-- 1 1 1 1 1 1 manager's point of view. Folts. Five hours, any term. Physical Education -.- - ---..-. - - 16 17 l'J 114. Market Management. The economics of marketing, the work of JUNIOR Fin.anee Management __ __ _. __- 00-'._ "" 6 the purchasing agent and market management from the manager's point Marketing Management ------. i of view. Five hours, winter term. Salesmanship and Advertising Management -. i Public Finance _ __ ._ . 4. Conservation of National Resources '" 3 115. Salesma.-nship and Advertising Management. Principles of sales.. -Elective _.._ _._ _._._ _- -- -.- -. 4. manship and advertising. Phases of selling and advertising and practice Advanced Problems in Management - . Production Management ._ _..__ _-. 2 " in market analysis, sales personnel administration, formulation of sales -Elective __ _. __ . 3 3 • and advertising policies, planning campaigns, etc. This is studied from 16 1'" 11 the point of view of the general manager. Nagley. -Electiv.es to be selected from courses listed outside of the School of Bam­ Five hours, spring term. Administration. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 132 COURSES IN BUSINESS 131 Courses 116-118 constitute a sequence known as The Manager's Use of La.... 116. Law of Contracts. Formation of contracts, including caplWity 165a,b. Investments. Investment avenues and classes of investment of parties to contrlWt, offer, acceptance and consideration, legality and securities as differentiated from speculation; analysis of investment se­ form; interpretation of contracts; operation of contrlWts; discharge of cUrities of various classes, concluding with a study of the principles .ontracts. Decker. Four howrs, faU f6nlt. underlying successful investing. Goettling. Three hours, fall and winter tlrms. 117. Law of Sales of Personal Properfy. Subject matter of sale; 166. Foreign Investment. Foreign investment avenues and classes 0.£ executory and executed sales; bills of lading and the effect thereof on the investment securities; the importance of foreign investments from the title to the goods i seller's lien and right of stoppage in transitui fraud; standpoint of developing foreign trade as well as from the international warranty and remedies for breach of warranty; statute of frauds. standpoint. Prerequisite, 165. Goettling. Three hours, spring term. Two hours, winter term. 118. Law of Partnerships. The general nature and fonnation of part­ 168. Real Estate. Business problems connected with the sale, purchllS4 nerships, the natural rights and obligations of partners, the relation of the and management of real estate. Brokerage, contrlWts to real estate, liens, partners to third persons and the dissolution of the partnership. taxes and assessments, the transfer of titles, deeds, bonds and mortgages, Two hours, spring term. lell.'les, methods of arriving at the valuation of real estate, surveyors' rela.­ 119. Law of Bills and Notes. A comparison of simple contracts witll tions to real estate, and the work of the architect, land registration. negotiable instruments (contracts) with the object of developing the fun­ Three hours, one fe,... dlllJlentals of form, mode and effect of negotiation and rights and lia­ 169. Advanced Statistics. Sources, collection and interpretation of bilities of parties. Case work. Prerequisite, course 116. Hale. statistical data with special reference to managerial problems. Compila­ Two hours, spring term. tion and use of standardized record-keeping forms. Questionnaires awl 120. The Law of Competition. Dealing with combinations of labor special investigations; records of business forecasting, market lUld in­ and capital, strikes, boycotts, monopolies; the doctrine of conspirlWY; dustrial surveys. Graphic control of statistical data adapted to facilitate nnfair methods of competition, imitation of competitor's goods, etc. scientific management. Prerequisite course 9. Three hO'Urs, fall terM. Three hours, spring term. 121. Private Corporations. The forms of corporations, directors anel 170-171. Business Advertising. A study of the methods of advertising administrative officers, stocks and the rights of stockholders and foreiga practiced in industrial and retail business, the principles involved in the .orporations. Two hours, winter term. construction of advertisements, including type arrangements, color, media md layout. The elements involved in the description of advertising cam­ 122. Law of Agency. Source and scope of the agent's power; rela­ paigns and their relation to the different systems of merchandising and tions of the principal and third persons; termination of the relation; selling. Nagley. Three hotws, fgJ,l and winter tenM. relations of the principal and agent; relations of the agent and third persons. Two hours, winter term. 175a,b. Merchandising. Methods and problems of marketing raw ma­ terials; market analysis and distribution of commodities from the IDAllll­ 152. Personal Efficiency Management. Methods of finding personal facturer to the consumer; organization and interrelation of the differ3Gt interests and qualities necessary to successful management. Outline of types of agencies; the distribution system in its relation to developmeot individual characteristics needed for specific kinds of positions. Possible of toe retail store. Problems illustrating specific points developed by improvement of present or undeveloped personal traits. Scientific ap­ analysis and discussion. These problems are based on lWtual business proach to problems of business management. Prerequisite, prescribed experience and deal with the conditions determining demand, retail trade, work in economics, law, and business administration. Nagley. whelesale trade, various trade markets and price policies. Two hours, winter term. Three hours, fall and winter terms. 153. Advanced Problems ,in Management. The relation of businesli 177. Advanced Salesmanship. Research work in salesmanship prob­ policies to the business cycle. Emphasis upon the analysis of various cases lems. Open to qualified students who wish to speciaJize in the ,selling lWtually existing in the business world. Effort is made to coordinate phase of business. Three hours, fall term. all the knowledge the student has received in economics, law, and business administration. Required of all majors. Prerequisite, senior standing 178. Life Insurance. Personal and business uses of life insurance; and prescribed work in economics, law, and business administration. insurance administration; government control; methods of computing Robbins. Four hours, spring term. premiums; study of contracts. Three hours, fall te,.. 159. Senior Thesis. Subject for research in some field of special 179. Property Insurance. The economic and legal principles and lead­ interest to be chosen upon consultation with major adviser. Required of ing practices upon which the various kinds of property insurance are baseJd. aJ!l majors. Four hours, any term. Nature of the coverage, types of underwriters, types of contraots 8Ild Optional CQUf"ses their special application; analysis of the policy contract, special endorse­ 160. Bank Management. The administrative problems of the bank, ments and the factors underlying the determination of rates. including problems of organization, administration, credit; relationship Three hotw8, spring fet"m. of the bank to the community; problems of personnel, advertising, ete. 180. Principles of Foreign Trade and Export Managemem. The mer­ Not given 1923-24. Folts. Three hours, fall term. cantile system i free trade and proteetion doctrines; the various k::indIII of cnstoms duties, and tariffs of the United States. The sales methoda 134 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION GRA.DUATE WORKS IN BUSINESS 135 in the export department; location, office systems, different types; the GRADUATE DIVISION export commission house, types, functions; use of the agent, types, agency contract, branch offices, traveling salesman training; foreign tradeoor­ 201. Accounting Technique for the Manager. An intensive study of respondence, catalogues, foreign advertising. Goettling. the manager's application of accounting theory and technique to daily Three hours, fall term. problems of administration. Includes the theory of account construction, 181. Foreign Trade Technique. The technique of papers used in ship­ the preparation of statements for managerial use, the manager's inter­ ments to foreign countries and facilities utilized at seaboard. The export pretation of accounts and statements, and the relationship of accounting order; ,types of quotations; weights and measures; marks; export invoice; records to managerial standards of operation, finance, etc. Emphasis freight forwarders; bills of lading; custom house declaration; marine in­ is given the relationship of statements as a basis of managerial control, surance; financing foreign shipments; letter of credit; cable codes; prob­ the use of ratios in statement analysis, and the contributions of account­ lems in C. 1. F. and other forms of quotations. A classification of steam­ ing to a budgetary system. Open only to graduate students upon the ers according to service, structure and clearance papers; ocean tenninal recommendation of the adviser. Five hours, fall term. facilities, such as cranes, endless conveyors, the belt line, lighters. The development of a port. Lomax. Three hours, winter term. 203. Management Technique. Intensive analysis of the field of manage­ ment. Types of problems faced by the manager are classified, a technique 182. International F.inance. The essentials of foreign banking, foreign of problem approach and solution is developed. Compiling of the ex­ exchange and foreign investments, all from the point of view of the busi­ amples of essential problems fundamental in each of the generally rec­ ness manager. Prerequisite, courses 180, 181. Goettling. ognized managerial fields. Emphasis on detailed solution of these prob­ Three hours, spritng term. lems. Open only to graduate students upon recommendation of the ad­ 185a,b,c. Foreign Trade Seminar. Lomax and Goettling. I viser. Folts. Five hours, fall term. Two hours, each term. 190. The Managers Use of Account.ing. Primarily for students who "I 204-205-206. Advanced Commercial Research. Progress of commercial have completed Constructive Accounting and want more training in research in business institutions and'research departm'ents of universities. managerial accounting, but do not wish to specialize in professional 8.0­ Examination and criticism of typical studies in business research. Deter­ flOnnting. Analysis of budgetary control, profit and loss statements, dis­ mination of methods of procedure in adaptation to various types of busi­ tribution of costs, etc. Five hours, one term. ness problems. Practice studies will be performed for application of the methods of business research. Mikesell. Two hours, three terms. 191a,b,c. Accounting Theory and Practice. The underlying theory on which aecounting records and statements are based. Statements of af­ 207-208-209. Graduate Management. Application of the principles fairs, depreciation, analysis of profit and loss accounts, receiverships, of business management to the major subject of the student. Studies balance sheet construction and problems. Required of accounting majors. will be made of means of control available in scientific administration MeKnight. Three hours, each term. of busjness in special departments ~ insti.tutions. Scientific inVes­ tigations on applications of these means of control in the field of the 192a,b,c. Advanced Accounting Theory and Auditing. Application ()f student's major business interest. Mikesell. Three hours, each term. the technical phases of accountancy. Professional training in practical aM(lUnting theory and auditing in preparation for the positions of auditor, 210. Pedagogy of Commerce. Application of modern principles and comptroller or executive of large corporations. Prerequisite 191a,b,c and methods to the problems of commercial education. Comparative study of prescribed work in Business Administration. Required of accounting representative types of commercial curricula in high schools and uni­ majors and open to gradullites. McKnight. Three hours, each term. versities. A curriculum is framed by each student for the type of school in which he has especial interest. Open to graduates in business adminis­ 194. Income Tax Procedure. Income and excessive profits tax laws tration who have had one or more courses in principles of education. of the United States. Problems involving personal, partnership and cor­ porate returns. Forms, law, regulations, treasury decisions involving Mikesell. Five ho!urs, one term. modern points of law; decisions and rulings which affect business. Kelly. 212-213-214. Graduate Labor Management. Intended primarily for Five hours, spring term. persong who expect to engage in some phase of labor management. An 195a,b. Cost Accounting lor Industrials. The principles and methods of intensive presentation of the entire field. The functions of the manager factory cost accounting, with application to practical problems. PhaBes and the means by which he solves his problems are given detailed con­ of industrial management necessary to the installation and operation of a sideration. Especially valuable to graduates of schools of engineering modern cost system. Prerequisite senior standing and 192a,b,c, or equiva­ who expect to engage in labor management. Robbins. lent. Kelly. Three hours, winter ana spring terms. Three hours, each term. 198. Accounting Seminar. Research work along special lines. Pre­ 220-221-222. C. P. A. Problems. Intensive study of problems and requisite senior standing and consent of instructor. McKnight. questions asked by the examining boards of the various states as well Two hours, each term. as the American Institute of Accountants' examinations. Extensive 136 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 137 practice in solution of problems, trainmg to analyze correctly and gain ~rreet form and desired speed in solving difficult problems, involving a knowledge of partnerships, executors' accounts, corporation accounts, SCHOOL OF EDUCATION revenue accounts, fire iIllmran~e, etc. Prerequisite, graduate standing with THB FACULTY adequate preparation to be determined by the instructor. Kelly. PRINCE L. CAMPBELL, B.A., LL.D. ...· ··_ _ .PrG8ident of tlt.e U"i"""sitv . Fi"e hours, each tll"",- IIBNBY D. SHELDON, Ph.D• ...... - __ _ _._.__ .D of tlt.e School of Ed..catiot& BUBCHARD W. DEBUSK, Ph.D. ...------_ ...Edl&C

IOHN F. BOVARD. Ph.D• ...... -_ __ ..P-»t/ODI/ of PhliBical Ed..catiot& WILLIAM P. BOYNTON. Ph.D• ...... __ _ _._.PfldaUOD1/ of Phllsi... RoBERT C. CLARK. Ph.D• ...... - -_ _._ _ .P.dat10D1/ 01 Hiato", EDGAR E. DECou, M.S• ...... - ____ ..PfldaUOD1/ of Math_tia FIlEDEBIC S. DUNN, M.A. - ..- · - _ __.._ .PedaUoD1/ of Lan" REBBIilBT C. HowR, B.A. - _ _- _ .._ _._ .PfldaUoUIi of E"uliak FBBous RmDIB. B.A. .. - _ __...PfldaUOD1/ of Plal/ Prod..ci"u FluEDBICH G. G. SCHMIDT, Ph.D• ...... _ .Pedat/0D1/ of Moder" LrmDKaflU ALBERT R. SWEBTSER, M.A. • ·· ·.- ·__·.PfltlaDOD1/ 01 Bot""l1 !lABBIET W. THOMSON, B.A• ...... _ .PedaUoD1/ of Phlleical Ed....atiot& Studenta in the School of Education receive instruction from practicll.l1y all depart.­ menta of the University. This list includes onb' the nBDlEB of instructors giving ooursell elIpeeill.l1y designed for the studenta in the School of Education.

ORGANIZATION The School of Education of the UniversiiJ of Oregon was authorized by the Board of Regents in February, 1910. The general purpose of the IIClhool is to organize and correlate all the forces of the University which have for their ultimate aim the growth of the educational efficiency in ~e state of Oregon. The new Education building, designed for the School of Education, gives commodious and well fitted quarters for the school.

OPPOBTUNITIEB I'OB SPJ:CIA,LIU.TIOIf The School of Education, by means of the professional training of­ fered in the various departments of education and the academic instrue­ tion given in the respective University departments, is prepared to train the following classes of teachers. (1-) Superintendents, principals, supervisors and teachers for admin- istrative work. (2) Teachers for departmental work in Ilenior high echools. (3) Teachem for depanmental work in junior high schools. (4) Special supervisors in music, art, physiea.l. training, athletie sports, public speaking and commerce. (5) Teachers for norms.l schoOls and oollegs. (6) Teachers who are interested in defectiT8 and ItUbnormAl ehildrsl and delinquents. (7) Those who are intenlsted in physieal and mental m6llBurem8llt4 and tests as speeialiats in large eitill8. NORMS IN EDUCATION 139 138 SCHOOL OF ED['CATION upon the recommendation of the county superintendent of the county in which the ap­ plicant last taught, receive; without examination, a State life certificate authorizing him THE UNIVERSITY HIGH SCHOOL to teach only in the high schools of this State. A model high school building on Alder street north of 16th avenue near 4. The holder of a one-year State certificate, or a five.year State certificate, or a Ufe certificate, secured in accordance with the provisions of this section, is herebY authorised the School of Education building houses the University High School. Here to act as city superintendent of schools of any city. students may have an opportunity of observing the application of methods Fees are as follows, payable to the State Superintendent of Public Instruction: One·year certificate $1.00 of teaching and may acquire, under supervision, such skill as will lead to Five·year certificate (after six months' teaching) 2.00 the actual work of the school. Model lessons are given by the supervisors in charge so that those who are preparing to teach may have illustrations NORMS to guide them in the application of the principles underlying education. Lesson plans are worked out and supervised teaching is done. Much of After September, 1924, the University of Oregon will recommend nO the teaching is done by.the problematic or project method. Problems of graduate to the state superintendent of public instruction for the general discipline and organization are worked out. high school' certificate who has not completed either (a) a major course of study and one "norm" of academic work; or (b) two such norms of THE ApPOINTMENT BUREAU academic work, in each case in addition to the professional requirements The University maintains an Appointment Bureau to aid its graduates specified in the Oregon school law; provided, however, that students elect­ and alumni to find those positions for which their academic and profes­ ing to take the two-norm course as distinct from a major course and one sional training has fitted· them. The fee is one dollar, payable but once. norm shall be required to register as students in the School of Education The bureau keeps in touch with the boards of education and superin­ and proceed to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education. tendents desiring teachers and strives to put the right teacher in the Following is the list of norms, intended to correspond to the main right place. The bureau does not assist teachers who are not University lines of high school teaching which are undertaken by the University's of Oregon graduates, but concentrates all its energies in the service of its graduates. own graduates. The recommendation of the bureau will be limited to LIST OF NORMS candidates who have taken courses as prescribed by the School of Edu- I. ENGLISH No. of Course-Title Term Howr. cation. 6,6,7-Arnerican Literature 9 THE BUREAU OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH 130-Teachers' Course, Composition _ S l,2,3-0utlines of English Literature _ 12 Under the head of "The Bureau of Educational Research," prOVISIOns 20-Wordsworth 8 have been made for the purchase and distribution of all the standard 40,41,42-Shakespeare _ _ 9 tests, both mental and school achievement. These can be secured by any­ 176--Teaching of Literature _ 6 one in the state at practically cost price. Such work is done under the 41 II. HISTORY, CIVICS, ECONOMICS immediate direction of Professors Gregory, DeBusk and Stetson. 51,62,6B-English History or 41,42,43-Modern European History 12 71,72,73-American History _ __ _ 12 DEGREES I-American Government .______4 3a,b-Principles of Economics _ _ 8 The degree of bachelor of arts or of bachelor of science is conferred --Sociology 3 upon the students of the School of Education who have met the require­ 39 ments of the College of Literature, Science and the Arts for the degree. In. MATHEMATICS B-Advanced Algebra _ ___ "" The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education is conferred upon 4.-Plane Trigonometry _ -4 students of the School of Education who have secured 186 hours of college 6--Analytical Geometry _ __ "" 51a,b--Differential and Integral Calculus _ _._ 8 eredit and who have completed a prescribed curriculum in the School of 106-Theory of Equations and Determinant.. __ 3 Education. 101-History and Teaching of Mathematico 3 The Graduate School of Education as a department of the Graduate 26 School of Arts and Sciences, offers opportunities for graduate study and lV. LATIN the earning of advanced degrees to those who have done their major work 21a,b,c-Horace, Vergil and Livy 9 22a,b--Latin Prose Composition _.._ ___ 4 in :Edl'lcation. 22c-Platus, Terence, Martial _._ _ 2 TEACHERS' CERTIFICATE 61a,b,c---Latin Elegy and Drama _ __ 9 Graduates from the School of Education are entitled to teaching certificates as proYided 62a-Latin Prose Composition (2nd year) ._ 2 62b,c---Ovid, Catu1l11ll ",nd Caesar (Civil War) 4 i" the following Ore..-on school law: Certificates shall be issued to graduates from standard colleges or universities who have 161c---Latin Pedagogy _ ___ 3 completed 120 semester hours (180 term hours) including 16 semester hours (22 term hours) in Education as follows: 33 1. One-year State certificates shall·be issued without examination, upon application, to V. FRENCH ouch graduates of standard colleges and universities, authorizing them to teach only In the la,b,c-Elementary French -__ 12 2a,b,c-Second Year French __ __._ _._ _ 12 high schools of this State. 2. The holder of a one-year state certificate, issued in accordance with the provisions 10Sa,b,c-French Literature __ 9 of this section shall, after six months' successful teaching experience in this State and 106a,b,c-French Conversation _ __ 9 upon the recommendation of the county superintendent of the county in which the appli· eant last taught, receive, without examination, a five-year State certificate authorizing 42 him to teach only in the high schools of this State. For lOS students may substitute French Composition 106 and French Pro. S. The holder of a five-year State certificate issued in accordance with the provisions nunciation 107. of this section shall, after thirty monthe' successful teaching experience in this State and HO SCHOOL OF EDUCATION PROFESSION_,n CURRICULA 141 VI. SPANISH T ...... H ...,.. SENIOR FaU Winter SPMI1 l~::~:~=~~~~dty":arS~~~~~h..:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::li 113a,b,c--Spanish Literature __ _._._ _._ -. . 9 *Supervised Teaching (either semester) . Ii 2 116a,b,c--Spanish Conversation __ _ _.....•._ _ 9 Advanced Cycle; any three courses from- High School Administration and Supervision . 42 Measurement in Secondary Education . For 113 students may substitute Spanish Conversation 117 or Commerci81 Advanced Course in High School Teaching . The Junior High School .. 3 I I Spanish 160. Senior Electives; 6 hours from- History of American Education . 2 2 Z Tests and Measurements . 8 I VII. SCIENCE GROUP A (BIOLOGICAL) Social Education . l,2,3-Genera.! Botany _ 12 II fa,b,c-Animal Biology _•...... 12 School Administration . I 1a,b and 2-General Geology __ _ 1% Research and Seminar (3 to 6 hours) . 2 2 2 --Pedagogical course in one subject _.._...... •...... a at B. High School Teachers (98 hours required). SWHOMORE SCIENCE GROUP B (EXACT SCI:ENCES) VIII. Education 61, 52, 63 . 8 8 I 4,6,6-General Physics _ _ 12 High School Problems and Theory and Observation of Teach. 101-History and Teaching of PhysiCll _ _._. 8 ing (any two terms) . I I 2a,b,c-Elementary Chemistry 1Z Jlygiene of Learning or Individual Differences . 1U-116-116-Electrical Measurements (9 term hours) and I teO-Laboratory Arts (3 term hours) or JUNIOR OR SENIOR 3,4,6-Analytical Chemistry 12 ~pecial Methods in Preferred Subject

8. SENIOR *Supervised Teaching (either semester) . i 2 B. MUSIC Advanced Course in High School Teaching or Measurements in I-Elements of Musical Science _.• Secondary Education . ',10,11-HiBtory and Appreciation of Music 6 1I Junior High School . I 2-Contrapuntal Analysis _ _...... •._ 8 J:lectives in Education; 3 to 6 hours from- 3-Formal AnalysiB __.._ _ a Social Education _ . -Applied Music (Piano, voice, violin, organ) 2 3 Tests and Measurements _. 3 8 12a,b,c-Public School Music Methods _• History of American Education . 13a,b,c-Scientific Music Reading _._ 8 2 *Normal graduates or teachers of conBiderable experience will be excused froa -Practice teaching at le t one year _ _ _ _ 7 :practice teaching. 42 X. PHYSICAL EDUCATION SUGGESTED COURSES FOR MAJORS IN SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION Introduction to Physical Education . Fundamentals of Physic81 Education _ . SOPHOMORE 102a,b,c--Play and Playground Management 7 lIlementary Cycle in Education .. 3 1I I 1e1a,b,c-Technique of Teaching _ __._ 6 --<:oaching, at least one cOUJ'lle __ __.•. 2 JUNIOR -Participation in three sports under supervision (no credit) _._._ . Mental Tests 1I II High School Problems . 1I IS Theory and Observation of Teaching; Educational Hygiene , 3 1I 1I SENIOR :Educational Tests and Measurements 3 1I PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA Vrganization of Common School Curricula . 1I I Social Education 1I The following conrses of study show the work in the School of Educa.­ School Administration . 8 Research in School Administration 1-~ 1--4 1-4 tion which should be followed by students whose speci8J. interest lies in *Supervised Teaching _ . i the fields of secondary education, school administration, or special posi­ Six hours from the following courses: tions with defectives and delinquents. Related work in the college or in History of American Education 2 2 2 High School Administration and Supervision 3 ether schools of the University is shown only when it is neceS'ilary ia The Junior High School . 8 bllilqing the proper curriculum. .Normal graduates and teachers with considerable experience are exempted fro. observation and practice teaching. COURSES IN EDUCATION FOR MAJORS IN SECONDARY EDUCATiON

A. Principals and Supervisors (45 hours required). COURSES IN EDUCATION FOR MAJORS PREPARING FOR SPECIAL POSITIONS WITH DEFECTIVES AND DELINQUENTS SorHoMORE Fall Winter Spri.... Bdncation 61. 62, 63 . 1I 1I a SOPHOMORE Fall Wint.... S"""'II JUNIOR Elementary cycle in education ,. 8 3 8 Iigh School Problems and Theory and Observation of Teach- JUNIOR ing (any two terms) . 3 1I Psychology of Childhood . 3 3 3 Janior Electives; 6 to 9 hours from- Introduction to Philanthropy . 2 2 Z lIlental Tests and Individual Differences _ . S 1I I Social Pathology _. 2 2 2 J:ducational Hygiene _. II I I Social Education _. ~ Psychology of Childhood . 1I a 8 Electives ...__...... •...... 4 8 8 Recommended that part. of electives be in psychology. 142 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION COURSES IN EDUCATION 143

SENIOR Fall Wint.... Spring Mental Tests _ _._ _ ..__ .._ _. S a a Educational Tests and Measurements _ ... Description of Courses Systematic Psychology _ .. S a a Social Work .. 2­ 1I 2 Practiee Teaching is counted towatd the certificate only when the student is regu­ Electives __ .. 8 8 6 lad" registered in Supervised Teaching, Education 107. Three hours electives must be in education. LOWER DIVISION FIFTH YEAR-FOR GRADUATES Ma;or: 51. Introduction to Education. The interrelations of elementary, sec­ Thesis _ __ a I a Advanced Educational PSYchology _ __ _._ _ .. 2 2 2 ondary, and higher education. Support of schools from district, county, Research _._ Z 2 2 state, national government; U. S. Bureau of Education; journals and other Electives _ .. a a a Minor; publications in the field of education. The Oregon school laws, Oregon Advanced Experimental Psychology . z state library. The origin of the course of study, its purpose. Our bio­ Advanced Physiological Psychology _. 2 Higher Thought Processes and Volition .: . 2 logical and social inheritances. Some changing conceptions of educa­ Electives .. a a a tion; acceleration, retardation, elimination; rural school problems. Rl:!la­ For social workers the fifth year is to be taken in the School of Social Work iD tion of school to local environment. A democratic conception of education. Portland. Open to sophomores. Three hours, any term.

'I'he School of Education provides a number of curricula, intended to 52. Social Aspects of Teaching. The work of the teacher in relation provide training in such groups of allied subjects as must commonly be to problems of social development. Socialization through class exercises, student activities, and school government. Discipline as a social process. taught by the same teacher in a high school of moderate size. The curricu~ lum for science teachers, given below, is typical of these. Personal elements in teaching. The teacher's relations to the staff, the pupils, and the community. Standards of efficiency for teachers. Open to sophomores. Stetson. Three hours, any term. COURSE FOR TEACHERS OF SCIENCE ThiB course, leading to the degree of bachelor of science in education, is characterized 53. Educational Psychology. An introductory course dealing with by its substitution of an extensive training in the fundamental sciences, which are com· monly taught in high schools, for the customary maior requirement in a single depart­ topics most closely related to education such as nature of learning, learning ment. It prescribes basic courses in botany, physics. zoology and geology, and further curve, sensory-motor learning, educational learning, economical learning, requires that the student shall select some one of the sciences as a specialty, which :. to be pursued for at least a year beyond the prescribed fundamental course. retention of experience, individual differences, transfer of training. Open to students of sophomore standing. DeBusk and Hardy. FRESHMAN Fall Winter Spring Botany (or zoology) ...... Three hours, any term. Geology ...... Group and other elective . 5-7 6-7 6-7 UPPF..R DIVISION Physical Education . 1 1 1 Military (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) . 1 1 1 ------105. High School Problems. Practical problems of the high school 15-17 16-17 16-17 with which the teacher should be familiar, including: the purposes of high SOPHOMORE school education; support and controls of high schools; types of schools Physic. .. _ ...... Zoology (or botany) ...... and curricula; the high school constituency; the organization of a high Education ___ ...... • a s a school; school routine; school equipment; control and instruction, measur­ Group and other elective __ _. 4-5 4-li 4-li Physical Education __ . 1 1 1 ing results. Stetson. Three hours, winter term. Military (for men) . 1 1 1 -- -- - 16--18 16-18 16--18 106. Theory and Obsert'ation of Teaching. Theory and principles of JUNIOR the technique of instruction. Classroom phases of management. Read­ Written English _ _ . a 3 a Advanced elected Science . 3--4 3--4 3--4 ings, reports and class discussions supplemented by observations in the Observation of Teaching .. local high schools. A professional course in methods of teaching and "Electives .._.. _ . --10 --10 - 6 class management in high schools. Required of all prospective high 16--17 16--17 15-16 school teachers, and a prerequisite for supervised teaching. Prerequisite SENIOR Practice Teaching . 51, 52 and 53. Hughes. Three hours, any term. Department Methodologies _ _ . 'Electives __ __ _.__.._..__ _._..__..__ _ . 107a,b. Supervised Teaching. Practical work in the Universily High The electives of the first two years must include at least one year-course of not lell8 School, Eugene high school or other local high schools. Those enrolling than three hours per term in either the first or the fourth groap. They may well m­ for supervised teaching will be assigned a class for instruction for olle elude such subiects as literature, foreign lauguage, history or government, chemistry, mathematics, mechanics, mechanical drawing or houshold arts. high school semester. Application for classes should be made during the The upper division courses will include the courses in Education and Practice Teach­ preceding term. Students will enroll for either fall and winter or winter ing required for certification and at le....t two methodology coarseS (6 term hours). The remaining hours may be taken as free elective. Additional courses in the sciences al­ and spring terms. Required of prospective high school teachers. Open ready begun, or courses in mathematics. chemistry. physiology. astronomy or graphics to seniors who have had courses 105 and 106. Hu~hes will appeal to those who wish as complete a grasp as pos.ible of the range of high school .seience. Three to five h01trs. 144 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION COURSES IN EDUCATION 140 107x. Educatioool Literature and Libra'1l Work. A study of high 161-162-163. Psychology of Childhood. First term, the psychology of school library problems. Studenta by taking this coun;e with 107a,b are normal children; second term, the learning of children; third term, ex­ enabled to secure two terms' work and credit in connection with practice eeptional ehildren-delinquent, subnormal, and superior-with special teaching. IIour, to be arranged, 'Winter tef"M. reference to the problems involved in their education. Prerequisites, edu­ 108. Civic EdtJcanon. Points of approach and subject matter in the eation 51, 52, 53 or psychology. DeBusk and Hardy. field of civics, economics and history, especially from the point of view Three hours, each term. of the junior high sehool. Tlwee Aotw', ottB t,"". 164-165. Mental Tests. First term, the mental test movement. The history and technique of giving and scoring, underlying psychological 109. Methods itt the Teaching of GefJe1'aJ Science. A consideration of principles, consideration of some of the more important individual and the functions, plllOO and aims of general elementary seience. The historical group tests. Second term. Application of mental testa to schoolroom beginnings of the subject as indicating the reaction to certain weo.knessea problems. Prerequisites, education 51, 52, 53, or psychology 1. Not in special science instruetion. The relation of general science to the given 1924-25. DeBusk and Hardy. Three hours, fall and winter term6. junior high school. The project or problem method in relation to general scienee. Analytic and critical study of the -various texts and manuals, 166. Individual mfferences. Study of the individual differences in And of several typical courses in prominent high schools. The matter of mental traits. Correlation of abilities and the educational problems in­ laboratory organization will receive the major attention. Readings in TOlved. Prerequisites, education 51, 52, 53, or psychology 1. (Not given eurrent literature and special reports. 1923-24). DeBusk. Tltree hours, spring term. 151-152-153. Historv of Amencan Edvcatiott. Lectures, reports and HI7-168-169. Ed"cationa' Hygiene. First term, hygiene of the school discussions treating the intellectual development of America with special plant. Construction and sanitation, with special reference to the provi­ reference to education. Knowledge of American history a requisite. .ion of a healthy school environment; second term, hy~ene of the child. Colonial periOd, 1607-1775; fall term. Early national, 1775-1860; Consideration of those factors which effect the adjustment of the child ~ter term. Recent period, 1860-1920; spring term. Open to senion to the school and ita work; third term, hygiene of learning. Study of the and graduates who have met the practice teaching requirement. Sheldon. problems of mental economy and control, fatigue, rest, play, organiza­ Two hONrS, each term. tion of work, interference of association, etc. Open to qualified upper 154. World Problems in Educational Reorganisation. A study of the division students. DeBusk. Thrae hours, each tarm. educational expansion of Europe lUld America with special attention to primitive peoples and to conditions in the Orient. Sheldon. 171. School Administration. State, county, town, township, and dia­ T1tree hours, spring terM. met organization. The school district and ita problems of organization, 155. Social Education. A study of education in its social aspects, administration, supervision, instruction and measurement. Reorganiza­ including primary social groups, the schools as a social group, psychology tion of county and state school administration. Gregory. 6f leaden;hip, etc. Students will be asked to observe, describe, and Tltree "ours, spring term. diagnose school situations arising in the field of discipline, sehool soeieties, playground, and amusement problems. Open to seniors and graduates 172-173. EdllCationa' Tests and Meas.remaftts. Statistical method who have met the practice teaching requirements.. Prerequisite, consent of applied to education, drill in reading and in interpreting statistics, gra­ instructor. Gregory. Thretl hours, lall term. phio representation of educational data. An examination and evaluation of school achievement testa, the application of quantitative measurement. 156. Educatio,. aM Ethics. A consideration of edueation from the to school problems. Open to juniors and.' seniors. Gregory. view of the highest individual development. Includes a study of systems ThrelJ hO'Mrs, lall aM winter terms. of moral instruction in France, Japan and elsewhere. The function of various social institutions in molding oharacter. This course continues 174-175. Organization of Common School Curricula. Principles and supplementa 155. Sheldon. Three hours, 'U1inter term. Ilnderlying the development of the course of study. The content of the 157. Education System of Origem. A study of the history and larger eourse of study. The scientific determination of what we shall teach with administrative problems of the state of Oregon. The course will consist Ilpecial reference to spelling, reading, United States history and arithmetic. of a few lectures outlining the field and of thesis topics, worked up by Evolving eurrieula from the functional point of view; from other points members of the class. Should be taken in connection with 151-2-3. Sheldon. of view. Quantitatively determining the materials of instruction. Gregory. Two hours, each term. Three hours, winter arnd spring terms. 158. Educational Club and Seminar. Reports of current educational 181. High Scltool Administration and S'Mpervision. An analysis of meetings, book reviews, discussions of special topics investigated by mem­ the work of a high school principal. Organizing and equipping the school; bers. Sheldon and department staff. One hour, each term. teacher and pupil assignments; standardizing and administering routine; 160a,b,c. Research in Education. Designed to offer opportunity to school records; supervision of instruction and of socialization; teachers' qualified students desiring to pursue minor problems in child psychology, meetings; school morale; publicity and community relations; school fi­ educational psychology, or hygiene. Credit, not to exceed two hours per nance; measuring school efficiency, and other significant topics. Stetson. term, depending upon nature of problem. DeBusk. Three hours, one term. 146 SCHOOL OF EDUCATION COURSES IN EDUCATION 147

182. Measurement in Secondary Education. A study of the con­ 274. Curricula in Geography and United States History. Criteria for struction and desirable uses of various standard tests and scales for meas­ the scientific determination of the materials in geography and United uring achievements in secondary school subjects. Such elements of statis­ States history. Study and criticism of aims, processes, and results. Com­ tical method will be given as are necessary for intelligent use of the parison of courses now extant with aims. The selection of material in tests. Stetson. Three hours, one term. terms of aims. Individual problems after a technique is developed. Open 183. Advanced Cou1se in High School Teaching. Planned for stu­ to students with one year graduate standing, or equivalent, and to stu­ dents with teaching experience and for those who may later become dents who have had courses 171 to 175, or equivalent. Gregory. supervisors or administrators. Deals critically with recent tendencies in Three hours, fall term. technique of teaching. Classroom organization, pupil participation; teach­ 277, 278, 279. The Philosophy of Education. A study of the broad ing how to study; project teaching; standardized grading; use of com­ munity resources in instruction; the experimental attitude in teaching. fundamental principles and problems of education with some attempt at Stetson. Three hours, one term. their solution. The meaning of philosophy; the philosophy of educa­ tion; principles, rules, formulae; the value of a correct philosophy of 184. The Junior High School. The causes leading to the development education for the teacher and school administrator. How it may be made of the junior high school; the special purposes and opportunities of this to function in all phases of school work. Open to graduate students type of school; problems of organization and administration; curriculum only. Given 1925-26. Gregory. Two hours, each term. building; provisions for individual differences; instruction; exploration aoo guidance; school activities. Typical junior high schools will be 280, 281, 282. Secondary School Curricula. Problems of curriculum studied. Stetson. Three hours, one term. making in the modern high school. Historical, philosophical, social, psychological and administrative factors involved. Experimental studies GRADUATE DIVISION , in this field. Stetson. Two hours, each term. 251a,b,c. P1'oblems in the History of Nineteenth Century Education and Civilization. A technical course involving preparation in historio­ 283, 284, 285. Comparative Secondary Education. Secondary school gTaphy. During the year 1923-24 special attention will be paid to the organization and practice in representative foreign countries. Varying development of state education in England from 1750 to 1870. The library conceptions of aims and functions, comparative efficiency, suggestions is specially equipped with a collection of 300 volumes of source material for American education. Not given 1924-25. Stetson. for this field. This course should be taken along with HistOTY 261, special Two hours, each term. problems in English economic history during the 19th century. Donald Barnes, Sheldon, and Fish. Two hours, each term. 286, 287, 288. Research in Secondary Education. Open only to quali­ fied students who wish to do constructive work or carryon investiga­ 261, 262, 263. Educational Psychology. A discussion of the experi­ tions of selected problems in the secondary field. Due emphasis will be mental material which seems most useful and relevant to educational given to methods of procedure in research. Stetson. psychology. Open to gJ;aduate students with preliminary training in edu­ Two hours, each term. cation and psychology. DeBusk. Two hours, each term. 290. Experimental Problems in Teaching. A research. course in in­ 264, 265, 266. Advanced Course in Mental Tests. The history of the vestigation of problems and methods of instruction. test movement; principles of test maki~; the application of tests to school problems; the definition of intelligence; average mental age of adults; the variability of the IQ; uses of tests in diagnosis. Open to graduate students only. Not given 1924-25. DeBusk. Two hours, three terms. 267, 268, 269. Educational Hygiene. The work of 1924-25 will be based on selected topics in the Hygiene of Learning. Open to graduate students only. DeBusk. Two hours, each term. 270. Research in Education. Gregory. 271, 272, 273. Problems in School Administration. The problems to be selected will depend upon the previous training and future plans of the students taking the course. Each students will be expected to work at some phase of school administration which will not only make him an authority in that field but will also make a contribution to the facts and data now extant. Open to graduate students who have had courses 171 to 175, or their equivalents. Given 1924-25. Gregory. Two hours, each term. COURSES OF STUDY 149 148 DEGREES The degrees of bachelor of arts and bachelor of science are open to students in the School of Journalism, as well as the professionail. degrees SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM of bachelor of arts or science in Journalism. - THE FACULTY PRIZES AND SCHOLARSHIPS PBINCE L. CAMPBELL, LL.D Pr.side..t of the U..iversitv The Advertising Club of Portland Scholarship of $150.00 is given ERIC W. ALLEN, B.A _ Dea.. of the School CARLTON E. SPENCER, LL.B•...... RegiBtrar of the U..iverBitl/ annually to the man in the School of Journalism who is considered best 14. H. DOUGLAss, M.A•...... _ U..iversity Libraria.. COLIN V. DYMENT, B.A•...... ProfeBBor of Journalism t)uaAified to profit by the training offered for entrance into the field of GEORGE TURNBULL, B.A•..._ ProfesBor of Journalism advertising. W. F. G. THACHER, M.A ProfessOT of AdvBrtisi..g ROBERT C. HALL ....Associate ProfesBOT of Journalism a..d Director of the U..iversity PreBB RALPH D. CASEY, B.A. . _ .ABsociate Professor of Journalism The Botsford-Constantine Prizes of $30 and $25 are offered each WILLIAM G. HALE, LL.B D.a.. of the School of Law year by the Botsford-Constantine Advertising Agency of Portland, for a..d Professor of Law of the PreBs LILIAN TINGLE ProfeBBor of Home Eco..omics Journalism the best and the second best solutions of an advertising problem b1 students in the class in advertising, in the School of Journalism. ORGANIZATION AND PURPOSE Classes in journalism have been taught in the University since 1900. COURSES OF STUDY In 1912 a department of journalism was established, which has since been The School of Journalism offers five separate courses called options, developed into one of the few well equipped and staffed schools of and a considerable number of variations of these options for persons pre­ journalism in the country, with a complete practical equipment for the paring for various specialties. The options are writer's option, advertis­ training of newspaper men and magazine, trade and class journalists. It ing option, manager's option, news executive's option and five-year jour­ is the only school of the kind in Oreg·on. nalism course. Of these the writer's option is given as typical: The purpose of the school is to prepare for the various branches of wRrrER's OPTION journalism and publishing, including the editorial, reportorial, critical, FRESHMAN FaU Wi..ter Spring advertising, circulation and business departments, and to contribute, in­ Elementary Newswriting _...... 2 2 2 sofar as an educational institution may, to the progress of American Foreign Language __ _...... • Political Science _...... • • • journalism. Animal Biology or Geology __ _•._ • • • Already, former students of the school are owners of both daily and Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women)...... 1 •1• 1 weekly newspapers; are reporters, editors, advertising manag'ers, adver­ Physical Education _..... 1 --1 1 tising ag'ency men, advertising managers of department stores, trade 16 16 18 journalists, circulation men, foreign correspondents, publishers, teachers SOPHOMORB of journalism, government representatives abroad, copy editors, managing Publishing and Printing __ editors, and special writers. Several are story writers and one has ob­ Proof-reading . •1 •1 •1 World History . 4 4 tained a national reputation as a novelist. World Literature, first year .. •2 2 2 34 34 34 EQUIPMENT ~h~lfS~ri~~~:.. ~~~~~.~ ~~~~ .. :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::~.:::::: 2 2 2 Military Science (men) _ _._..••__•__ 1 1 1 The School of Journalism is one of the best equipped in the country. Physical Education .. 1 1-- 1 It occupies its own three story brick building, in which, and in neighbor­ 16-18 Ill-IS- 16-18 ing structures, it utilizes 26 rooms and offices. The school is well sup­ plied with typewriters, copydesks, library facilities, seminar rooms and JUNIOR Reporting 3 S B the conveniences necessary to the most practical work under very favor­ Copy-reading _ 1 1 1 able conditions. Its principal copydesk is a testimonial gift from the Trade Journalism I I newspapers of Oregon, embellished with a bronze plate expressing Lew of the Pres . B World Literature, second year _...... 2 2 Z appreciation of the work of the school. Principles of Economics • The school possesses an unexcelled technical laboratory in the Uni­ Economics __ _ • ll-6 Elective 3 I 3 versity Press, which was founded to furnish instruction for journalism - - students in the practical branches, and which is now one of the important 16 16 18 departments of the school. The University Press inventories at about $30,000 and its equipment includes a large Optimus cylinder press, two SENIOB l\1diting- _ . Ii Ii Ii smaller presses, two modern linotype machines, folding machines, stitch­ Sociology or Economies . ll-6 ll-6 ll-6 ers, saws, trimmers, a power cutter, casters, a complete bindery, and Elective . 6 3 Interpretative News Writing _ • 3 everything' requisite to the publication either of a weekly or a small - - town daily newspaper. In this laboratory, training is offered in the 11 16 Ii arts allied with journalism, such as advertising, etc. 150 SCHOOL OF JORUNALISM COURSES IN JOURNALISM 151 Description of Courses 133. Interpretative Newswt'iting. The higher branch of reporting in which it is not enough to record the bare fact. Analysis of motives; study LOWER DIVISION of probable consequences; exposition of the idea or principle underlying 30-31-32. Elementary Newswriting and News Gathering. Fundamen­ the fact. Political and economic news; interpretative magazine work. tals of general reporting, interviewing, news analysis, note taking, to­ Prerequisite 130, 131, 132. Dyment. Three hours, one term. gether with a study of news and lectures upon the modern newspaper. 160a,b,c. Advertis'ing. Theory and practice. Definitions. The economic Turnbull. Ttoo hours, each term. and social implications of advertising. The advertising agency. The 50-51-52. Publishing and 53-54-55 Printing. To be taken separately, "campaign" including a survey of methods of distribution and merchandis­ two hours each, only in very special cases. This course includes the ing processes; preliminary investigations; the appropriation; the selec­ study of type and its uses, the history of printing, book and news­ tion of media. Trade marks. Retail advertising. Mail-order advertising. paper standards, printing machinery and materials, the illustrative pro­ The mechanics of advertising, including typography, engraving, print­ ,cesses, cost accounting for printers, country journalism, and newspaper ing and book-making. Especial attention is given to the business of finance and administration, with laboratory in the print shop and prac­ advertising as carried on by the publisher of a newspaper. Study and tical business management. Allen, Hall. Four hours, each term. practice in the preparation of advertising copy of all kinds. Thacher. Three hours, each term. 58-59. Proofreading. Theory and practice. Turnbull. 163-164-165. Adve,·tising Typography. A laboratory course in which One hour, two terms. the student's type sense is developed by actual practice in the shop of 106a,b,c. Copyreading. The handling of material intended for news­ the University Press. Thacher, Hall. One hour, each term. paper publication; editing, correcting and revising any errors of fact, style and treatment, and accepting or rejecting according to standards 166-167-168. Adt'ertising Practice. A laboratory course, which, as the of value. The theory of news values, and practice in news judgment. "Emerald Advertising Service" cooperates with the Daily Emerald in the Headwriting.This course includes the subjects some schools classify as preparation of copy for advertisers. Thacher. "Editing." The full leased wires of the Associated Press and of the One or two hours, each term. United Press are available for student use. Turnbull. 169a,b,c. Advertising Seminar. , Open to a few advanced students for One hour, each term. research and further study in advertising. Thacher. Two hours, each term. man~e­ 107-108-109. Advanced Copy-reading. Includes news room 170-171-172. Current Events. A seminar course given occasionally. ment and incidental executive training. Turnbull. One hour, each term. Allen. One hour, each term. 120-121. Trade and Class Journalism and Special Feature Writing. 180-181-182. Estimating on P,'inting Jobs. Elective for seniors who The specialized journalism of the leading industries. Journals devoted to expect to work in smaller cities. Prerequisite, courses in publishing and various professions and voc\ltions. Class publications, with emphasis on printing. Hall. Hours to be arranged. those devoted to the fundamental industries, economics, finance, the arts 183. Business Management. For seniors. Allen, Hall. sciences, etc. The principles of trade and class journalism. The special Two hours, spring term. feature article for magazine and newspaper. Sources, subjects and types 186-187-188. Printshop Laboratory. Advanced work in printing, and of articles. A review of magazine and syndicate markets. Prerequisite, the management of job printing establishments. Hall. courses 102 and 103. 120 is prerequisite to 121. Casey. Hours to be arranged. Three hours, fall and winter terms. 193-194-195. Editing. Practical editing, study of contemporary news­ 125. Law of the Press. Law of libel, blackmail, literary property papers and other journals. History of journalism in Europe and Amer­ including copyright, privileged communications, federal regulations and ica. A consideration of journalism ethics, theory of and practice in other phases of law hearing on the press. Dean Hale. editorial writing, the analysis of news and propaganda, and of newspaper Three hours, spring term. problems. Training in the criteria of authenticity. Purposes to establish 127-128. Home Economic Journalism. Intended to equip students as for the student points of permanent contact with the current intellectual department editors for newspapers and magazines. Prerequisite, courses life of the race. Intended for seniors. AUen. Five hours, each term. in reporting and copyreading, and not less than fifteen hours of work in household arts. Parallel courses as advised after conference. Tingle, 199a,b,c. Thesis. The School of Journalism occasionally provides for .Allen. Two hours, winter and spring terms. thesis work. Two hours, each term. 130-131-132. Reponing. Types of newswriting in leading newspapers GRADUATE DIVISION of the country. Methods of handling typical difficlrlties in news getting; 200a,b,c. Seminar. A research course for students having the nece~ interviewing. Assignments are given and prepared with a view to probable sary preparation to enter a specialized field of original investigation. publication in some of the available university, town and state papers, Allen. Hours to be arranged. and the student developed toward professional standards to the point where For courses in short story (Thacher). advanced short story (Thacher1. crith-Ism, his news stories can be published in the daily papers with It minimum of elements of style, and authorship (Thacher), see department of Englillh in the Unlver­ editing. Turnbull. Three hours, each term. .ity College section. 152 DEGREES 153' Not more than ten per cent of the entering class will be admitted u .pecial students in anyone year. . SCHOOL OF LAW Neither admission nor attendance as a special student in the School of THE FACULTY Law for one term shall give the right to continue as such in lllIly subsequent PRiNC. L. CAJIl'BJn.L, B.A. _ •..••._. •• __••._••.._....••.•.••._.-Pr~t of the U"il1lWlritti term, nor a right to a degree. If a special student's reoord has been in WILLIAlI G. HALE. B.S•• LL.B• ...._ __ _._ _ D._ of the Sc1l.ool any respect unsatisfactory, the dean may refuse permission to register CAIILTON E. SPBNf or of Political So""," olle to take the state bar examination. CHARLEs E. CABPJIlNTBII, M.A.. LL.B• ...... __._ _ .ProfuBor of ~ IlDWAIW H. DECKER. B.A•• LL.B• ..._._ __ _ ..••_ .ProfsBBor of LMI1 ADVANCED STANDING ~~:IIllBtsf3 ~l·~A.~·~J:D: ..~·:::.::-:.~: :.~:~~.~.~:.~:.~:::.~:.::::::.·.~.::-:::.:=--::.::~:-:;~t~o;,. 0:, f:: A student may transfer not to exceed two years of credit earned in· .CAIWJOlf E. SpU8RPH BROWN BILDeRBACK, M.D• ....Pro/e..or of Pedilstrio. and Head of t"e Depart t pensation of officers; exercise of official authority; liability of govern­ GEORGE E. BURGET, A.B., Ph.D Profe.80r of Physiologll a..d Head of tlw Depart t J'OHN FOREST DICKSON, M.B., M.D. L.R.C.P., F.A.C.S• ...... Pro/ee.or of Opt"a1mologll ment or acts of officers; extraordinary legal remedies. Goodnow, Cases HOWARD D. HASKINS, A.B., M.D. Profe8.or of Biochemistry and Hood of the Department on Administrative Law. Barnett. Three hours, winter term. EDMOND J'OHN LABBE, M.D. . Profe..or of Ob8tetric. OLDJ' LARSI'LL, M.A., Ph.D. . Profe&80r of Anatomll 243. Corporations, Municipal (Political Science 103). The nature, ALIIERT EDWAIID MACKAY, M.D., C.M., F.R.C.S• ...... Profe••or 0/ Genito-Uri....ry DisetuJeB constitution, powers and liabilities of public corporations. Beale, Cases FRANK R. MENNE, B.S., M.D Prof or of Pat"Ologli HAROLD B. MYERS, A.B., M.D• ....Pro/e••or 0/ P"armaoolol1ll and Head of t"e Department on Municipal Corporations. Barnett. Three hours, spring term. WILLIAM ADEN POWIO..L, M.D• ...... Lie..te..a..t CoI"",,1 Memoal Corp., U. S. A. and Pro/..Bar of Military Science a..d Tactice 245. Corporations, Private. Topics treated: the formation and HARRY J'. SEARS, M.A., Ph.D• ...... Prof...or of Bacteriology and Hygiene reorganization of corporations; corporations distinguished from unincor­ and Head of the Department HAIIRY BEAL TORREY, A.B.. Ph.D•...... l'l·o/e.oor of Exp8rime..tal Biowl1ll porated associations; the problems of disregarding the corporate entity; a..d Direotor of Re rc" in Fundamental Sci""""" the promotion of corporations and the liability of promotors; the problems OTIS FRANKUN AKIN, M.D•...... _ Cli"ioian i.. Surgery T. HOMER COFFEN, B.S., M.S.. M.D•...... Clini""'" in Medicine of watered stock; the extent and exercise of corporate powers; the rights ROBERT C. COFFEY, M.D. . Clinician in S gery of persons to attack the legality of the formation of corporations or the Wru.IAM BURROUGHS HOLDEN, M.D., F.A.C.S• ...... CUnicia.. in Surgerll NOBLE WILEY J'ONES. AB., M.D., Clinioia.. in Medicine de facto doctrine; the rights of persons to attack unauthorized corporate THOMAS M. J'OYCE, M.D., F.A.C.S•...... Clmic"'" in Surgery action or ultra-vires; the duties and rights of officers and stockholdel'B, WILLIAM SIDNEY KNOX, B.S., M.D. . CUnioian in Medicine and the rights of creditors. Warren, Cases on Corporations. Carpenter ALPHA EUGENE ROCKEY, M.D•...... G1inioia.. in .''1vrgery CHAIlLBS E. SEARS, B.S., M.D CIi..icia.. in Medicine Three hours, fall and winter terms. LAURENCE SELLINO, A.B., M.D Cli cia.. in M6d4oine 250. Mortgages. All forms of mortgage security, both real and chat­ J'AMES CULLEN ZAN, M.D A ••ociate Pro/e'Bar of S gery tel; essential elements of legal and equitable mortgages; legal and equit­ AL\"IN WALTER BAIRD, A.B., M.D• ...... A ••i.tant Prof""sor of 8urgery able rights, powers and remedies of mortgagor and mortgagee with re­ HAoROLD CEDRIC BEAN, A.B., M.D• ...... A8...tant Clinical Professor of Medicm. MARR B'SAILLON, M.D•...... Ao8iBtanl Clinioal Pr(J/o""or of ~fodicine spect to title, possession, rents and profits, waste, collateral agreements, lsmOR CHERNlAC BRILL, A.B., M.D• ...... A ..i.tant Clinical Pro/e'.M" of Medicine foreclosure; redemption; priorities; marshalling; extension of mortgages; J'. EARL ELSE. Ph.G., M.S., M.D• ...... A ••ista..t Pro/es.or of Svrgery WILMOT C. FOSTER, M.A., M.D• ...... A ..ista..t Pro/....or of Anatomll assignment of mortgages; discharge of mortgages. Kirchway, Cases on J'. ALLBN GILBERT, M.D., Ph.D A to..t CUnicai Pro/8880r of Medici..e Mortgages. Decker. (Not given 1924-25). Three hours, spring term. FREDERICK ANDREWS KIEHL", A.B., M.D• ...... A tant Profe.sor (Jf Opt"al,molol1ll J'AMES CHARLES ELLIOTT KINO, A.B., M.D. . A tant Pro/es.or of Dernt4to!tJflll 251. Insurance. Fire, accident, life, and marine insurance. Vance, and Syph-ilology RALPH CHARLES MATSON, M.D., A ••i.ta..t CU..ioai ProfesflOr (Jf MlBdlcine Cases on Insurance. Decker. (Not given 1924-25). RAY WILLIAM MATSON, M.D• ...... A8.istant Clinical Profe.sor of M...ne;ne Three hOiurs, sprmg term. CLARENCB J'OSEPH MCCUSKER, B.S•• M.D• ...... A ••i.tant Profe••or of Obrl

EUGENE WATSON RoCKEY, H.D•...... •...._ _...... •_ A••oeiate it. S..rge,." C. M. PIlAIICB A••i.ta..t i.. Opthalmology, Otology, RhitlOloW PAUL ROCKEY, M.D•••.•...... _ __..•..•_•._•.••.._.._.._...... ••_ _.._ .A38ociate it. ~..rg."." and La",..golon JAMI!8 W. ROSENFELD, A.B., M.D•...__.•...... _..__.•.._ _ _ •.-A..~ _ p..um,..,., LOUIS KERSHAW POYNTZ, M.D., F.A.C.R _ .A tamt i .. RadioloD1/ WILLIAM HENRY SKENB, M.D., F.A.C.S. _.__•..•_...... •.••.•...... •_....•..A••oci4te i.. Gy..ecolOf1ll ED>lUND W. SIMMONS, M.D•..•...... Clinical A••ist t i .. Medici.... L. HOWARD SMITH, M.D•...... _...... •._..•_._.__ _.._•.__ _ .A••oeiate i.. Pedi4tri... WILLIB W. VINSON A••i.t t i.. Radiologll RALPH COFFYN WALKER, M.D __ .A••oeiate it. Medici..e (Rad'oloDl/) GRACK YOUNG, B.S., M.D _ A ta..t i.. Opthal1rlOloD1/, Otology. RhinoloD1/ ALBERT ARTHUR WITHAM. M.D••...... _...... • ...•...... _•..A••oeiate i.. Medi ..... 4ftd La",..golon

CHARLES MINTON BARBEE, M.D...... Clit.ical I trvetor i.. M.di.... RICHARD B. DILLEHUNT Doo.. 01 the Medical S.hool JAMES FRANCIS BELL, JR.,LItt.B., M.D• .•.....•.•...... I trvctor ... POOiatricfr CHARLES N. REYNOLDS Sec..eta", 01 the Medical S.hool COURTLAND LINDEN BOOTH. A.B., M.D• ...... __.._ Instrvctor it. Ob.tetnee Lucy I. DAVIS ...... •...... •...... _ Reg..trar GUY LEE BOYDEN, B.S., M.D• ...... _...I...-.tor itl Otology, Rhitu>logll MId LarvfI,(JologII" JOY GROSS Libraria.. ANDREW JOHNSON BROWNING, M.D...... •_...... ••.••.•...... I...trvctor i.. Opthalmolow ALBERT HADLEY CANTRIL, M.D., F.A.C.S _...... •...... I...trvctor i.. S..rg..." HOWARD ERNEST CARRUTH, B.s•• M.D., I tructor ... Opthalmology, OtoloD1/, RhitloloW' EXECUTIVE FACULTY amd La",..golow VIROIL ERNEST DUDMAN, B.S., M.D•...... •...... •.._ .I trvctor Ob.t.tri.,. Prince Lucian Campbell, LL.D., President of the University: Riehard ;D. Dmehunt, AUGUSTUS BERTRAM DYKMAN. M.D• ...... I trvctor i.. Opthalmologll M.D.• Dean of the Medical School; Professon William F. Allen, Robert Loul. Bens01l. RALPH M. DODSON, A.B., M.D• ...... •...... Cli..ical I trvctor i.. Gy...colo/1V J. B. Bilderback, George E. Burget, J. F. Dickson, Howard D. Haskins, Edmond John MEARLE C. Fox. M.D., I...tructor ... Opthal"'OIoD1/, Otologll, fRh ology ....d Larv"golow Labbe, Olof Larsell, Albert Edward Mackay, Frank R. Menne, Harold B. Myers, Harry LOUIS PHAON GAMBEE, B.S., A.B., M.D _ Cli..ical I tr..ctor Surg..." J. Sean, HarI7 Beal Torrey, and Aasoclate Professor James Cullen Zan. G. BLAINE GARRISON, A.B., M.D• ...... •...... _..___..•Cli..i.al IftBtrvctor '" Surg..." IRA E. GASTON, A.B•• M.D• ...... _ .I t:ructor in Opthalmology, Otology, RhH.olOf1ll ....d Larvngolow ADOLPHE EDWARD GoURDEAU, B.S., B.M., M.D• ...... I trvctor i.. POOiatriDa COMMITTEES RoBERT GRANVILLE HALL, B.S., M.D• ...... _ Cli..ical I tr..ctor i.. 1lfedlctne RAYMOND W. HAUSLER, M.A., M.D••....._ I trvctor i.. Anatom. Ad",...... d Adva..ced Standi..g-Harold B. MyeI'll, chairman; Olaf LaI'llell, H&rl'7 Beal TolTEll'. and the registrar of the Univenity (ex officio). WILLIAM P. HOLBROOK, B.S•...... I trvctor i.. B'o"'''''''''''' BLAIB HOLCOMB, M.D _ C...... -ic1U..'" 4ftd Schedule--Harry Beal Torrey, chairman; George E. Burget, T. Homer Cl i.al I trvctor MedI.m.e Coffen. J. Earl Else, Noble Wiley Jones, OIof Larllell, and the secretary of the HENRY WELLAND HOWARD, M.D .I trvctor i.. G ito-Urina", Dis .. WARREN C. HUNTER, A.B•...... •...... •...... I trvctor i.. PatAo!O/1fl Medical Sehool (ex officio). WILLIAM HENRY HUNTINGTON, M.D., I...tru.t"" i.. Otology, Rhi..ologll and La","I1olotn# Stude..t .4.llai...-Robert Louis Benson, chairman; Edmond John Labbe and Harry GARRETT LEE HYNSON, M.D•...... _...... •_.._•...... I...trvctor i.. Swrg...,,· P..blicati...... d Catalogue---<:harles N. Reynolds, chairman; William F. Allen and Harold B. Myers. HAROLD Roy LUCAS, M.D. ._ .I truetor Opthalmology, OtoloD1/, Rh loott Lib..a",-George E. Burget, chairman; Albert Edward MacKay, Frank R. Menne and lJftd LafYft,golo/1fl the librarian (ex officio). IRVINO MARTIN LUPTON, M.D• •...... I...t:ructor i.. OpthalmoloDY, Otologll, Rhmolon R..earch--Harry Beal Torrey, chairman: William F. Allen and Robert Louis Benson. 4ftd Larvftgolo/1fl fleprs....tat'on to Graduate Cou..cil-Harry Beal Torrey. IRA A. MANVILLE, M.S., M.D...... •...... I trvctor i.. PhlJlliolon Gy~ Portland Fres Dispe...a",-Clarence J. McCu.ker, chairman; T. Homer Coffen, J. ALBERT MATHIEU, M.D., F.A.C.S Clmi••sl I trvctor i.. Earl Else, Ralph A. Fenton. Harold B. Myers. L. Howard Smith. J. Guy Strohm GEORGE WILBER MILLETT, A.B., M.D...... •...... Cli..ical I trvctor in Moo...... and Raymond E. Watkins. KARL P. MORAN. M.D., F.A.C.S•...... _ I trv.tor in S..rgm7 Research Fu..d i.. Cli..ical Depanments-J. Earl Else. chairman; Laurence Selling CLAUDE EDWARD MORRISON, A.B•• Ph.G., M.D• ...... __ Instrv.to.. i.. 1'JII,..(JfWf/ and Harold B. MyeI'll. J. MILTON MUoIlPHY, M.D•...... Cl ical I tructor i.. M.dicMw St..dfmt Schol.....hip. _d A ....ta..ts·-OIof LarseU, chairman; and Harold B. Myers. W. DONALD NICKELSON Cli..ical I tructo.. in SUf'u-r'I ALLEN P. NOYES, M.D _ .I..8trvcto.. i.. Ob.t..tricrl EDWIN E. OSGOOD, M.A. . .I trvctor in B,O.h try DORWIN LEWIS PALMER, M.D _ Cltnical I tructo.. in Medi...... GEORGE PARRISH, M.D _ .I trvct i.. P..blic HealtA HISTORY AND EQUIPMENT CHARLES CREGLOW PE'rHElRAM, M.D• ...... I t..ucto.. i.. Opthalmology, Otology, RhinoloW a..d La",..golow CARLETON P. PYNN, M.D _ .I trv.to.. i.. Phy"",loW The Medical School of the Univer8ity of Oregon was established at EDWARD W. ST. PIERRE. A.B., M.D•...... I trvctor in S ge", Portland in 1887 by a charter from the regents of the University. STUART HARRIS SHELDON, B.S., M.D•...... I trvctor i.. S g.... JOHN R. STEAGALL, B.S., M.D•...... I trvctor i.. S g..." The merger of the medical department of the Willamette University JOHN GUY STROHM, B.S., M.D• ...... _ .I trv.to.. i.. Genito-Urinarv Di8ease

GENERAL INFORMATION PHYSICAL EXAMINATION Tuition. For all resident students the tuition is $180 per year, and for All .entering students are required to take a physical examination &t all students who are not bonafide residents of OregoJl an additional fee the Medical School building. of $60 per year is charged. Arrangements may be made for paying the SPECIAL STUDENTS tuition in installments at the beginning of each term. Students who are not candidates for the degree of doctor of medicine COllt of Living. The cost of living for medical students in Portland may register in courses in the fundamental laboratory branches for which is approximately the same as at the University of Oregon at Eugene viz: they are prepared, as special students; and graduates in medicine may from $150 to $200 per quarter, exclusive of tuition fees and clothing. register as special students in any course. But no matriculants will be There are numerous rooming houses and boarding houses located near the accepted as special students in clinical subjects, other than graduates in Medical School, Dispensary and the hospitals. medicine. No graduates in medicine will be accepted as candidates for Tuition for specia~ students and for summer work is $3.50 per term the degree of doctor of medicine. hour. Students registering f"r specia:l work, who are not candidates for the Breakage Deposit. A deposit of ten dollars ($10) is required of each degree of doctor of medicine, will be charged tuition according to the student at the beginning of each year for general breakage. The cost of amount of work undertaken and the nature of the courses. damage done by an individual to University property will be deducted from his deposit; and in case the identity of the one responsible cannot REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES be established, a pro rata charge will be made against the entire class of DOCTOR OF MEDICINE which he is a member. The remainder of this deposit will be returned at A candidate for the degree of doctor of medicine must have com­ the end of each school year. pleted satisfactorily the curriculmn described or in case of admission with Microscopes. Students are expected to provide themselves with mic­ advanced standing, the last year must be taken in this medical school. roscopes. An arrangement has been made with a local supply house All candidates for degTees are expected to be present at the commence­ whereby payments can be made over an extended period of time. ment exercises and receive the diploma in person, unless excused for good Lockers. Coat room and laboratory lockers will be assigned and a de­ reason by the faculty. posit of fifty cents must be made when a key for the same is received. COMBINED DEGREE Specia~ Examinations. If a special examination is granted, a fee of Students who shall have completed successfully three years of work $5 must be paid at the office. in the University required for the degree of bachelor of arts may upon the successful completion of the first year in the School of Medicine in REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMIS/IION Portland and with the approval of the College of Literature, Science Present facilities necessitate liIniting each ent.ering class to seventy. and the Arts, receive the degree of bachelor of arts or of science. Many more than t.his number apply for admission. The selection is made THE GRADUATE SCHOOL upon the basis of scholarship, thoroughness of preparation, and personal The departments of anatomy, bacteriology and hygiene, experimental fitness for the profession. biology, pathology, pharmocology and physiology offer instruction leading Applicants for admission to the School of Medicine must have fulfilled the re­ Quirements for admission to the University, and have, in addition, completed. three to the master's degree as an integral part of the graduate school of the years (135 term-hours) of college work with the following prescribed work: Chemistry. University of Oregon and subject to the rules and regulations which are 23 hours, 8 of which shall be organic; biology, 20 hours; physics, 12 hours; English. 9 hours; French or German, 20 hours (or reading knowledge). published in the bulletin of the graduate school. Additio"al CoUege Work Recommended. In addition to the prescribed work con­ .tituting a part of the 135 hours .tated above, it is strongly advised that students take SEVEN YEAR CURRICULUM IN MEDICINE at least 36 hours in the following subjects: Psychology, history, economics and The course in medicine comprises seven years, three in the University literature. Candidates who are deficient in any of the above minimum requirements will not 6f Oregon at Eugene or in some other accredited institution, and four be admitted. in the medical school at Portland devoted to the subjects of the reguU.ar Applications for admission must be made before July 11. Notification four year curriculum in medicine required by law. of acceptance or non-acceptance will be sent to all candidates on July 15. The first three years must be satisfactorily completed before admission On acceptance of the applicant, a $5.00 matriculation fee becomes pay­ to the fourth. It has been found necsssary for the present to liInit the able on or before August 15 and if not received by the Medcial School the number of fourth year students, consequently, completion of the third year acceptance is nullified. does not therefore guarantee admission to the fourth year. Upon completion of the first four years, provided the group and Recommended High School CouTse major requirements of the university have been fulfilled, all students The following high school course, which meets all the formal requirements. is strongly recommended: shall be eligible for the degree of bachelor of arts or bachelor of science Unite Units from the University of Oregon. The requirements for one of the fore­ English 4 Latin 2 Algebra 1~ History 1 going degrees shall be satisfied before admission to the work of the Geometry 1 French or German _. 2 sixth year. This applies equally to students of other institp.tions who Physics 1 Electives 1'!i: Chemistry 1 enter the course in medicine with advanced standing. Total 16 SUMMARY OF WORK 167 166 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE The prescribed work for the four last years of medicine, given in SEVENTH YEAR the School of Medicine at Portland follows: ~Fall Term Winter Term Spring Term Lec. Disp. Cred- Lec. Disp. Cred- I Lec. Disp. Cred- FOURTH YEAR Recit. CJ. its. Recit. C1. its. Recit. CI. its. Fall Term I Winter Term I Spring Term Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. l'Irs. Hrs. Lee. Lab. Cred- Lec. Lab. Cred- Lec. Lab. Cred- Medicine: Hrs. Hrs. its. Hrs. Hrs. its. Hrs. Hrs. its. .0•• (3) ---- 209 A-B-C. CUnics M.C.H...... -.. 3 2 .-.. 3 2 210 A-B-C. Clinics St.V.H...... (3) ...... (3) ...... 3 2 Required: 4 8 6 Anatomy-grOSs . 4 8 6 4 8 6 211 CI. Clk. M.C.H...... 6 _... e ••_ 6 ._.- ...- (6) (6) (6) Histology . 3 9 6 212 CI. Clk. St. V. H ...... a.•• ...... 6 2 Embryology . 3 9 6 I 213 Contag. Dis. Cl...... 1 'h ..-. (1) .... e ••_ (1) Biochemistry . 3 6 6 3 9 6 214 A-B-C Bedside CI. M.C.H. 2 1 (2) 2 1 3 6 0 222 Nerv. Dis. CJ. & Leet. .... 1 1 1 1 1 1 Physiology . 3 9 6 Bacteriology . I 223 Nerv. Dis. Cl. Clk...... (1) .... 1 'h .... (1) 224 Ment. Dis. Lect. & CI...... 1 .-.- 1 ...... FIFTH YEAR 232 Derm. & Syph. CI. Conf..... 1 .... 1 1 .... 1 1 .... ·'i· Pediatrics : 203 Dis. of Inf. & Ch...... 2 .... 2 Re~~~r;O~~gy 2 6 4 204 Cont. of 203 ...... 2 2 ! I...... Physiology 3 6 5 3 6 5 206 Dispensary (6 weeks) -...... (6) ... (6) 1···· .,.. 6 1 . Pathology .1 4 12 8 I 3 9 6 I .... Surgery: l"~ I"~ a s (2) (2) Medicine 201 . 6 221 SUrB". of Hd. & Neck ...... 2 1 ...... Pharmacology . 5 3 6 5 a 222 Surg. of Extremities...... (2, 2 .... I .::.: 2 Conf...... ··'2 4 .... 4 Medicine 202 1 223 Surll'. -_ 4 (Phys. Diag. 4 wke.) . 4 224 Gen. Surg. CI•...... •...... (4) ...... (4) _.. 4 2 3 6 Ii (4) (4) Medicine 203 (Lab. Diag.) . I 226 Gen. Surg. CI...... 4 2 2 .... & 1 Obstetrics . II 226 Surg. Path. Diag...... 2 1 2 1 2 Surgery 201 _ . 3 ._-- 227 CI. Clerkships 2 1 .... (2) .... (2) Genito-Urinary Disess~;;····················1 .... Fer complete list of electives see Departments of Instruction. 202 Dis. Aff. G. U. Tract ...... 2 2 2 2 I .....:. I '(·6) SIXTH YEAR 203 Dispensary (6 wks.) ...... 1.... 6 1 I ...... r .... (6) Oph. Otol., Rhin. and Larn.: Fall Term I Winter Term I Spring Term 20a Oph. Lec. & CJ...... 1 .... 1 Lec. Disp. Cred- Lec. Disp. Cred- Lec. Disp. Cred- 207 Otol. Rhin. Larn. Lee. •...... 1 .... 1 Recit. CI. its. Recit. CI. its. &ecit. CI. its. Gynecology : Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. Hrs. 202 CI. Gyn. 2 1 i 203 Gyn. Dips:··("s··:;b;:·i'··:::::::::::: (6) (6) Medicine, .... 6 1 / ...... 204 (Recit.) 8 3 3 3 3 S Obstetrics: 205 (Phys. Diag.) 2 2 .. 205 Ante & Post Par. Care ...... _. (2) 2 1 I···· (2) 206 (Dispensary) 4 1'h 4 1'h 4 Hi 206 Out Patient Servo ...... 0_- 1...... 0'" 1 207 (Clin. Conf.) •... •... 2 2 208 Pro L. Diag. 'h 'h 'h 1 221 (Nerv. Dis. Disp.) 1 'h 1 'h 1 'Ii 230 (Derm. Path; Lect.l 1 1 231 (Syphilis; Lecture) 1 1 SUMMARY: HOURS OF PRESCRIBED WORK BY DEPARTMENTS Pediatrics , Anatomy 704 2°ini.AF~~~gH~:... =~.~:... ~~:.~..:...... 4 2 I .... 4 2 I .... 4 I Bacteriology and Hygiene 132 Surgery: Biochemistry 231 202 (Recitation) 3 8 ..- .. Pathology 808 203 Dispensary 4'h 2 (4'h) (4',il) Pharmacology ...... •...... 176 204 Minor Surgery (2) (2) 2 I Physiology 297 201) Bedside Clinics (4) 4 2 4 I 206 Orthopedics (2) 2 2 (2) Total hours preclinical subjeets 1848 207 Minor Surgical Clinic 2 2 (2) .•_ (2) Genito-Urinary Diseases: I I Genito-Urina.ry Diseases 84 201 Lectures and Clinies 2 I Gynecology 102 Oph., Otol., Rhin.,· Lar.: Medicine ...... •...... 877 201 Oph. Lect. and Recit. .. Obstetrics 121· 202 Oph. Dispensary (4 weeks) 6 1 (6) ...• ...• (6) Opthalmology, 0., R., L. 94 205 Otol., Rhin., Lar. Lecture 6 1 (6) ...... (6) Pediatries 240 206 Otol., Rhin., Lar., Disp. Preventive Medicine 33 (4 weeks) _ 6 1 (6) .•.. (.) Radiology 43 Gynecology : Surgery 622 201 Lectures and Recit. 2 2 2 2 2 ...• Z Obetetrics : Total hours clinical subjects 2116 202 Advanced Obstetrics 2 ...• 2 2 2 203 Practical Obstetrics ...• 1 'Ii Total hours prescribed work 3964 204 Obstetrics I z Z Bacteriolgy : Electives 360 Prevo Med. and Hyg...... •...... 8 .... S Total hours required for graduation 4324 Radiology, 201 Tech. of Interp., Bones .Not inclusive of outpatient duty in obetetries. and Joints ( 2 2 I 2 ._. 2 Parenthesis indicate duplicate sectlolls. Table indicates when the course is offered, not the hours carried by one ltudnt each quarter. 168 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE PHYSIOLOGY Hi9 208. Seminar and Journal Club. Each term; includes anatomical staff Departmental A nnonncements and advanced students; hours and credits to be arranged. Dr. Allen. ANATOMY 209. Research in any branch of Anatomy. Open to qualified students WILLIAM F. ALLEN Profe88or of Anatoml/ upon approval of any of the instructors. Hours and credits to be OLOF LARSELL Profe880r of A ..atoml/ arranged. Dr. Allen, Dr. Larsell and Dr. Foster. WILMOT C. FOSTER AssiBta..t Profe88or of A ..atoml/ RAY HAUSLER _ In.structor i.. Anatoml/ JOHN LECOCQ A88ista..t i.. Anatoml/ ARTHUR JONES A8Bi8ta..t i.. Anatoml/ Dow INSKEEP _ A88i8ta..t in Anatoml/ BIOCHEMISTRY DAVID BADW A88iBta..t i.. Anatoml/ J. C. FRFlYDlG Tech..ieia.. a..d A8sista..t i.. A ..atoml/ HOWARD D. HASKINS . ' " Profe>88or of Biochemistry EDWIN E. OSGOOD 1n.st ctor i.. Biochemistry W. P. HOLBROOK 1 ..8tructor i.. Biochemistry REQUIRED COURSES 101. Gross Anatomy. Fourth year, each term; lectures and quizzes REQUffiED COURSES 4 hours per week; laboratory, 8 hours per week; total 396 hours; eighteen 101. Biochemistry. Fourth year; fall term 3 lectures, 6 hours labora­ credits. Dr. Foster, Dr. Hausler and assistants. tory per week; winter term 3 lectures; 9 hours laboratory per week; total 231 hours; eleven credits. Dr. Haskins, Mr. Osgood and Mr. Holbrook. 102. Histology and Organology. Fonrth year, fall term; lectures and quizzes 3 honrs per week; laboratory, 9 hours per week; total 132 . ELECTI\~ COURSES hours; six credits. Dr. Larsell andassist·ants. 202. A dvanced Biochemistry. Winter term; lecture 1 hour; laboratory 3 hours per week; total 44 hours; two credits. Dr. Haskins. 103. Embryology. Fourth year, winter term; lecture!! 2 hours per week; laboratory 6 hours per week; total 88 hours; four credits. Dr. 203. Biochemistry Research. Allen and Dr. Larsell. Medicine 203. Laboratory Diagnosis (See Department of Medicine). 201. Neurology and Organs of Special Sense. Fifth year, fall term; prerequisite, Anatomy 101-103; lectures 2 hours per week; laboratory 6 PHYSIOLOGY hours per week; total 88 hours; four credits. Dr. Allen and Mr. LeCocq. GEORGE E. BURGET _ Profe88or of PhI/Biology HOMER P. RUSH A88iBt t Profe88or of PhY8iology 205. Applied Anatomy. Sixth year, spring term; prerequisite Anat­ IRA A. MANVILLE 1nst ctor i.. PhY8ioiogy omy 101; lectures and demonstrations 2 hours per week; laboratory CARLETON P. PYNN .l t ctor i .. PhyBiology 2 hours per week; total 55 hours; three credits. Dr. Foster. ROLAND ALL>JN ABBiBta..t i.. PhY8iology

ELECTIVE COURSES REQUIRED COURSES 105. Microscopic Technique. Fall and winter terms; limited to 12 101. Physiology of Blood, G.irculation and Respiration. Fourth year spring term; prerequisite, Biochemistry 101; lectures and recitations 3 students after consultation with instructor; laboratory, 3 hours per week; hOUTh per wepk; laboratory 6 hours per week; total 99 hours; five credits. total 33 hours; one credit. Dr. Larsell and Mr. Freydig. Drs. Burget, RUSh, MauritlQ, pynn and Mr. Wyatt. 202. Advanced Histology. Winter and spring terms; prerequisite 102. Physiology of Digestion, Metabolism, Absorpt.ion, Secretion, Ex­ Anatomy 102 and 105; laboratory 6 hours a week or less; credits to be cretion, Muscle and Heat. }'ifth year, fall term; prerequisite, Physiology arranged. Dr. Larsell. 101; lectures and recitations 3 hours per week; laboratory 6 hours per 203. Topographical Anatomy. Fall term; prerequisite Anatomy 101; week; total 99 hours; five credits. Drs. Burget, Rush, Manville, Pynn. limited to 15 students; lectures 1 hour per week; laboratory 3 hours per 103. Physiology of the Nervous System. Fifth year, winter term; week; total 44 hours; two credits. Dr. Foster. pre-requisite Anatomy 104; lectures and recitations 3 hours per week; 204. Special Dissections. Limited to available material; prerequisite laboratory 6 hours per week; total 99 hours; five credits. Drs. Burget Anatomy 101; hours and credits to be arranged. Dr. Foster. Rush, Manville, Pynn. ELECTIVE COURSES 206. Applied Osteology. Lectures and demonstrations 1 hour per 201. Special Physiology of Ml14nmals. Winter term; prerequisite, week; laboratory 3 hours per week; total 44 hours; two credits. Dr. Physiology 101-103; lecture 1 hour per week; laboratory 3 hours per week; Foster. total 44 hours; two credits. Dr. Burget and Dr. Pynn. 207. )1f"chanism of the Central Nervous System Studied from Lesions. 202. Physiology of the Glands of Internal Secretion. Spring term; Spring term; prerequisite Anatomy 104; l-~boratory 3 to 6 hours per prerequisite Physiology 101-103; lectures 1 hour per week; laboratory 3 week; credits to be arranged. Dr. Allen. hours per week; total 44 hours; two credits. Dr. Burget. 171 170 SCHOOL OF' MEDICINE PATHOLOGY 203. Studies in Metabolism. Fall term; prerequisite Physiology 101. Medical students are required to register for two units. of work in this 103; lectures 1 hour per week; laboratory 3 hours per week; total 44 department in addition to the above. These may be selected from any hours; two credits. Dr. Rush. lliective courses offered in the department. 204. Diet and Nutrition. Fall and winter terms. A course in dietary ELECTIVE COURSES requirements in health and in. disease with special emphasis given to the 201. Public Health Laboratory Methods. Winter term; laboratory indications and contra-indications for particular food factors; the hygiene and quizzes 6 hours; total 66 hours; two credits. Dr. Putnam. of the intestinal tract; the peculiar value of sunlight and vitamines. Pre­ requisite, Physiology 101-102; lectures 2 hours per week; two credits 202. Serology. Fall and winter terms; prerequisite Bacteriology 101; Drs. Burget and Manville. laboratory and quizzes, 6 hours per week; total 66 hours; two credits. 215. Research. Each term; hours and credits to be arranged. Drs. 204. Seminar in Bacteriology and! Immunity. Meetings of the depart­ Burget, Rush, Manville and Pynn. mental staff and assistants with a number of specially qualified students to discuss the newer developments in the science 3.'3 they appear in the current periodical literature. Topics are assigned and individual reports EXPERIMENTAL BIOLOGY read at meetings of the class. Open to a limited number of students.

HARRY BEAL TORREY .....••••...... ••....•.....•...... •...... Profe••or of Experimental BioloUII Meetings held once each week. Dr. Sears and Dr. Putnam. loIRs. JESSIE L. BRODIE .••...•..•....•••...... ••••.....•..•...... •...... ••••...... •••.....•••••..•...••••••..•..••..••••..A ••istant 205. Principles of Immunology. Lectures, recitations and quizzes, The following eouree8 may be offered as electives in the medical curriculum or in together with assignment of special topics covering present progress in partial fulfillment of the major and minor requirements for the master's degree. the subject. Prerequisite, Bacteriology 101 or its equivailent. Fall term. 201. Biological Aspects of Abnormalities in Growth and Development. Two hours per week. Two credits. Dr. Sears. One lecture a week, fall term. Torrey. 206. Bacteriological Study at Autopsy. Cultural study of tissues re­ moved at autopsy. Open to four to six students taking Pathology 201. 202. Genetics, with Especial Reference to Pathology and Medicine. Hours and credits to be arranged. Dr. Sears. One lecture a week, winter term. Torrey. 210. Research in Bacteriology and Immunity. Hours and credits to 203. The Organism Regarded as a Whole. A consideration of bio­ be arranged. Dr. Sears and Dr. Putnam. l()gical problems fundamental to the interpretation of human behavior. One lecture a week, spring term. Torrey. 204. Seminaf'. One hour per week, entire year; one credit per term. PATHOLOGY Torrey. . RoBERT L. BENSON ...... •..•...... ••...... •..•••...... •..•••••••...... •...... •••••.•.•..Proje83or of patholOUII FRANK R. MENNE ..•....•.....•..••..•...•.•.•....•.•.•...••..•..•..••••••••••.....•.••••.....•.••...... ••..Profe••or of PatholoUII 205. Research. Subject, hours and credits to be arranged with each WARREN C. HUNTER •...... •.•.•...... ••.•••...... •..•••..•.•...... •...••.•.•.•...... _ I tructor in PatholoUII CHARLES FERGUSON ...•••..•...._•••.....•..••.••...••..••....••..•••...•.•.••...... N. W. Jon Fellow in PatholoUII student individually. Torrey. KATHERINE R. KERR ..•...... •.._..••••••..•..•...... •.••.•••....•••..•.•...•...••..••••...•...... ••..Curator of Museu". MORRIS L. BRIDGMAN ...... •.•_.•...... ••...... •...... •...... •••••....•..A.si.tant in PatholoUII MEREDITH BEAVER •....•...... •••....•••..•....•.••••....•...... •...•...... •..••••••...... •....•.•A ••istant . i.. PatholoUII WINIFRED DOUTHITH .•...... ••.•...•....•...... •••..•...... •...... ••...... Technician BACTERIOLOGY, HYGIENE AND PUBLIC HEALTH MONTIE COLDWELL ••..•...... ••••_ ...... •...... •_ _••..•••..•.•.••••••.....•••••.•••._•••...... ••...... •.Tech..ician C. LEROY REINECK ••••.•..••...... •••••••••••.....•.•••••.••••••.•...... Museu". Technician HARRY J. SEARS ...... •...... •..•...... •...... •...... _•....Profe••or of Bacte:rioloull JOHN J. PUTNAM •...... •...... •...•...... _•••...... A ••i.ta..t Profe••or of BacteriolofTII REQUffiED COURSES GEORGE PARRISH .....•...... ••...•.••...... ••...... ••...•••..J ...tructor in Public Health LILLIAN M. DOWNING, .••...... ••..•...... ••••...... •.••.•...... ••.•...... •.•.....•.•...... •.•...... Tech..ician 101. Pathological Histology, General Pathology. A course in general pathology, comprising the study of prepared slides supplemented by ex­ REQUffiED COURSES periments, fresh and museum specimens. Lectures, recitations and labor­ 101. Medical Bactef'iology. Fourth year, spring term; lectures 3 hours atory; 176 hours; eight credits. Dr. Benson and Mr. Hunter. per week; laboratory, 9 hours per week; total 132 hours; six credits. Dr. 102. Systemic Pathology. Embraces a study of systemic pathology Sears and Dr. Putnam. and tumors. Lectures, recitations and laboratory; 132 hours, six credits. 102. Principles of Public Health. The general principles underlying Dr. Menne and Mr. Hunter. public health activities. Control of communicable diseases. Organization 103. Autopsy Clinic. Studies of autopsies, including 'a presentation of of federal, state, local and other health agencies. Elements of infant, school the clinical history. 22 hours; 1 credit. Dr. Menne and Mr. Hunter. and industrial hygiene and vital statistics. Lectures, discussions and in­ spection trips. Three hours per wee!!:, second term. Dr. Sears and Dr. 201a. Gynecology. Gynecologic Pathology. Dr. Menne (See Dept. of Parrish. Gynecology) . 172 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE ARMY MEDICAL WORK 173

ELECTIVE COURSES is to train students so that they may qualify for commission in the Of­ 201. Attendance at Autopsies. Students are allowed to attend autop­ ficers' Reserve Corps upon graduation. The course is voluntary, but sies in small groups. Each student is required to attend at least 6 students who elect to take it must satisfactorily complete it as a pre­ autopsies. 5th year, 1 credit. Mr. Hunter. requisite to graduation unless for sufficient cause they are relieved by the institution authorities. Students who complete the first two years are not 202. Advanced Systemic Pathology. Study of the detached pathology required to take further training unless they elect to do so and are of one system. Hours and credits to be arranged. Drs. Benson or Menne selected for advanced training. Uniforms are not worn nor is there any and Mr. Hunter. drill required during the school year. The course occupies a regular place oil the schedule and in no way 203. Research. Open to specially qualified students. Hours to be interferes with the regular work and is, in fact, a valuable addition to it. arranged. Drs. Benson and Menne. The subjects are so arranged as to act as corollaries to other subjects taught in the school, in addition to which the organization, administration and functions of the army, in both peace and war, are taught, particular stress PHARMACOLOGY being laid upon the organization, administration and funetioni!l of the HAROLD B. MYERS ...... •...... Professor of Pharmacolouy medical department of the army. The course extends throughout the CLINTON H. THIENES _...•..•...... lmtructor in PharmacoloUIJ four years. RANDAI.L F. WHITE ...... •...... •...... Jmtructor in PharmacoloUIJ ALOIS TEDISCH .....•...... •...... •...... Technician Students who can present satisfactory evidence of work performed in Reserve Officers' Training Corps in undergraduate colleges will re­ REQUIRED COURSES ceive credit for that work upon enrollment in the medical unit at this 101. Systemic Pharmacology and Prescription Writing. Fifth year, school. Briefly the course of instruction now required consists of the winter term; lectures and quizzes 5 hours per week; laboratory, 3 hours following: per week; total 88 hours; six credits. Dr. Myers, Dr. Thienes and Dr. (a) A theoretical couroe to be &'iven at the .chool durin&, the four ochool yean. (The White. law requires 8 minimum of 90 hours instruction per year. but since practically every course of study prescribed in this .chao] ham important medico·miIitary value, credit for 102. Systemic Pharmacology .and Pharmacodynamics. Fifth year, 60 hours instruction is allowed per school year. Therefore only 30 hours instruction per winter term; lectures and quizzes 5 hours per week; laboratory, 3 hours year in this department is required). (b) A practical course in drill and field dutiell of a medical officer to be given at per week; total 88 hours; six credits. Dr. Myers, Dr. Thienes and Dr. .ummer campi immediately following either the sophomore or junior year. Attendance of White. all students taking the last two years, or advanced course. is compulsory". The Itudent may elect to take the camp course following either the sophomore or junior year. Each ELECTIVE COURSES encampment to be of six weeks duration and in addition to drill. instruction III ariven ill 201. Toxicology. Fifth year, spring term; lectures and quizzes 1 hour map making and reading; medico·miIitary paper work: equitation; construction; operations, and repair of motor vehicles; evacuation of sick and wounded from theatre of operationa, per week; laboratory 3 hours per week; total 44 hours; two credits. Dr. camp hygiene including disposal of wastes and the destruction of mosquitos and flies. Myers and Dr. Thienes. (c) During the 188t two years. pay. conli.tin&, of the money value of the loldier'1 ration. amounting to over $200 is given. The student while attending the summer camp 206. Medicine. Applied Pharmacology is taught in the dispensary receives, in addition to pay at the rate of 70c per day, his trans1>ortation and food en­ route to and from the camp, ration., unlforml. ahelter. and medical treatment free at in a section of the course described under the department of medicine the camp. as course 206. Elective Credit.-Sixty hours of work. taken in the Department of Military Science and Tactics may be counted as part of the 360 class room hours of elective work 203. Research. Students who are' properly qualified and who can required of candidates for the degree of Dodor of Medicine. devote an adequate amount of time to the work are encouraged to pursue ~'IRST YEAR original investigation of pharmacological problems. Hours and credits to be arranged. Dr. Myers. Lectures include the organization and fUIlctions of the army in peace and war, and the relation of the medical department thereto. Duties of the medical soldier. The articles of war and army regulations lIS they MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS affect or relate to the private soldier. The operation and results of anti­ venereal work in the army and prescribed method of providing prophy­ LIEUT. COL. W. A. POWELL Medical Corps. U. S. Army. Retired Professor of Military Science and Tactics laxis; history of military medicine; military policy of the United States; customs of the service; equipment of the medical soldier; personal The Army Reorganization Act of Congress, June 4, 1920, made pos­ hygiene; the army ration; military fj.rst aid. One hour a week, one credit. sible the establishment of units of the Reserve Officers' Training Corps in certain selected medical schools. A unit of this corps was established SECOND YEAR in the medical school, University of Oregon, during the school year Lectures include a study of the duties of private and non-commis­ 1920-21, and was among the first ten units established in class A medical sioned officers of the medical department, as members of sanitary units schools of the United States at the invitation of the surgeon general. provided for in the tables of organization, especially of detachments, All students in the school who are citizens of the United States, attached to regiments of infantry, cavalry, artillery, engineers, etc., in and are physically fit, are eligible for enrollment in the unit. Its purpose combat and under general field conditions. This includes discussion of r I

174 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE MEDICINE the authorized equipment allotted each detachment and its employment in 17i aid stations, in camps and other work. Elements of map making and map reading. Diagrams are to be used SIXTH YEAR showing the posts of the medical department soldier during open and 204. Medicine. Recitations. Two hours a week throughout the sixth stable warfare and the routes of evacuation of wounded from front to year; 6 credits. Drs. Witham, Holcomb and Simmons. rear. Medical history of campaigns, supply of troops, first aid. One 205. Physical Diagnosis. Sixth year, fall term, 4 hours a week; 2 hour a week, one credit. credits. Dr. Witham. THIRD YEAR 206. Dispensary. Two hours a week throughout the sixth year; 2 Lectures include military hygiene and sanitation, particularly as re­ credits. Drs. Payne, Barbee, Rush, Foster, Myers, Fitzgibbon, Murphy, lating to large camps and bodies of men. Functions of the medical de­ Taylor, Pierce and Wellington. partment. Physical standards for the recruit. Evacuation and hospi­ talization of sick and wounded. The supply systems in the army­ 207. Clinical Conferences. Sixth year, spring term, two hours a week, 2 methods of procurement, distribution, storage and issue. Army regula­ credits. Drs. Coffen, Selling and Wellington. tions. Achievements of military surgeons. 208. Practical Laboratory Diagnosis at the Dispensary, One hour a FOURTH YEAR week throughout the sixth year; 1 credit. Dr. Foskett. Lectures include military law and rules of land warfare. First Aid. Chemical warfare service. History and development of hospitals. PRESCRIBED COURSES Hospitalization; types, buildings and sites, equipment, administration, etc. SEVENTli YEAR Civil and military methods in control of disease. Staff relationship; military hygiene; military psychiatry and malingering. 209a. Medical Clinic. Multonomah Countv Hospital; 1 hour a week, Students graduating from the school, who have satisfactorily completed the course In two terms, throughout the year in sections; 22 hours. Dr. Short. military science and tactics, will be eligible for commissions in the medical reserve corps of the United States Army in the grade of first lieutenant. 209b. Medical Clinic, Diseases of the Chest. Multnomah County Hos­ pital; 1 hour a week; two terms, throughout the year in sections, 22 hours. Drs. Matson and Bisaillon.

MEDICINE 209c. Medical Clinic. Multnomah County Hospital; 1 hour a week; 2 Exscuti1JS Committee i" Charge of Department terms throughout the year, in sections, 22 hours. Dr. Jones. NOBLE WILEY JONES T. HOMER COFFEN 210a. Medical Clinic. St. Vincent's Hospital; 1 hour a week; 1 term, JAMES FRANCES BELL ..•_ _.....•...... Emeritus ProfS8scw throughont the year in sections; 11 hours. Dr. Brill. T. HOMER COFFEN, NOBLE WILEY JONES, WILLIAM S. KNOX, CHARLES E. SEABS, LAURENCE SELLINO •.••••••...... ••••••••••..••...••••...... ••••••••••...... _•••CIiniciatu HAROLD C. BEAN, MARK BISAILLON, J. C. BRILL, J. ALLEN GILBERT, J. C. ELLIOT KINO, 210b. Medical Clinic. St. Vincent's Hospital; 1 hour a week; 1 term, RALPH MATSON, RAY MATSON, ARTHUR ROSENFELD, JOSEPH M. SHORT ...... ••.... throughout the year, in sections; 11 hours. Dr. Sears. Assistant Clinical Professors HARVEY G. PARKER, EDWARD A. PIERCE, RALPH WALKER, A. A. WITHAM, LYLE 210c. lYI edical Clinic. St. Vincent's Hospital; 1 hour a week; 1 term, B. KINGERY ....••••...... ••••...... •...... •..•...... •....•.•...... ••••..•.•...... Associates in Medicine CHARLES M. BARBEE, ROBERT G. HALL, BLAIR HOLCOMB, G. W. MILLETT, J. MILTON throughout the year in sections, 11 hours. Dr. Millett. MURPHY, DORWIN L. PALMER, FRANK M. TAYLOR, RICHARD H. WELLINGTON...... • Clinical Inst....ctor. 211. Clinical Clerkships. Sections of the 7th year class are assigned to JOHN H. FITZGIBBON, H. H. FOSKETT, FRANK MCCAULEY, Roy A. PAYNE, EDMUND W. SIMMONS .....•...... •...•...... Clinical Assistants the Medical Service of the Multnomah County Hospital in connection with LEwIS F. GRIFFITH Clinical Lecturer in P81/chi~ eourses 209-a, h, c; 2 terms throughout the year; 132 hours. 212. Clirtical Clerkships. Sections of the 7th year class are assigned INTERNAL MEDICINE to the Medical Service of the St. Vincent's Hospital in connection with PRESCRIBED COURSES eOllrses 210-a, b, c; 1 term, throughout the year. 66 hours. FIFTH YEAR 213. Contagious Diseases. Contagious Hospital, 1 hour a week. (With.. 201. Introduction to the Principles of Medicine. Recitations based the cooperation of Dr. Geo. Parrish (city health officer), 1 term through­ on a standard text book; supplemented by lectures listed under 220. Fifth out the year, in sections; 11 hours. Dr. Hall. year, spring term, 3 hours a week; 3 credits. Drs. Witham and Simmons. 214a. Bedside Clinic in General lltedicine. Multnomah County Hospi­ 202. Introduction to Physical Diagnosis. Fifth year, spring term; 16 tal; 1 hour a week; 1 term throughout the year in sections; 11 hours. Dr. hours; % credit. Bean. (Given in conjunction with course 211). 203. Laboratory Diagnosis. Fifth year, spring term, 3 lectures and 6 214b. Bedside Clinic in General lltedicine. Multnomah County Hospi­ laboratory hours a week; 5 credits. Professor Haskins and Mr. Osgood. tal; 1 hour a week, 2 terms throughout the year in sections; 22 hours. Dr. Rosenfeld. (Given in conjunction with course 211.) 176 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE PEDIATRICS 177 214c. Bedside Clinic in General Medicine. Multnomah County Hospi­ 232. Clinical Lectures and Conference Courses. 7th year; 1 hour a tal; 1 hour a week; 1 term throughout the year in sections; 11 hours. Dr. a week for each section, throughout the year; 33 hours; 3 credits. (2 Bisaillon. (Given in conjunction with course 211.) ieCtions.) ELECTIVE COURSES ELECTIVE COURSES 233. Cli1tical Lectures DeaWrig with Cutaneous Diseases Requiring 214d. Bedside Clinic in General Medicine. Multnomah County Hos­ Special Methods of Diagnois aKd Treatment. Two sectidns: 1 hour a pital; 1 hour a week tlnoughout the year; 32 hours. Drs. Short, Jones week for each section, throughout the year; 33 hours; 3 credits. (2 and Rosenfeld. (Given in conjunction with course 211). sections.) 215. Gastroenterology. Lecture and conference course in sections; 1 hour a week; l~ h@urs fall and spring tenns. Drs. Fitzgibbon and Payne. RADIOLOGY

RALPH C. WALKER ...... ••... ••...... ••....••...... A880ciate i", Medici... 216. Diseases of Metabolism and the Ductless Glands. Looture and DoaWIN L. PALMER ...... •._•. _..•_ _ __ .••...... •.__ .• _._...... •...I1WJtructor conference course in sections; 1 hour a week; fall and winter tel"lllil; 12 LOUIS K. POYNTZ _ __ _._ _•...... •_ _._ _..A88ist t FRANK E. BUTLER _..•...... _.•_...... •...... •...•...... _ &8i8tant hours. Drs. Brill and Holcomb. R. W. JOHNSON _ _.._ T.ch..ical A88istant

217. Diseases of the Kidney. Lecture and conference course III soo­ PRESCRIBED COURSES tions; 1 hour a week, winter term; 12 hours. Dr. Millett. 201. Elementary Radiology, Sixth Year. This course of twenty-two 218. Diseases of the Circulation. Lecture and conference course in lectures of one hour each will be given twice a week, throughout the llections; 1 hour a week, winter and spring term; 12 hours. Drli. Coffen fall term. '1'he fundamental principles of the medical application of and Jones. X-rays in diagnosis will be dealt with, particularly the physics and the study of radiographs of the normal, more especially the osseous system. 219. Diseases of the Respiratory System. Lecture and conference Some of the lectures will be of a practical nature in the actual demon­ course in sections; 1 hour a week, fall, winter and spring terms; 12 stration of Roentgen technique. '1'wenty-two hours. hours. Drs. Matson, Pierce and Bisaillon. 202. Advanced Radiology, Sixth year. This course also of twenty­ two hour lectures two times each week throughout the winter term will NERVOUS AND MENTAL DISEASES be a continuation of the diagnostic work of the previous teno but will PRESCRIBED COURSES include a cOIlBideration of the interpretation of pathology as depicted FIFTH YEAR on the radiograph and fluorescent screen. In addition to the diagnostic 220. Lecture on Anatomy and Physiology of the Nervo\ls System. (In­ side of Radiology, the therapeutic application will also be dealt with cluded in Med. 200) ; 8 hours. Dr. Selling. under its natural headings; the physics and basic principles of Roent­ genotherapy and the radioactive substances. The rationale of the method, SIXTH YEAR its uses, limitations and dangers. Twenty-two hours. 221. Clinic at Dispensaryj 1 hour a week throughout the year. 33 hours. Dr. Selling. PEDIATRICS SEVENTH YEAR J. B. BILDERBACK .Prof_or 222. Clinic and Lecture on Nervous Diseases. 1 hour a week; through­ JAMBS W. ROSENFELD. L. HOWARD SMITH - A88ociates Pediatrice out the year; 33 honrs. Dr. Selling. JA)(IIS FRANCIS BELL, RANDALL WHITE, A. E. GQURDKAU I ",.ucto"' 223. Clinical. Sections of the 7th year class are aiSSigned to the Neuro­ PRESCRIBED COURSES logical Service of Multnomah County Hospital in connection with course 201. Anatomy, Physiology, Hygiene of Infancy and Childhood, lec­ 222; one term throughout the year in sections; 11 hours. Dr. Selling. tures and quizzes on diseases of the newly born and diseases of nutrition. Practical work in infant feeding; Kerr Nursery and Waverly Baby 224. Clinic and Lectures on Mental Diseases. 1 hour a week; winter Home. 4 hours per week, entire 6th year; total 132 hours; 6 credits. term, 11 hours; 1 credit. Dr. Griffith. Drs. Smith, Gourdeau and White. 203. Diseases of Infatncy and Childhood. Seventh year, fall term, 2 DERMATOLOGY AND SYPHILOLOGY KING, P AaKER AND KINGERY hours per week; total 22 hours; 2 credits. Dr. Bilderback. PRESCRIBED COURSES 204. Continuation of 203. Seventh year, winter and spring terms; 230. Dermatological Pathology,. Lectures. 6th year spring term; 1 2 hours per week, total 44 hours; 4 credits. Dr. Bilderback. hour a week; 11 hours; 1 credit. 205. Dispensm·y. Seventh year, throughout the year in sections; 6 231. Syphilis Lectures. 6th year, spring tenn; 1 h,ur a week; 11 hours; weeks, 3 days, 2 hours, total 36 hours; one credit. Dr. Rosenfeld, Dr. 1 credit. Smith and Dr. Bell. 178 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE OPTHALMOLOGY 179

ELECTIVE COURSES SURGERY 230. Goiter Clinic. Sixth year; one and one-half hours a week for Ezecutive Co_ittee in Ckarge 0/ Department J. EARL ELSE WILLIAM B. HOLDEN PAUL RoCKEY one term; one credit. Dr. Else.

GilORGIi F. WILSON •...... ••••...... •.••...... Pro/e88or 231. Operative Surgery. Seventh year. Operative procedure upon OTIs F. AKIN. RoBERT C. CoFFlIY, RICHARD B. DILLSHUNT. WILLIAM B. HOLDEN, the cadaver. Two-hour period once a week. Time to he arranged. THOMAS M. JOYCE, ALPHA E. ROCKEY ...... ••....•..•••••..••••••••••...•....••.•.•.•....••••Clinici..... J AMES CUlLEN ZAN ••••••••••••••••..•.•••••.._ .•••...•••_•••••••••••••.••••••••••••••••••••••_ •••_._•••••• A ••ociate Professor ALVIN W. BAIRD. J. EARL ELSE ••.•••••••.•••.•...... •...... ••••...... A ••istant Pro/eMors 232. Operative Surgery. Operative work upon animals. Two hours CEAIlLRS D. BODINE. LUTHER H. HAMILTON. CHARLES R. MCCLURE. GEORGE NORMAN a week; one semester. Time to he arranged. PEASB, PAUL RoCKEY, EUGENIlI W. ROCKEY •...•...... •.....•....•••••••....A ..ociate. in Surgefl/ ALIIi1RT H. CANTRIL. GARRETT LEE HYNSON. KARL P. MORAN. STUART H. SHELDON, KARL J. SWENSON, BENJAMIN N. WADE, G. BLAIN GARRISON. LOUIS GAMBEll, 233. Research. A limited numher of students, properly qualified, C. E. MORRISON. JOHN R. STEAGALL, EDWARD W. ST. PIERRIE. W. DONALD may arrange for work in Surgery research. Hours and credits to he NICKLESON, WIlLIAM E. SAVAGE ...... •••.Clinical Instructors arranged.

PRESCRIBED COURSES FIFTH YEAR GENITO-URINARY DISEASES 201. Surgery Recitation. Spring term; recitations 3 hours per week; total 33 hours; three credits. Drs. Wade and Gamhee. ALBERT E. MACKAY Pro/essor H. W. HOWARD, J. GUY STROHM Instructor. SIXTH YEAR 202. Surgery Recitation. First term; recitations 3 hours per week; 201. Diseases Affecting the Genito-Urinary Tract. Sixth year, spring iotal 33 hours; three credits. Drs. Wade and Gamhee. term; lectures and clinics 2 hours per week; total 22 hours; two credits. Dr. Mackay. 203. Surgery Dispensary. One term; 4lh hours per week; 49 hours; two credits. Drs. Morrison, Sheloon, Steagall, Swenson, Garrison, Gamhee, 202. Continuation of 201. Seventh year, fall and winter terms, leo­ )lickelson and Staten. tures and clinics 2 hours per week; total 44 hours; two credits. Dr. Mackay. 204. Minor S'lMgery Recitation. Two hours a week; one term; total 22 hours; two credits. Drs. Morrison, Steagall and Swenson, 203. Dispensary. Seventh year, throughout the year in sections; five weeks, 3 days, 2 hours, total 30 hours; one credit. Dr. Howard, Dr. 205. Bedside Clinics. Four periods of two hours each per week; Strohm and Dr. H. J. Sears. iotal 88 hours; four credits. Drs. Baird, Bodine, Cantril, Dudman, Moran, Pease, Eugene Rockey, St. Pierre and Hamilton. ,206. Orthopedic Surgery. Two hours a week; one term; total ~ OPHTHALMOLOGY, OTOLOGY, RHINOLOGY AND hours. Lectures; two credits. Dr. McClure. LARYNGOLOGY 207. MirlOr Surgical Clinic. Two hours a week for one term; ~ hours; one credit. Dr. Hynson. JOHN F. DICKSON .Pro/es.or FBEDElRICK H. KIEHLE A.siatant Pro/e••or JOHN N. COGHLAN, RALPH A. FENTON A••ociate8 SEVENTH YEAR aUY L. BOYDEN. ANDREW J. BROWNING. HOWARD E. CARRUTH. CLINTON T. CooKII. A. B. DYKEMAN. C. MEBLE Fox, IRA A. GASTON, WILLIAJIIl H. HUNTINGTON. 221. Surgery of the Head and Neck. A hedside clinic; seventh year; HAROLD R. LUCAS, IRVING M. LUPTON. C. M. PEARCE, CHARLES C. PETHERAM. two hours a week; one term; 22 hours; one credit. Dr. Joyce. GRACE YOUNG _...... •...... _ .Instn&ctor. 222. Surgery of the Extremities. Two hours a week; two terms; lec­ tures and clinics; 44 hours; two credits. Drs. Akin and Dillehunt. PRESCRIBED COURSES SIXTH YEAR 223. Surgical Conference. Four hours a week; one term; 44 hours; two credits. Dr. Holden. 201. Eye. Lectures and Recitations. Fall term, 1 hour a week, 12 hours; 1 credit. Dr. KieWe. 224. General Surgical Clinics. Four hours a week; one term; 44 hours; two credits. Drs. A. E. Roekey and Paul Rockey. 202. Eye. Dispensary, sections. Throughout sixth year. 6 hours 225. General Surgical Clinics. Four hours a week; one term; 44 a week for 4 weeks; 1 credit. hours; two credits. Dr. Coffey. 205. Ear, Nose and Throat. Lectures and recitations. Fall term, 226. Snrgical Pathology ~a1td Swgica,z Diagnosis. Seventh Y'eaa'; 1 hour a week, 12 hours; 1 credit. Dr. Fenton. two hours entire year; total 66 hours; three credits. Dr. Else. 227. Clinical Clerkship. Time to be arranged depending upon hospital 206. Ear, Nose and Throat. Dispensary, sections. Throughout sixth facilities. year. 6 hours a week for 4 weeks; 1 credit. 180 SCHOOL OF MEDICINE OBSTETRICS 181

SEVENTH YEAB 203. Pract,ical Obstetrics. 'Winter term; conferences and practical 203. Eye. Lectures, demonstrations and operative clinWs. Seventh work with manikin, 1 hour per week; 11 hours; one-half credit. DI'8. year, fall term; 1 hour a week, 12 hours; 1 credit. Dr. Diokson. Noyes, Dudman and Mathieu. 207. Ear, Nose and Throat. Lectures, demonstrations and operative 204. Obstetrics. Spring term; two hours per week; 32 hours; two clinics. Seventh year, fall term; 1 hour a week; 12 hours; 1 credit. credits. Dr. Labbe. Dr. Coghlan. 205. Ante- and Post-Pal·tum Care. Seventh year, throughout the ELECTIVE COURSES year in sections; 2 hours per week for 11 weeks; one credit. Dr. 204. Principles and Practice of Refraction. Lectures and case wm-k, McCusker. dispensary. Seventh year, winter term; 12 hours, 1 credit. Dr. LuclUl. 206. Out-Patient Service. Seventh year, throughout. Each student must be in 'attendance on at least six cases; three credits. Arranged and checked by Dr. Dudman. GYNECOLOGY AND OBSTETRICS

GYNECOLOGY ELECTIVE COURSES ANDREW J. GIESY •..•••••••••••••.•••...... •...... •.•...... •..•...••••••••...••••..••••...... •...... Emeritu8 Profes80r 207. Prenatal Care. Hours to be arranged. ERNEST F. TUCKER ...... •....•..•..•...... •...... •...... •...... Emeritus Prof.",scw

RAYMOND E. WATKINS Acting A8sistant P"ofessor and Acting Head of Departme"t OTIS B. WIGHT •.•...•...•...... ••..••.•..•...... •....•..•...... •...... •...•.••...•.••.•...... •..Assistant Prof.....or WILLIAM H. SKENE ...... •...... •...Associate in GynecoloDY RALPH M. DODSON Clinical Instructor ALBERT MATHIEU •.•••.....•..•...... •...... •...... •...... •....•...... Clinical Instructcw FllANK R. MENNE •...•.••...... •...... •...... ••..•...... •...... •....•...... Professor of Pathology

201a. Gynecologic Pathology. Sixth year, spring term; lectures 1 hour, laboratory 2 hours per week; total 33 hours; two credits. Pro­ fessor Frank H. Menne. 201. Gynecology. Sixth year, fall term; lectures and recitations, 2 hours per week; total 22 hours; two credits. Dr. Raymond E. Watkins and associates. 201b. Gynecology. Continuation of 201. Sixth year, winter term; lectures, demonstrations and recitations; 2 hours per week; total 22 hours; two credits. 202. Clinical Gynecology. Seventh year, one term; clinics, 2 hours per week; total 22 hours; one credit. 203. Practical Gynecology. Seventh year; dispensary, throughout the year in sections; 5 weeks, 6 hours per week; total 30 hours; one credit.

OBSTETRICS

EDMOND JOHN LABBE ...... •...... •...... •...... Profes80r CLARENCEl J. MCCUSKeR ...... •...... •..•.Assistant Professor ALLAN P. NOYES, COURTLAND L. BOOTH. V. E. DUDMAN. ALBERT MATHIEU _•••...•..•• I1I8tructonr

FIFTH YEAR 201. Introductory Obstetrics. Spring term; lectures and recitations, 2 hours per week; 22 hours; two credits. Dr. McCusker.

SIXTH YEAR 202. Advanced Obstetrics. Fall and winter terms; lectures and conferences 2 hours per week; 44 hours; four credits. Dr. Labbe or Dr. McCusker. 182 PUBLIC SCHOOL MUSIC 183 These requirements are as follows: Piano Voice ho..r .. houre SCHOOL OF MUSIC Major subject, piano, organ, strin~ed instruments, etc. 72 Major subject. voice _...... 86 Minor subjects 9 9 Science and History of Music and allied subjects 30 30 THE FACULTY Modern Language 24 Modern Language (including one year of Italian) 36 English _...... 9 9 PRINCE L. CAMPBELL •.•••••...... •...... •.•...... •...... •.••••••••••••••.PreBidAlnt 0/ the UniverBity Electives _...... 86 60 JOHN J. LANDSBURY ...... •...... •...... •...•.•.••.•....••••••...... •.•.•...Dean of the School Physical Education 6 6 JOHN STARK EVANS ••.•••..•••••..•.••.•••.•••.••••.•••••.••••.•....•..•_•••••••••••.••.•.•.••••••••••••.•••..•_•••..•.A880ciate Deatl CARLTON E. SPENCER _••.•••••••••••.•.•...... IR.l1iBtrar 0/ the Univer8ity Totals 186 186

M. H. DOUGLASS _ _••••••••••_•••U..iverBitli Librariaft In case a student majors in voice or violin, his minor Bubjects must be piano or organ. ANNA LANDSBURY BECK ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••..•••.•~ ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••_•••••••.••.•••P ..blic School Music In ease he majora in organ, his minor Bubject must be voice, with an additional minor MINNIE G. DOUGLASS •.•.•.••.•...•...•••.•.•..•.••••.••.•.••.••.••••••••••••••.••••••••••••••••_••••..•..•.•...••.••••••.•••••••••••••Piatlo in piano. JOHN STARK EVANS ....•••.•.._••••.•.••••••••••••••••.••.•...•.••.••.•.•...... Piano. Orl1at1 Minor subjects may be continued as elective and in special cas"" a rellSonable number "GEORGE PAYNTER HOPKINS PiaftO of these excess hours be deducted from the major requirements. MADAME ROSE MCGREW •••..•...•...•....•.••..•...••••••••••.••••_..•••...•._ V Dice The student is urged to chooee his electives from the College of Literature, Science and the Arts. RONALD REID .•..••••..••••••••••.••••...•.••..•.••••••••.•..•••••••.••••••••...••.••••••.•....•...••••.•.•..••.•.•.•••.••.•••••••••••••••••••••PiaftO A public recital from memory is required of all the candidates for the degree of JOHN SEIFERT .....•.•••••..•••.••.••••••_•••••••••••••••.•..•.•••••••.••••••••••••••••••..••••.•.__ Voice bachelor of music. JANE SCOTSFORD THACHER PiaftO AURORA POTTER UNDERWOOD •••••.•.•.•...••...•.••...... ••••••••••..•••.•_.•.•••...... PiaftO REX UNDERWOOD Violin PUBLIC SCHOOL MUSIC THEODORE PRICE W ALSTRUM _•••.•••••••_...... ••_••••••_ ••••••••••••••••••••.•••••••..••••Piatlo This course prepares the student for teaching and supervising music ill. the grade and high schools. The student is assumed to have the ability to play moderately difficult choruses or accompaniments. The course ORGANIZATION AND DEGREES as at present outlined covers a period of two years. It includes: The School of Music was organized in 1902, although a department of Public School Methods ...... •._ _._ One year Practice Teaching (minimum) ___ One year Music had been instituted before that time. History and Appreciation of Music _.._ __ One year This school takes care of that large and rapidly increasing group of The Elements of Musical Science _.._ _._._.._._._ One year Scientific Music Reading _ _ _ One year regularly matriculated University students who are expected to take a Analysis of Music _ _ Two terms degree in four years and who will offer music either as a major or minor Education ..•...... _..__ 0ne year subject. The idea th3Jt the intelligent study of music may be made a large Chorus or Glee Club experience. and contributing factor in educ3Jtion is not a new one in theory but too often in practice the demands of the ordinary curriculum ha.ve been FEES such as to leave little or no place for it. In the University of Oregon, Fees are charged for all of the COurll.,"" in applied music, and for however, music is a part of the "regular" University course of study. The mo.."lt o£ the CUUr""" ill tUeor<:tical music. The amounts of these fees students may offer it as a major subject under the same conditions as may be found in the schedule of courses which is published at the begin­ language, science, history or mathematics. ning of the year. For detailed information concerning courses of study The student choosing music as a major subject may proceed toward suggested, special curricula, and expenses write for special bulletin either the degree of bachelor of arts or bachelor of scien.ce in the College to the dean of the School of Music. of Literature, Science and the Arts, or to the technical degree of banhelor of music. SCHOLARSHIPS For the college degrees, only six: term hours of applied music, such as piano, violin, etc. may be submitted, the remainder of the major subjoot Through the generosity of members of the faculty of the School of being taken from the courses in theoretical music. Music, a number of scholarships are available each year. These are For unconditioned admission to freshman standing in the professional awarded by competitive examination to especially gifted and deserving course, leading to the degree of bachlor of music, the student must satisfy students. Application should be made to the dean. the general entrance requirements of the University, and in addition pre­ The Mu Phi Epsilon Scholarship. The musical sorority, Mu Phi sent evidence, either by examination or by statement from a duly "ac­ Epsilon offers a scholarship for the year in either voice, violin, piano, credited" music teacher, that he has completed a satisfactory preparatory or organ. Applications ar~ considered throughout the year until June musical course. first. Three Mu Phi Epsilon members as judges for the sorority in con­ As in the case of the bachelor of arts and science degrees 186 term­ sultation with the dean of the School of Music and other University hours of work is required for graduation. However, more credit is al­ authorities make the award according to talent, personality, financial situ­ lowed for applied music and the student substitutes school requirements ation, promise and general scholastic standing. It is a requirement that for the University requirements. the scholarship be awarded' a University student of at least one year's at­ tendance, and preferably one eligible for Mu Phi Epsilon, if not already "Leave of absence, 1928·24. a member. 184 SCHOOL OF MUSIC GRADUATE DIVISION 185 22a,b,e. Ensemble. Underwood. One hour, each term. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 31a,b,c. Orchestral Organization. Including elementary instruction in I.OWER DIVISION stringed instruments. Class limited to ten. Underwood. One hour, each term. 1a,b,c. The Elements of Musical Science. A general course in the history, construction and treatment of harmonic forms. (a) Terminology, UPPER DIVISION major and minor scales, intervals, major and minor triads, inversions­ especially the "six-four chord"-general theory of harmonic progression, >etc. (b) Dissonant combinations---especially seventli and ninth chords---­ 101. Strict Counterpoint. Constructive counterpoint, including a con· open position, etc. (c) Modulation, foreign tones, contrapuntal chords, sideration of the so-called "harmonic counterpoint." A study of such texts the augmented chords, enharmonic equivalents, modern scales and har­ as Fux, Cherubini, Bellerman, Richter and Goetschius, together with the 'monizations, etc. Beck. Three hours, each term. works of Bach, Handel and Wagner. Landsbury. Two hours, one term. 2. Contrapuntal Analysis. A study of the structural basis of the 102-103. Double Counterpoint, Canon and Fugue. An elementary strict style in general and the inventions and earlier fugues of J. S. Bach course dealing with the principles of double counterpoint in general, and in particular. Primarily a study of motive development. Prerequisite, the practical double counterpoints of J. S. Bach in particular. Simple Course 1. Landsbury. Three hours, one term. types of canon and fugue, etc. Prerequisites, Courses 1, 2 and 101. Landsbury. Two hours, each term. 3. Formal Analysis. The musical architecture of the free style, the career of the motive as influenced by the phrase, period and form, the l04a,b,c. Free Composition. A study of the characteristic idioms of song forms, developed ternary forms, etc. Texts, the sonatas of Haydn, the free style; the variation, simple and developed song form; developed Mozart, Beethoven, Schumann and BrahIllS. A practical course for those ternary form, the art song, etc. Not more than three will be permitted wishing to know the basis of interpretation. Prerequisite, courses 1 and 2. in the class. Landsbury. Two hours, each term. Landsbury. Three hours, one term. 115. Musical Interpretation. Open only to piano students of col­ 4. Harmonical Analysis. A study of the methods of harmonic re­ legiate rank. Especially designed for those who expect to teach. Lands­ duction and expansion based upon the works of the classical and romantic bury. Two hours, one term. composers. Closely related to course in Formal Analysis, with which it could be taken. Prerequisite, Courses 1, 2 and 3. Landsbury. 123-124-125. Literature of the Piano. Landsbury. Three h'tJurs, one term. Two hours, each term.

5. Thorough Bass. A course in the harmonization of basses and melo­ 131-132. Modulation. A comprehensive study of the resources of the dies (usually "alled "harmony") based upon the treatises of Emery, triad, seventh chord, augmented chords, attendant chords, favorable and Richter, Judassohn and others. Accepted as a preparation for Counter­ unfavorable positions, etc. in modulation. Much keyboard work will be point, but not as a substitute for CQ'UraQ 1. F.Vlln" demanded. The phrase and period will be used as the mold for the 6. Keyboard Harmony and Ea'r Training. ,A course aiming to teach various formulae. Considerable attention will be given to the exaInina­ students how to think music in the terms of the piano. Prerequisite, tion of the modulation of classical and romantic composers. Landsbury. Course, 1 or 5. Evans. Two lectures, one term. I'wo hours, two terms. 9-10-11. History and Appreciation of Music. Lectures dealing with 140. The Philosophy of Music. Upper division seminar. Discus­ the evolution of music, and the probleIllS of intelligent listening. TIlus­ sions of the physical basis of music, consonance and dissonance, musical trated with the victrola. Beck. Two hours, each terM. content and associations, absolute and program music, the classical, ro­ mantic and modern viewpoints of the musical experience, etc. Landsbury. 12a,b,c. Public School Music. A study of the development and care Hours to be arrangea. ,of the child voice, and the music and methods adapted to the grades and high school. Melody writing, high school chorus work, and the use of GRADUATE DIVISION the talking machine. Beck. Three hours, each term. 201. Seminar. A study of present day musical conditions with par­ 13a,b,c. Scientific Music Reading ana Choral Training. This course ticular reference to the adjustment of music to the curriculum. Each covers much the same ground as the usual sight singing course. How­ student will be given 1\ definite research problem, and must defend his ever, the method of treatment is different in that syllables are not used solution before the class. For the coming year it is planned to consider and melody is considered in relation to its supporting harmonic structure. the nature of music; its relation to literature and science; progress to­ It is essentillilly an elementary course and is intended for those wishing for ward the educational ideal in music, etc. Although intended primarily participation in larger choral efforts. Beck. One hour, each term. for graduates, advanced students in the upper division, showing proper 2la,b,c. Orchestra. Underwood. One-thira hour, each term. preparation, will be admitted. 187 186 SCHOOL OF MUSIC 202. Multiple Counterpoint, Canon and Fugue. A course dealing with the principles of multiple counterpoint in general, and the double, SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION triple, and quadruple counterpoints of J. S. Bach in particular; types of finite and infinite canon; simple, double and triple fugue; application of the strict style to orchestral and choral composition. THE FACULTY Two hours, each term. PRINCE L. CAJKI'BELL, LL.D Pre.ident of the Uni"ersitll JOHN FIlEEMAN BOVARD, Ph.D. .. _, Dean of the School CARLTON E. SPENCER, LL.B• ...... RegiBtrar of the Uni"ersitll 203. Advanced Free Composition. Open to students showing marked M. H. DOUGLASS, M.A. . Uni"ersitll Librarian 'ereative ability, who have had adequate preparation. Classes wm be limited to three members and each member must produce specimens in FLORENCE D. ALDEN. B.A• ...... Profes.or of Phy.ical Education, and Director 01 both the small and large forms which will be deemed worthy of publica­ Physical Education for Women HARRIET W. THOMSON, B.A. .. __ Profes.or of Phy.ical EducatWn tion or public performance. GERTRUDE B. MANCHESTER .I7I8tructor in Phy.ical Education LILLIAN STUPP, M.A• ...... _ .Instructor in Phy.ical EducatWn 204. Practical Artistry. To be accepted, the student must possess a EMMA W. WATERMAN, B.A• ...... _ I7I8tructor in Physical Ed..""tio1t technique adequate to the needs of the classical, romantic and modem BARBARA PAGE .I7I8tructor in Phy.ical Ed..catio1t schools; the required undergraduate work for a B.Y. degree; must be HARRY A. SCOTT, M.A• ...... Profes.or of Physical Education, and Di."sctor 01 enrolled in courses 201 and 202, and must show promise of being able Phy.ical Ed..cation for Men to demonstrate by public performance the beauty and cultural value of RUDOLPH F AHL __ .I7I8truetor in Phy.ical Educati_ the tonal masterpieces. EARL WIDMER, B.S• ...... _ .I7I8truetor in Phy.ical Ed..catio1t VIRGIL D. EARL Professor of PhyBical Ed..cation and Director of Athletic"

WILLIAM L. HAYWARD Profe••or of Phy.ical Ed..cation and Coach of Track Athletic. CHARLES A. HUNTINGTON .I7I8tructor in Physical Ed..cation and Coach of Football WILLIAM J. REINHART .I7I8tructor in P/w.ical Education and Coach of BasketbaU and Baseball

WILLIAM K. LIVINGSTON, M.D• ...... Director of Uni"er.ity Health Ser"ice, and Uni"erBity Phy.ician JOHN W. HUSTON, M.D• ...... Uni"er.ity Physician BERTHA STUART, M.D• ...... Medical Con ltant for Women ORPHA CLOUSE, R.N _ .Nur.e DOROTHY DYCHE. R.N. .. .Nur.e JANE GAVIN, R.N _ N ..r .. MARY W. HUNDLEY, R.N _ N ..r•• MARGARET MACGREGOR, R.N. •_ .Nur•• LENORE Cox Technician

ORGANIZATION The School of Physical Education was authorized by the board of regents during the summer of 1920. It was intended that the school should be broad in its scope and not limited to the theoretical work in physical education. The school was organized to embrace all the work done in physical education for both men and women, intercollegiate ath­ letics, the work in hygiene and all the activities concerned with student health. The School of Physical Education unites together the interests of the following departments: 1, Physical education for women. 3. Intercollegiate athletics. 2. Physical education for men. 4. University health service. The school supplies service courses for the University through the departments for men and women, physical education being required of all students during the first two years of their residence. All freshmen on entering, are given a medical examination by the University health service so that the student may be properly adjusted to his physical activities. A course of study, in which all departments cooperate, is shown on another page and is intended as the foundation training for those who wish to specialize in the various fields of physical education. Such a 188 SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHERS' CERTIFICATES 189 course should be followed during the graduate years by a more intensive EQUIPMENT study if one expects to make physical education a profession. Some of the opportunities for service in physical education are as high school direc­ Uniform gymnasium suits and shoes which conform to definite hygi­ tors, city supervisors, community and play-ground managers, college and enic requirements are necessary. Much of the gymnasium equipment is university instructors and directors, coaches of major and minor sports. furnished the student on the payment of an equipment fee, so that nothing should be purchased before coming to the University. THE UNIVERSITY HEALTH SERvIm: While the Health Service is maintained primarily for the care of stu­ TEACHERS' CERTIFICATES dents who may become ill during their stay on the campus, it is also looked upon as an educational institution aiming to teach preventative medicine Those majoring in physical education upon completion of the course and hygiene. Through its consultations, examinations and advice it at­ of study as outlined, will have completed the requirements for a state tempts to point out the causes of ill health and to present clearly the teacher's certificate, entitling the holder' to teach in the schools of fundamental laws of good health. Oregon. The courses in hygiene offered by the School are given by the members Others, not majors, may obtain recommendations from the School of of the health service. physical education provided they satisfactorily complete the course out­ lined as a norm in physical education. (See School of Education.) For a recommendation to coach the major sports, a oourse has been outlined which includes not only the courses in coaching, but a minimum GENERAL INFORMATION of work in hygiene and theory of physical education. DEGREES Bachelor of Arts or Science. The courses in the School of Phy­ COURSE OF STUDY FOR MAJOR STUDENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION sical Education are so arranged that the student may fulfill all the re­ FRESHMAN FaU Winter 1>p...../I quirements of the College of Literature, Science and the Arts, and may Introduction to PhySical Education 2 2 2 obtain either the B.A. or the B. S. degree. Physical Education for freshman majors 1 1 1 Animal Biology 4 4 Master of Arts or Science. Those who care to become specialists in Elementary Chemistry 4 4 the field Df physical education are urged to take advantage of the grad­ Foreign Language 4 4 " Military Science (men ) 1 1" 1 uate courses in the department and complete work for the M.A. or M.S. Personal Hygiene (men or women) 1 1 "1 degree. Two lines of endeavor are open now, one in physiotherapy and - 16-17 --16-17 16-17 the other in physiology. SOPHOMORE The degree of master of arts or master of science is open to those who Fundamentals of Physical Education 2 2 2 have a bachelor of arts or science degree from this institution or any other Physical Education for sophomore majors 1 1 1 Zoology, Comparative and Mammalian Anatomy...... " 4 of approved standing. Kinesiology .. Graduates from other institutions who wish to enter the graduate Education 61, 62, 53 3 3 3" courses in the School of Physical Education should present as prerequisite Beginner's Psychology 3--( 3-4 3--( Foreign Language 3-4 3-4 3--( the equivalent of the required curriculum in the School. Military Science (men) 1 1 1 -- - PHYSICAL AND MEDICAL EXAMINATION 16-17 16-17 16-17 JUNIOR All students whether freshmen or not, are required to have a phy­ Principles and Technique of Gymnastic Teaching .. 2 2 2 sical examination upon entering the University. Examinations are con­ Play and Playground Management . 3 3 3 Physiology .. 4 4 ducted in the examination rooms of the physical education department Theory and Practice of Individual Gymnastics . 3 3 3 during the week preceding the opening of the fall term and during the 'OhBervation Teaching . 11 first week of the winter and spring terms. Every effort should be made General Botany or Geology . 4 Advanced Gymnastics and Coaching of Sports (women) . 1 1" 1 to have the physical examination completed before regular university 'Technique of Dancing (women) . 1 "1 1 Coaching of Major Sports (men) . 2 2 2 work begins, especially in the case of those whose physical condition makes - - it probable that some modi.fication of the regular work in physical educa­ 18 17 17 tion must be made. SENIOR FaU Winter S'Priftll Principles of Physical Education _. 3 3 3 FEES Advanced Gymnastics and Coaching of Sports (women) . 1 1 1 Theory of Dancing .. 1 1 1 Thesis in PhySical Education . 1 1 1 A laboratory fee is charged every student registered in t~e gymna­ Supervised Teaching . 8 3 8 sium classes, to CDver the use of pool and baths, locker, swimming suit, Elective . 3-6 3-5 3-6 Written English . 2 2 2 towels, bandages and other perishable supplies. The amount of this fee Electives. Educational Dancing, Principles of Individual Gym- l1S well as the others charged by the University is given in the schedule nastics .. 1--3 1--3 1--3 -- - Df courses which is published at the beginning of the year. 17 17 17 COURSES PRIMARILY FOR MEN 191 190 SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION

NORM IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION lla,b,c. Introduction to Physical Educat.ion. Required of all majors Fall Wmter Spring To,,", in the freshmen year. The object of this course is to introduce the stu­ • Introduction to Physical Education 3 3 3 9 dent to the scope and immediate objectives of physical education, its re­ • Fundamentals of Physical Education 3 3 3 I lation to and correlation with the sciences and its contribution to health Play and Playground Management 3 3 3 II TechniQ.ue of Teaching _ _...... 2 2 2 , and efficiency. A discussion of the different phases of physical education Coaching (at least one course) . Z and their contribution to the foregoing. The spring term is devoted to Participation in three sports under supervision (no credit) the technique of all the major sports. Two lectures a week. 8i Two hours, each term. • The one hour course of Physical Education for majors is included In this.

COURSE FOR COACHING 13a,b,c. Physical Education. Required of major students in the fresh­ Minimum hours for recommendation to coach one or more sports as a side liDB. men year in place of course 1-2-3. Includes gymnastics and folk danc­ (This is not a norm in physical education). ing, fall and winter terms; and major sports and folk dancing, spring 1. Regular Physical Education for freshmen and sophomores, courses 61-62-63, term. Four periods a week. One hour, each term. 64-66-66 _ _...... 6 hOlDll Z. Hygiene (Personal). course 60a,b,c _ _.._ _.._ 3 hoUlS 3. Principles of Physical Education _ 9 hllUD 21a,b,c. Fundamentals of Physical Education. Required of all majors 4. Theory and Practice of Coaching _ . in their sophomore year. The fall term is devoted to the history of phy­ Any or all of the following courses: Football _...... 2 hOllft sical education; the winter term to general and intergroup hygiene; and the Baseball _ _...... 2 houD spring term to symptomatology and first aid. Two lectures a week. Basketball _...... 2 hOUft Track _ _ _ 2 hoUlS Two hours, each term. 23a,b,c. Physical Education. Required of all sophomore majors. Takes Description of Courses the place of course 4-5-6. Includes practice in major sports, gymnastics and educational interpretative dancing. Three periods a week, fall ll.Ud Courses 1-2-3 and 4-5-6 (or 7-8-9) for women, and 51-5253 and winter terms. Four periods a week, spring term. . One hour, each term. 54-55-56 (or 57-58-59) for men, are required of all undergraduates in the first two years of residence. Courses 13a,b,c and 23a,b,c for women and Courses Primarily for Men 73a,b,c and 83a,b,c for meili may be considered as fulfilling the physical 51-52-53. Elementary Physical Eduootion. Required of freshmen. education requirement. After a physical examination the student is assigned to various classes LOWER DIVISION by the instructor. Class work is given in the following: gymnasium, Courses Primarily for Women floor work, swimming, boxing, wrestling, basketball, football, track, etc. 1-2-3. Elementary Physical Education. Required of freshmen in good Three periods a week. One hour, each term. physical condition. Postural and developmental gymnastics, physical 54-55-56. Advanced Physical Education. Required of sophomores. efficiency tests for endurance, strength and agility. Two periods, fall Continuation of course 51-52-53, but more advanced in character. Stu­ and winter terms. Educational interpretative dancing. Self-expression dents are required to have engaged in at least three lines of recreational by means of coordinated, rhythmical and natural bodily movement, regu­ activities before the end of the sophomore year. Three periods a week. lated or stimulated by music. One period a week, fall and winter terms. One hour, each term. Choice of swimming, folk or educational interpretative dancing or out­ 57-58-59. Restricted Physical Education. Special courses for fresh­ door sports. Three periods a week, spring term. One hour, each term. men and sophomores not adapted to the heavier regular class work. Stu­ 4-5-6 Advanced Physical Education. Required of sophomores. A dents are given individual attention and assigned to recreational and cor­ progression of course 1-2-3, with advanced gymnastic work and moI'8 rective programs suited to their needs. Substitute for courses 51-52-53 difficult physical efficiency tests. Two periods a week, fall and wintel' terms. A progression of dancing in course 1-2-3. One period a week, and 54-55-56. Three periods a week. One hour, each term. fall and winter terms. Choice of swimming, folk or educational interpre­ 60a,b,c. Personal Hygiene. A brief study of physiology followed by tative dancing, or outdoor sports. Three periods a week, spring term. the application of the natural laws of hygiene for the health and welfare One hour, each term. of the individual. Tertbooks, references' and lectures. One lecture a week. One hour, each term. 7-8-9 Individual Gymnastics. For students referred to the department by the University health service or their family physicians, for special 64-65-66. Physical Education Elective. Open only to freshmen and work. Prescriptive exercises, or heat and massage, as indicated, :l'or sophomores who expect to become squad leaders. Methods of handling body-building, posture, foot work, etc. Freshmen and sophomores 1'9­ large groups of men and of teaching gymnastics, games, athletics and quired to enter this work substitute it for courses 1-2-3 and 4-5-6. Three swimming. The course does not take the place of the required physical periods a week. One hour, each term. education courses. Three periods a week. One hour, each term. 10a,b,c. Personal Hygiene. A study of anatomy and physiology, :l'ol­ 71a,b,c. Introduction to Physical Education. Required of freshmen lowed by the application of the laws of hygiene for the health and wel­ majors. Introduces the student to the scope and immediate objectives of fare of the individual. One lecture a week. One hour, each term. 192 SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 193

physical education, its relation to and correlation with the sciences and Two periods, spring term. Practical application in teaching age groups its contribution to health and efficiency. A discussion of some of the on university playground. One laboratory period a week, each term. "tools" of physical education in their relation to the foregoing. Two lec­ Three hours, each term. tures a week. Two hours, each term. 103-104-105. Advanced Gymnastics and Coach.ing of Sports. Required 73a,b,c. Physical Education. Required of all majors in the freshman of all women majors in junior year. Advanced marching tactics, progres­ year in place of course 51-52-53. Includes instruction in gymnastics, sion to the most difficult types of gymnastic work. Heavy apparatus. games, athletics and swimming. Three periods a week. Three periods a week, fall and winter terms. Theory and practise of One hour, each term. coaching sports. Four periods a week, spring term. One hour, each term. 81a,b,c. Fundamentals of Physical Education. Required of all sopho­ more majors. Lectures, reading and reports on the history of physical 106-107-108. Advanced Gymnastics and Coaching of Sports. For wo­ education, problems 'of general and inter-group hygiene, physical problems men majors in the senior year. Theory and practice in technique and of the gymnasium, play and athletic fields. Two hours per week. Pre­ coaching of sports. Three periods a week, fall and spring terms. Gym­ requisite to Principles of Physical Education (111a, b,c). nastics to music, including marching, dumb bells, wands, Indian clubs, Two hours, each term. and heavy apparatus of German type. Three periods a week, winter term. One hour, each term. 83a,b,c. Physical Education. Required for majors in the sophomore year. Takes the place of course 54-55-56. Deals with instruction in ad­ 111a,b,c. Principles of Physical Education. Required of all majors vanced gymnastics, games, athletics, and swimming. Three periods a in the senior year. The aims and functions of physical education; its week. One hour, each term. place in a scheme of general education. The problem of interest and adaption of the means of physical education to this end. Organization 111-112-113-114. Coaching of Major Sports. Required of majors and and administration of physical education and problems of supervision. elective for general students. No student will be admitted to this course Three hours, each term. who has not spent at least one season on the squad or played the game· in the intramural activities. Prerequisite, junior standing. 121a,b,c. Theory and Practice of Individual Gymnastics. Required of 111. Football Fall term. all majors in junior year. Lectures, assigned reading and clinical prae­ 112. Basketball _ Winter term. tice in individual gymnastics for posture, foot and minor defects. Rae­ 113. Baseball or 114. Track Spring term. ognition of cases coming within the scope of the physical educator. Tech­ nique of physical measurement. Prerequisites, kinesiology and physiology. Courses for both Men and Women Two lectures and one laboratory period a week . 75. Kinesiology. For all majors in the sophomore year. The analysis Three hours, fall and winter terms. of gymnastic, athletic and occupational movements from the standpoint 122a,b,c. Practice of Individual Gymnastics. For senior women ma- of their motor mechanism. Four hours, spring term. jors. One hour, each term. UPPER DIVISION 125a,b,c. Principles of Individual Gymnastics. Elective for majors in Voluntary Physical Education. For any and all students of the Uni­ the senior year. Lectures, assigned reading and clinical practice in indi­ versity. The departments of physical education for men and women offer vidual gymnastics, massage, heat and light therapy, for referred cases. the following sports for those interested: swimming, basketball, indoor Prerequisites, course 121a,b,c. Three hours, each term. baseball, volley ball, field hockey, padding, archery, indoor track, hand­ 131a,b,c. Elementary Interpretative Dancing. Requjred; of women: ball, soccer, boxing, wrestling, tennis, golf and squash. No credit. majors in the junior year. Free bodily control of means of fundamen­ 101a,b,c. The Principles and Technique of Teaching. Required of all tals which are an appreciation of the natural laws of locomotion and majors during the junior year. Gymnastic terminology, the use of sig­ muscular coordination; expression of thoughts and feelings through nals, and matters of presentation, supplemented by practise in class in­ natural rhythmical movements; appreciation and expression of music struction. The basic principles of selection, classification and progression through movement. Three periods a week. One hour, each term. of exercise are considered during the spring term. Two hours, each term. 132a,b,c. Advanced Interpretative Dancing. Elective for senior wome. 102a,b,c. Playground and Community Recreation. Required of junior majors. Prerequisite 131a,b1c. Three periods a week. majors. Lectures and reading on nature and function of play, age One hour, Bach term. periods and adaptation of activities, social environment, playground 133a,b,c. Theory of Dancing. Required of women majors in the development, construction, management, supervision. One period each senior year. Historical analysis of the dance as an art form in the cul­ week, fall and winter terms. Practise in class instruction in games, story­ tural development of civilization. Analysis and classification of funda­ plays, handwork and other physical activities. One period each week, fall mentals, study of dance forms, music, dance drama. Prerequisite and winter terms. Practice in reereation material, athletics, field meets. 131a,b,c. One hour, each term. r I

J.94 SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 195

160a,b,c. Thesis. All major students will be expected to write during the senior year, a thesis based on their own investigation. Subjects to be SCHOOL OF SOCIOLOGY chosen after consultation with heads of departments. Credit to be based on quality of work done. THE FACULTY P. L. CAMPBELL, B.A.• LL.D Pre.ident of thB U"iverritwo GRADUATE DIVISION F. G. YOUNG, B.A., LL.D• ...... De"" of thB School of Sociolotnl CARLTON E. SPENCER, LL.rl. .. _ ..Rel/~trar of the U"iversit1/ M. H. DOUGLASS, M.A. . U"iverBitll Libran- 201. Corrective Gymnastics and Physiotherapy. An advanced course PHILIP A. PARSONS, Ph.D Director of the Portland School of Social Worl< .J. READ BAIN, M.A• ...... A••istant Prof...or of Sociolol/II in the theory and practice of corrective work. Lectures and clinic. The So~otnl student will have opportunity for making diagnosis and following cases PERRY D. MAcY, M.A .I tructor i" through treatments. Dr. Stuart. Three hours, each term. FACULTY OF THE PORTLAND SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK Philip A. Parsons, Ph.D.. Professor of Sociology, U. of 0.. Director of Portland School 202. Research in Corrective Gymnastics and Physiotherapy. Specially of Social Work. Margaret G. Crowe, B.A.• Instructor in the Portland School of Social Work. qualified students may arrange for work of this kind on consent of Dr. Marion G. Crowe, R.N•• Superintendent Visiting Nurse Association, .Portland. Stuart. Dr. Stuart. George Ehinger, B.A., Secretary Oregon Child Welfare Commission. Portland. G. Eleanor Kimble, M.A., Assistant Secretary, Public Welfare Bureau. Portland. Jane C. Allen. R.N•• Djrector Public Health Nursing and Child Hygiene, State Boud 203. Physiology of Exercise. Lectures and laboratory work. .An ad­ of Health. vanced course in physiology covering the physiology of muscle and nerve activities with applications to exercise, industrial fatigue problems, mas­ ORGANIZATION sage and corrective gymnastics. Bovard. Three hours, one term. 204. Research in Physiology. Specially qualified students may arrange The work of the School of Sociology is arranged to provide cultu:ral to take problems concerned with muscle nerve physiology. Bovard. courses for undergraduates and professional training for social workers and for civic leaders. The courses in theory lead to advanced degrees and prepare for effective handling of the problems of progress in present day democratic society. The courses in applied sociology afford training for social workers. To secure more available facilities for supervised field work the courses in applied sociology are given mainly at I\>rtland, under the supervision of the Portland School of Social Work, a division of the school of Sociology.

AUlS 1. The development of ability to interpret the movements in the sooial process in which the student participates is the purpose of the courses in social origins, evolution and growth and the analysis of human nature. These courses are planned to coordinate any synthesize the knowledge of the student gained through experience and the study of literature, his­ tory and the special social sciences. 2. Through systematic analysis of the more fundamental and pressing problems of social adjustment to prepare for constructive leadership. 3. Through mastery of sociological systems of thought, and training in the tec.hnique of the social survey, the use of social statistios and their application in community organization and planning, to train for researeh activities and productive scholarship.

REQUIREMENTS FOR AN UNDERGRADUATE MAJOR IJJWER DIVISION 8 term hours in Prineiples of Economies. 6 term hours in Social Origin., Evolution and Growth. S term hours in Psychological Foundations. UPPER DIVISION 16 term hours in Principles of Sociology and Social Adjustment (New Soeial 0rdeIr). 12 term hours, Theory of Social Progress and Community Organization and DetoeIop­ ment.

• Leave of absence, 1923-24. 196 SCffOOL OF SOCIOLOGY DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 197

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MASTER'S DEGREE B.S. or A.B. degree in the regulation time of four years. The ideal ar­ Prerequisites: The attention of the graduate student is called to the rangement, if the student is able to attend the Portland School of Social general requirements of the Graduate School as set forth under the Gradu­ Work for two years, is to spend the senior year for the A.B. or B.S. de­ ate School. gree at the School and take the second year of Social Work as graduate Undergraduate training, the equivalent of the requirements in the lower division of work. Well established schools in the East are tending in the direction of the undergraduate major in sociology, must be gained by the candidate for a maBter's confining their activities exclusively to work with graduate students. While degree with a major in sociology before credits can be earned in fulfillment of the require­ ments for this degree. this is the goal toward which the Portland School of Social Work is aiming, Courses required: the present conditions both in the social work field and in the University Principles of Sociology, 10 term hours. Theory of Progress, 6 term hours. make it imperative that some soeial work training of specialized character Sociological Systems, 9 term hours. should be given during the regular four-year course. Candidates for the A.B. and B.S. degree may transfer to the School COURSES OF STUDY FOR MAJORS IN SOCIOLOGY of Social Work at the beginning of the senior year. In the case of candi­ dates for the A.B. degree the student will be careful to observe the lan­ Social ageneies are making ever larger demands for university gradu­ guage requirements for that course whieh must be completed on the cam­ ates. Every profession is more and more getting the point of view that pus, as the two years spent in the Portland School scarcely permit of pur­ normally its primary function is that of a constructive social agency and suing a language course. Candidates for the B.S. degree, who are relieved the avocation of the elite must necessarily be leadership in social adjust­ from a year of language required of the A.B. candidates will substitute a ment. The distinctive line of social activity the student has in view will naturel science, preferably chemistry. naturally determine the combination of courses to be selected. The fol­ lowing courses are suggested as a nucleus: SOCIAL WORK COURSE OF STUDY

FRESHllIAN Fall Wi..t.... S'Pf"-' FRESHMAN Fall Wiftter S'Pf"-' Modern European or English History 4. 4. 4. lEuropean or English History 3-4 3-4 3-4 Animal Biology 4. 4. 4. Modem Language 4. 4. 4. Foreign Language 4. 4. 4. Animal Biology 4. 4. 4. Elective 1-3 I-a 1-3 Modem Governments or Outlines of English Literature 4. 4. 4. Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 1 1 Military Science (men) or Personal Hygiene (women) 1 1 1 Physical Education 1 1 1 Physical Education 1 1 1 ------16-17 16-17 li--U 17-18 17-18 IT-U SOPHOMORE SOPHOMORE Social Origins. Primitive SocietY and Culture, and Social Origins, Primitive Society and Culture, and Psychological Foundation """" 3 3 I Psychological Foundations 3 3 3 Beginner's Psychology 4. 4. 4. Beginner's Psychology 4. 4. 4. Foreign Language (continuation) _...... 9--4. 3-4 3-4 Principles of Economics and Labor Problems """""""'''''''''''''' 4. 4. 4. Principles of Economics and Labor Problema 4. 4. 4. Modern Language (continuation) ll--( 9-4. 3-<1 Military Science (men) """'_""" 1 1 1 Military Science (men ) 1 1 1 Physical Education 1 1 1 Physical Education 1 1 1 -- - - - 16-17 16-17 16-U 15-17 Ilt-17 16--1T JUNIOR JUNIOR Pril'lciples of Sociology 6 Ii Principles of Sociology 5 6 New Social Order . 6 The New Social Order _ . 6 Theory of Social Progress _...... 3 3 Education 61, 62. 63 (for those intending to teach) 8 3 Community Organization __ __ _._ . 3 Minor. norm, or elective _...... 8-18 8-10 8-10• Soeial Work Seminar 2 2 2 -- -- Written English a II 3 16-18 16-18 16-11 Psychology or Economics 3 3 3 SENIOR - - Theory of Social Progress _._..... I I 16 16 16 Community Organization and Development . 8 Advanced sociology electives _ _...... 8 8 Education (for those intending to teach) 3 • 8 Description of Courses Minor, norm. or elective _ _._ __ '._~ _...... 7-18 7-10• 7-10 -- -- LOWER DIVISION 17-19 17-111 17-1' The following s"!'arate courses are regarded 88 a unit: the minimum elementalT basis for the further study of sociology. The purpose of this Ye&r-course ill to build up a unified and comprehensive view of the conditions under whiclo maakind has advanced APPLIED SOCIOLOGY ill hil!'iher planes of Jiving. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. In addition to the course of study already outlined the following group­ 1a. Social Origins and Development. The general evolutionary view­ ing of courses for the first three years is designed especially for students point is presented and applied to man, His origin, racial differentiation who propose to spend the senior year in the Portland School of Social and dispersion are reviewed. The social nature of the fundamental hu­ Work. man institutions is stressed, together with the influences of geographic The Portland School of Social Work has designed its course to receive environment, technology, social heritage, tribal organi2Jation and cultural students from the campus in the senior year to complete the work for & eontacts. Macy. Three hours, fall term. 198 SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION SOHOOL OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 199 lb. Primitive Society and Culture. Several typical primitive culture areas 'are studied somewhat intensively with the idea of impressing upon scientific character of the hypotheses used, through their receiving in­ the student the essential unity of mankind. Then the institutional aspects ereasing support of natural and psychological science, is traced. Pre­ of primitive society are considered: government, religion, art, technology, requisite, 104. Young. Three hours, each term. the family, social organization, communication, etc. The object is to bring 203. Social Survey. Diagnosis of social problems and methods of out the similarities and differences as between the various ethnic groups, social investigation; formulation of community programs; presentation and to show the relations of these factors to our own civilization, the prime of social facts and survey findings. Prerequisite, 104. Young. purpose being to develop in the student a critical, comparative, and con­ Three hours, spring term. structive attitude toward the problems of society. Macy. Three hours, winter term. 204. Social Statistics. Principles of statistics and their application 1c. Psychological Foundations. The origin and development of hu­ to the data furnished by official publications and special investigations; man personality through social contact is traced. The play of the dif­ statistical methods applied to both theoretical and practical problems of ferent social processes and the establishment of attitudes, habits and rela­ sociology. Prerequisite, 104. Young. Three hours, winter term. tionships are traced as they are determined by the instincts and other elements in human nature. The modifying and directing of the human 205. Town, City and Regional Planning. Study of the principles of dispositions toward the attainment of higher ideals are studied. Macy. city planning and the relation to regional, state and national planning. Three hours, spring term. Formulation of programs of development based upon fundamental principles of progress. Prerequisite, 104. Young. UPPER DIVISION Three hours, spring term. 104a,b. Principles of Sociology. The influences and factors deter­ mining human life in association are studied. A comprehensive view ot the social process is developed. Five hours, fall and winter term. 105. The New Social Order. The factors in the present situation of western civilization causing movements for reorganization are examined. The leading progTams for the attainment of a new social order are analyzed. Five hour, spring term. 109-110-111. Social Work Seminar. Lectures, readings, written re­ ports and papers designed to harmonize the campus class work with the social work training of the Portland school. The various fields of social work will be discussed and the student will familiarize himself with the literature, periodicals, and conspicuous examples of social work in its numerous phases. Open to juniors and seniors electing the pre-social work major in the school of sociology. Parsons. Three hours, each term. 112. Teaching of the Social Sciences. Prerequisite, two years work in some of the social sciences. Young. One hour, winter term. 120. Sociology and Ethics. The development of a world view with the sociological method and the application of it to the more fundamental and pressing ethical problems of the present time. Three hours, spring term. 136a,b. Theory of Social Progress. Concepts of the social self and of progress are developed and the roles of the different factors affecting progress are -determined. Young. Three hours, fall and winter terms.

140. Community Organization and Development. The unit or focus of common life is defined and the organization for it that will serve to bring into play most effective functioning for normal development. Young. Three hows, spring term.

GRADUATE DIVISION 202a,b,c. Sociological Systems. Selected systems of thought essaying to interpret the course of human history are analyzed with the view of determining their fundamental ideas. The evolution to clearness and 200 REGISTRATION 201 RALPH C. HOEBER. M.A 1 t ctor in P..blic Speaking and Economics. Portland Center EARL KILPATRICK. B.A .Prof sor of Sociology. OregOfi THE SUMMER SESSIONS FLORENCE KRAKER. M.D• ...... SpeciaJ.ist. Children's Burea... Department of Labor ROBERT KROHN , .s..veruisor of Physical Ed..cation. Portland P..blic Schoola THE FACULTY H. G. LuLL, Ph.D• ...... Director Teachiers' Training. State Teachers CoUege. PRINCE L. CA:'oIPBELL, LL.D• ...... President of the Univ61'sittl Emporia, Kansas GEORGE REBEC, Ph.D• ...... Dean of the Grad..ate School CHARLES McKINLEY. M.A• ...... Assistant Profe8Bor of Political Science. Reed College CARLTON E; SPENCER. B.A.• LL.B Registrar of the Universitll FRITZ MARTI. Ph.D. . 1 t ctor in Phil080phy HENRIETTA E. MOORE, Ph.D 1 t ctor in English. PorUand Cente>r THE CAMPUS SESSION MABLE HOLMES PARSONS. M.A. Professor of Rhetoric. Oregon PHILIP A. PARSONS. Ph.D• ...... Professor of Sociology. OregOfi ;DiNlctor of FRED L. STETSON. M.A Director of the Campus S..mmer S sio.. Portland School of Social Work ALFRED POWERS. B.A• ...... A8Bociate Professor of Jo..rnal""'. Oregon ERNEST S. BATES. Ph.D• ...... Professor of Philosophy and Contemporary Literat..re lIlA RICHARDSON, M.A• ...... Acting Dean of the Graduate School. State Teachers ANNA LANDSBURY BECK. B.A• ...... Professor of P..blic School Musi" CoUege. Greeley. Colorado L. L. BURLINGAME. Ph.D Associate Professor of Botany. Stanford ALBERT R. SWEETSER. M.A Projessor of Botany. Oregon ALBERT E. CASWELL. Ph.D Professor of Phllsic. CLINTON H. THIENES. M.A., M.D .I tr..ctor in Phannacology. Universitv of DAN E. CLARK. Ph.D ,A"sociate Professor of Political Science Oregon Medical School TIMOTHY CLORAN, Ph.D Prof68sor of Romance Lang..ageIJ l!lLNORA E. THOMSON, R.N. . Pacific Coast Field Director. American Child EDGAR E. DECOU. M.A• ...... Professor of Mathematics Health AssociaOOn VIRG1L D. EARL. B.A Director of Athletic. F. MIRON WARRINGTON (Diplome de l'Universite de Paris) ProfeBBOr of Commerce. THOMAS D. ELIOT. Ph.D Professor of Sociology. Northwestern OrBgOfi CHARLES E. FRANSEEN• ...... 1...tr..ctor in Ed..cation BaTHER W. WUEST S..peruisor of Art. Portland P..blic Schools JAMES H. GILBERT. Ph.D Professor of EconomiClJ HENRIETTE GoUY. B.A. Brevet Superieur. University of Marseilles 1nst ctor in Romance Lang..age. INTRODUCTORY SAMUEL B. HARDING. Ph.D• ...... Professor of History. Minnesota BENJAMIN HORNING. M.S Assistant Professor of Zoologll The twentieth annual summer sessions of the University of Oregon .ELBERT L. HOSKIN. B.S• ...... Assistant Profe.sor of Ed..cation will be held simultaneously on the campus at Eugene and in the Portland WILLIAM K. LIVINGSTON. M.A.. M.D. University Physician MABEL E. MCCLAIN. B.A.• B.S• ...... Circulation Librarian. University Librar1/ Center, beginning immediately after commencement and continuing for six WILLIAM E. MILNE. Ph.D Profe.sor of Mathematics weeks. DELBERT H. OBERTEUFFER. B.A. .. .Instr..ctor in Physical Ed..cation On the campus at Eugene, emphasis will be placed upon courses of EARL L. PACKARD, Ph.D Profe.sor of Geology BARBARA PAGE I tructor in Phy.ical Ed..cation specialized, advanced and graduate character wherein the libraries and FERGUS REDDIE. B.A. .. Prof..sor of Drama and the Speech Art. laboratories of the University can be utilized fully. In the Portland Center WILLIAM REINHART I t ctor in Phy.ical Ed..cation courses of more general character will be offered, reference work being done FRIEDRICH G. G. SCHMIDT. Ph.D Professor of Germanic Lang..ages and Literat..re H. D. SHELDON. Ph.D Profe.sor of Ed..cation in the Multnomah County Library. This differentiation does not mean that FREDERICK L. SHINN. Ph.D• ...... Professor of Chemistr1/ there will be no elementary courses at Eugene and no advanced courses J. DUNCAN SPAETH. Ph.D• ...... Profe••or of English. Princeton at Portland. It means, rather, that elementary courses will be offered at MARTHA E. SPAFFORD, B.A• ...... Contin..ation Cataloguer. Univer.ity Library F. L. STETSON. M.A Professor of Education Eugene only in those subjects in which the demand is heavy or the need W. F. G. THACHFJl. M.A Profe8sor of English for the specialized facilities evident; and that advanced work in Portland GEORGE TURNBULL. B.A Professor of JOUN&alism will be restricted to courses in which large enrollment can be predicted. CARLTON W. WASHBURNE. M.A .s..perintendent of Schools. Winnetka. IU. EMMA E. WATERMAN. B.A Assistant Profe.sor of Physical Education ROGER J. WILLIAMS, Ph.D. . Associate Professor of Ch.

THB PORTLAND SESSION the cost of materials and upkeep of equipment. The amounts of these EARL KILP A~'RICK. B.A. .. Dean of the Extension Division. fees will be given in the schedule of courses distribuwd at the opening .. Director of the Portland Se.siO'1l of the session. ALFRED POWERS. B.A• ...... As.istant Director of the Portland Session MARGARET M. SHARP :.secretary of the Portland Extension Cenl>er The student may carry the amount of work necessary to earn nine term­ hours of credit during a six weeks session.

DONALD G. BARNES, Ph.D A..mstant Professor of Histor1/. Oregon REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION AND DEGREES WILLIAM H. BOYER S ..perv!2or of Music. Portland P..blic Schools CATHRINE A. BRADSHAW Secretary of Portland Americanization Council The only requirement for admission to the summer session is ability to MARGARET D. CREECH. B.A• ...... I...tructor. Portland School of Social Work do the work. SAIUIE ORR-DUNBAR Exec..tive Secretary. Oregon T ..berculosis Association Ad",ission to Work for a Degree--Students who wish to become candidates for ... BERNARD C. EWER, Ph.D Prof s8Or of Psychology. pomtma College degree from the University must satisfy the regular university entrance requirements. CHRISTIAN GAUSS. Ph.D Profes80r of Mod Lang..ages. Princeton Credentials consisting of the transcripbl of the high school or preparatory work of such F. W. GOODRICH I t ctor in Music. Portland Center studenbl should be filed with the registrar of the University as early as pOSBible before CARDINAL GOODWIN. Ph.D• ...... Prof...or of History. Mills CollegB the opening of the session. HENRY M. GRANT. B.A• ...... : Exec..tive Secretary. Oregon Social Hygiene Societll Entrance Req..irement&--For entrance to the University the student must present 11 'HELEN S. HARTLEY. B.S•• R.N• ...... DiNlctor P..blic Health N ..rsing. unibl of high school work, of which ten are from selected subjecbl as follows: Portland School of Social Work Eftglish __ 8 History 1 JOHN C. HENDERSON. B.S• ...... s..pertlisor of Recreation. Portland B..rea.. of Parks tlIgebra 1 Science (with laboratory) 1 Geometry _ 1 Additional unit in any subjeet in this Due foreign languBll'e _ 2 group _ 1 202 THE SUMMER SESSIONS 203 Eleetive ",nits to the amount of five are permitted, but no credit is granted for drill, spelling, penmanship, physical training, or for work which ma)' be classed as 1&rgeI7 or purely a Btudent activity. Advanced Standing-Advanced standing will be given students coming from institu. THE EXTENSION DIVISION tions of collegiate rank, who can satisfy the committee on advanced standing that the courses offered are equivalent to those given by the University. All applicants for ad· vanced standing must present complete official tranBcripts covering both their high school OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION and college recordB, and a letter of honorable dismiBBal. The committee will meet to consider PBINCI!I L. CAMPBELL, LL.D PreBident of the Univerrit1l petitions for advanced standing in the first week in July. EARL KILPATRICK, B.A• ...... Dean of the Extension Division and Residence Requirement for Degrees-At leaBt 45 term-hourB mUBt be earned in DirectOT of the Portland Center residence at the UniverBity of Oregon. The 45 term-hours immediately preceding gradu­ CARLTON E. SPENCER, LL.B. Registrar 0/ the Univerritl/ ation must a1BO be earned with the University. although not neceBBarily in residence. DAN E. CLARK. Ph.D• ...... _ DirectOT Instruction bl/ Correspondence Further information concerning admission and graduation requirements may be ob­ 0/ ALFIlED POWERS. B.A• ...... DirectOT of Social Wella...., and Visual Instructio" tained from the registrar of the University. EDMUND F. CARLTON. B.A Fiel.d Lecturer Adv....ced Degrees-Students Beeking advanced degrees should file their credentialll MOZELLE HAIIl, B.A• ...... Director of Organization and Administration 0/ with the registrar of the University for the consideration of the Graduate Council at an early date, and Bhould soon practicable, draw uP a tentative programme of work COTrespondence Studl/ as as JofARYE. KENT; B.A Secreta:ru to the Dea.. leading to the de..ree for submiBBion to the Council. MARGA.RET M. SHARP .8ecretarl/ of the Portland Cmt.r

GRADUATE WORK PORTLAND CENTER FACULTY PHILIP A. PARSONS, Ph.D• ...... Pro/eesOT of Sociology, Director of Portland School Special consideration is given to the requirements of graduate students of Social Work MAiBLE HOLMES PARSONS. M.A. . ProfeBBor of RhetOTic in planning the work of the campus summer session. A number of courses F. MIRON WARRINGTON. Diplome de I'UniverBite de Paris ProfessOT of Commerce are offered which are open to graduate students only. Many of the upper HELEN S. HARTLEY. B.S• ...... Dir.ctOT Public Health Nurri"g, division courses are so arranged that they may be used for graduate credit. Portland School of Social WOTk MARGARET D. CREECH, B.A Instructor. POTtland School of Social Work The visiting members of the summer session faculty are selected for the HELEN MILLER SENN. B.A : Instructor in Public Speaking stimulus which they can bring to the graduate work. In most departments the summer courses are arranged in two or three year sequences. Qualified PERCY P. ADAMS. B.S School of Architecture, UniveTBity 0/ Oregon students doing advanced or graduate work may, by special arrangement DONALD G. BARNES, Ph.D• ...... Department of History. University of Oregon with their instructors, continue independent study for an additional six ROBERT L. BENSON, M.D• ...... 8chool of Medicine. University of Oregon GEORGE E. BURGET, Ph.D .8chool of Medicine. University of Oregon weeks in the library or the laboratories of the university. RALPH D. CASEY. B.A• ...... School of Journalism. University of Oregon Some advanced courses in the Portland Center may by special arrange­ ROBElRT C. CLARK. Ph.D• ...... Department of History, University of Oregon B. W. DEBUSK, Ph.D• ...... School of Education, University of Oregon ment be used for graduate credit. AVARD FAIRBANKS School of Architecture and Allied Arts. University of Oregon All students contemplating graduate work in the summer session should ANDREW FISH. Ph.D• ...... Depart-ment of History. University of Oregon see the regulations concerning graduate study published in the bulletin of FRANKLIN E. FOLTS, M.B.A School of Business Administration. University of Oregon the graduate school (to be had upon application to the Registrar.) WILMOT C. FOSTER, M.D• ...... 8chool 0/ Medicine, University of Oregon CELIA V. HAGER, M.A• ...... Department of PSI/chology, Univorsity of Oregon OLOF LARSELL, Ph.D Schovl of Medicine. University of Oregon ALFRED L. LOMAX, B.B.A. , SUMMER SESSION COURSES School 0/ Business Administration. University of Oregon FRANK R. MENNE, M.D School 0/ Medicine, University of Oregon HAROLD B. MYERS. M.D• ...... School of Modicine, Univereity of Oregon The University has publi<;hed a special bulletin giving a full description FRIEDRICH G. G. SCHMIDT, Ph.D Department 0/ Germanic Languagee and Literature, of the courses offered both at Eugene and in Portland, which may be se­ University of Oregon H. J. SEARS. Ph.D .8chool 0/ Medicine, UniV>ersity of Oregon cured by writing either to the Extension Division, University of Oregon, WARREN D. SMITH, Ph.D• ...... Department of Geolooy, UniveTsity of Orogon Eugene, Oregon, or to the Portland Extension Center, University of Ore­ FRED L. STETSON, M.A. .. School of Education. University of Oregon gon, 652 Courthouse, Portland, Oregon. CLINTON H. THIENES, M.D .8chool of Medicine, University of Oregon

REGINALD F. ARRAGON. Ph.D Department of HistorlJ. Reed College CLARENCE E. AYERS, Ph.D• ...... Department 0/ Philosophy and Social Ethics. Reed CoUege WILLIAM H. BOYER Supervisor of Music. Portland Public Schools ROBERT H. DOWN. M.A• ...... History Departrownt. Franklin High School. Portland A. ALEXANDER ENNA The Dalles High School GEORGE EHINGER, B.A• ...... 8ecretary. O gon Child Welfare Commission MADAME GEORGE E. FROST, Diploma, State Examination in Philology, Berlin.. Portland ALBERT E. GEBHARDT. LL.B• ...... Corporation Examiner. Oregon FREDERICK W. GOODRICH _ Portland HENRY M. GRANT, B.A• ...... Executive Socretarv. Oregon Social Hygiene Society J. HUNT HENDRICKSON. LL.B. Dean. Northwes/)ern Law School. Portland FRANK HILTON. J.D Attorney. Portland PHILIP W. JANNEY, B.A. (C.P.A.) Portland NICHOLAS JAUREGUY, LL.B Attorney. Portland. WILLIAM S. K,RKPATR,CK .Portland I. A. MELENDY. M.A .English Department, Franklin High School. Portland HENRIETTA E. MOORE, Ph.D. . Portland C. CARL MYERS, B.B.A. (C.P.A.) Portland H. F. PRICE, Ph.D Department of Mathematics. Pacific Univorsitl/ BENIAMINO RE, Diploma. Italian Department, Colgate Theological Seminary PastOT. Italian Presbyterian Church CORRESPONDENCE-STUDY 2()(j 204 THE EXTENSION DIVISION CORRESPONDENCE STUDY DEPARTMENT CHARLES N. REYNOLDS, },I.A Executive Secretary, School of Medici"". University of Oregon The correspondence study department, begun in 1907, includes 91 CHARLES A. RICE, M.A• ..._ Assistant Superintendent. Portland Public Schooz,. EDNA A. SCOTT, M.A Portland courses, practically all of college gTade. BERT 1. TREIGER Portland No entrance examinations are required, but any person of sufficient HAROLD S. TUTTLE, M.A. . .,. Department of Education, Pacific Un'iversitll maturity to carry courses with profit may register for them. The Exten­ }IRS. J. VICK Portland FRED I. WEBER Assistant ClMJhier, Hibernia Ban" sion division reserves the right, however, to advise students regarding the ESTHER W. WUEST _ Supervisor of Art. Portland Public Schools «ourses that are best suited to their preparation and needs. IRENE WUEST Art Instructor, Portland Public Schools NOWLAND B. ZANE Art Instructor, Portland Public SchooZ. FEES CORRESPONDENCE-STUDY FACULTY The fees for correspondence-study are given in the correspondence-study PERCY P. ADAMS, B.S .8chool of Architectu?'e, University of Orego.. oatalogue published by the Extension Division, University of Oregon, Eu­ }lARY ELIZABETH WATSON, M.A Department oj English, University of Orego.. I\'ene, Oregon. Other information concerning the activities of the Exten­ ERNEST S. BATES, Ph.D Department of Philosophy, University of Oregon sion Division is also available upon request. WILLIAM P. BOYNTON, Ph.D Department of Physics, University of Oregon ROBERT C. CLARK, Ph.D. . ,Department oj History, University of Oregon ELIGIBILITY TO CORRESPONDENCE-STUDY EDMUND S. CONKLIN, Ph.D•...... Department of Psychology, Un'iversity of Oregon PETER C. CROCKATT, Ph.D. .. Department of Economics, University of Orego" The correspondence courses offered by the extension division of the EDGAR E. DECOU, M.S Department 'of Mathematic8, University of Orego.. FRANKLIN E. FOLTS, M.B.A .8chool of Business Administration, University of Orego.. University of Oregon are intended primarily for residents of the state. JAMES H. GILIlEIlT, Ph.D Department of Economics, Univer8ity of Orego.. Exceptions are sometimes made in the case of students who are out of the CELIA V. HAGER. M.A Department of P"ycho!ogy, University of Oregon state temporarily or of non-residents who are definitely preparing to HERBERT C. HOWE, B.A. . Department of English, University of Oregon }lARY H. PERKINS, M.A. .. Department of English, University of Oregon enter the University. Special fees are required of non-residents. FRIEDRICH G. G. SCHMIDT, Ph.D . D13partment of Germanic Languagu No student is expected to carry correspondence work while in actual and Literature, University of Orego.. attendance at any college or high school. If work is done under such HENRY D. SHELDON. Ph.D School of Education, University of Oregon WARREN D. SMITH, Ph.D Department of Geology, Univer8ity of ONgon conditions, it must be by special consent of the department of extension FRED L. STETSON, M.A School of Education, University of Orego.. 'eaching, following the advice of the resident instructors of the student. F. MmON WARRINGTON, Diplome de l'Universite de Paris ...... Portland Extension Ce..t... W. F. G. THACHER, M.A Department of English, University of Orego.. CREDIT FOR CORRESPONDENCE-STUDY ALBERT R. SWEETSER, M.A Department of Botany, University of Orego.. FREDERIC G. YOUNG, LL.D School of Sociology, University of Orego.. Undergraduate. Sixty term hours is the maximum amount of credit that may be earned in correspondence courses and counted toward the­ GUY E. ARMANTROUT, BA. .. GBoIogl/ degree of bachelor of arts. GEORGIA K. BENJAMIN, M.A. . English Literature LILLIAN A. CARLETON, M.A Soeiologl/ ARTHUR N. ELY. B.A Economics Graduate. Candidates for the degree of master of arts may, subject lONE B. HARKNESS. B.A. .. History to the approval of the graduate council, satisfy the residence require­ GRACE R. MANN American Literature and English Compooition ments by completing eighteen term hours in regular summer sessions and ELIZABETH C. NICHOL, B.A. . .Rearling Circle GERALD W. PRESCOTT. B. A Bird Study and Bota"l/ nine term hours in special research work at the University under the im­ J A~IES H. PRUETT, B.A. .. ~ : Physics mediate direction of the. major professor, subject to the rules of the­ OSCAR W. RICHARDS, B.A _ : Physiologl/ graduate council and with the consent of the major professor, they may GEORGE W. RIDDLE Milthematics :IlTBEL t. SANBOBN. M.A. .__ _•...... Bbta..1/ make arrangements to complete a portion of the work remaining through R. W. TAVENNER, B.A Educatio.. correspondence courses. FLoRENCE WHYTE, B.A. . French and Spanish Entrance. Students who are deficient in entrance credits may, under tertain conditions, make up such deficiencies through correspundellce' ORGANIZATION eourses.

The Extension division is an integral and specialized division of the EXTENSION MONITOR University, correl:ltive with the several schools of the University. Through the Extension di\'ision the University renders service to individuals, All correspondence students receive the Extension Monitor, a magazine organizations and communities outside the campus. All such service when pnblished by the extension division as the special organ of the corres­ rendered in the name of the University of Oregon is undertaken and car­ pondence-study department, which contains information and suggestions ried out through the extension service. for students, as well as articles of general interest. The main activities of the Extension division as at present organized TEACHER'S READING CIRCLE are comprised in four departments: (1) Department of correspondence study. Under correspondence-study may also be classified the Teachers' (2) Department of visual instruction. Reading Circle, given in cooperation with the State Superintendent of (3) Department of social welfare. Public Instruction, through which between 4000 and 5000 teachers do pro­ (4) Portland extension center. fessi

206 THE EXTENSION DIVISION DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 201

MISCELLANEOUS EXTENSION CLASSES GRADUATE WORK Affiliated also with correspondence-study at present are extension It is possible, in a number of departments in the Portland Center, to «lasses held elsewhere than in Portland. accomplish the whole work for the degree of master of arts, and in other departments to accomplish at least some portion of that work. For special requirements see section on the Graduate School in this catalogue. DEPARTMENT OF VISUAL INSTRUCTION Visual instruction service includes a library of stereopticon slides, Description of Courses moving picture films, rock and mineral sets, microscopical slides, and othtll' material usable for educational purposes by schools, community clubs Following is the offering of Courses in the Portland Extension Center. The clasBeli are in most cases evening classes, held at the Lincoln High School and the Public and other appropriate organiJ;ations. Library. Students may register for not more than six hours of work for each terzn. A special catalogue is published and seasonal lists are availaWe on StUdents who have not matriculated in the University receive provisional credit only. Numbers between 1 and 99 indicate courses intended primarily tor lower division application to the Extension division, Eugene, Oregon. 8tudents, those between 100 and 199 indicate courses intended primarily for Upper divi­ The service of this department was extended in 1923 to audiences total­ sion students, although many of this group may be taken for graduate credit, while those numbered 200 and above are exclusively graduate courses. iag approximately 25(},OO~. ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WELFARE Mr. JAUREGUY The department of social welfare includes extension lectures, exten­ 3. Principles of Econom1;cs. Analysis of the principles underlying pro­ :sion participation in surveys and investigations, conferences, institutes duction, exchange, and distribution. Banking and currency reform, reg­ and publications, as well as the direct servce of the faculty members under ulation of trade, revenues and taxation, the labor movement, wages and extension auspices to many aspects of the intellectual and recreational life prices, control of trusts,~etc. One hour, each term. of the state. In this department the secretaryship of the Oregon High School De­ ENGLISH bating league has been administered by the University since the foundation Professor PARSONS. Dr. MOORE of the league in 1907. Bulletins of the league are available upon applica­ WRITTEN ENGLISH tion. 50. English Usage and Composition. Modern English usage in gram­ Extension lectures are arranged by correspondence with the organiza­ mar, punctuation, sentence structure, and choice of words. Constant prac­ tions interested. No lecture fee is charged, but the expenses of the lec­ turer are paid by the committee or organization in charge. tice wil'l be given in the organization and effective presentation of thought. Among the surveys and investigations in which the Extension division Moore. One hour, each term. has cooperated in recent years are: 52. Creative Writing. Technique of writing, with some skill in the The Oregon State survey of defectives and delinquents made by Dr. employment of language assumed. Practice in narration combined with. Chester L. Carlisle of the United States Public Health Service; a rural analysis of literary masterpieces. Students are aided in deve-loping their survey of Lane County, in connection with the Presbyterian county own style and in their appreciation of masterly technique. Moore. church commission; a study of the county school systems of the state of One hour, each term. Oregon on the ten points of efficiency of the Russell Sage study of state 103. Magazine Writing. The instructor, in the capR<\ity of editor, systems. This last compilation was published by State Superintendent will receive, revise, and discuss with the class, manuscripts of short. Churchill and has been of great value in improving school conditions. stories, one act plays, poetry, or "features" of magazine type. (Given 1924-25). Parsons..

PORTLAND EXTENSION CENTER 104. Fiction and Feature Writing. Study of "models" and practice The Portland extension center, organized in 1917, maintains an of­ in the writing of types of fiction. Assignments in feature-news gathering fice in the Multnomah county court house and holds its classes in the and in writing the "story." Parsons. Two· hours, each term. Lincoln high school and elsewhere. The purposes of the Portland center are: (a) to make it possible for 115. Technique of Poetry. A technical and "popular" survey. of poetry, a large group of people to acquire some degree of higher education, or to from pre-Elizabethan days to the present. Aesthetical and philosophical continue or supplement their higher education, even though they be not bearing'S of poems. Parsons. Two hours, each term. able to drop their daily work and go to college; (b) to furnish informa­ LITERATURE tion and counsel concerning University procedure-admission, credit, selec­ tion of courses, etc. 1. English Literature from the Revival of Romanticism. Consideration The activities of the Portland center are fully coordinated with those of the romantic movement. A study of poetry from Gray to Noyes, and of the campus by the use of many campus instructors, and by frequent of prose from Jane Austen to H. G. Wells, or from Lamb to A. C. Ben­ oonferences with deans of schools and heads of campus departments. son. Moore. One hQlUr, each term. !Os THE EXTENSION DIVISION GREEK 209 2. English Literature to the Revival of Romanticism. The story of 102-103-104. Histo'ry of German Literature. Fall tenn, modern Ger­ ,English literature. Guidance in choice of reading. Emotional or aesthetic man drama; Reading, translation and reports on some of the following appreciation emphasized. Moore. (Given 1924-25). works: Fulda's Das verloren Paradies, Sudermann's Johannes or Heimat, 5. American Literature. Sectional development; growth of nationality; Wildenbruch's Harold, Hauptmann's Die Versunkene Glocke. Winter present tendencies. Moore. One hour, each term. term, German poetry; poems of Goethe, Schil1er, Heine, Uhland, and other leading poets. Spring term, German fiction and eontemporary 101. Elizabethan Literature. Poetry, drama, prose. The lyrics, the literature; Sudermann's Frau Sorge (or Der Katzensteg), Wildenbruch's plays. Opinions of Shakespeare's immediate predecessors and of his con­ Der Letzte, Frenssen's J oem Uhl, Auerbach's Brigitta, Meyer's Das Amu­ temporaries. Discussion of the causes of the spontaneous and varied ex­ lett. Keller's Kleider maehen Leute, etc. One ho,~r, each term. pressiveness of this age. Parsons. (Given 1924-25). 201a,b,c. Middle High German. 102. Shakespeare. An intensive study of Shakespeare's poetry, his drama, his stage technique, the personnel of the players with whom the 204a,b,c. German Literature. poet was identified, and the larger relations and values of his work. Par­ ;~ms. Two hours, each term. GREEK 103. English Novel. Advanced and intensive study of the Engllish Mr. MELENDY novel. Historic development with eoncurrent movements in English lit­ ,erature, life, and society. Evolution of the novel among other peoples. 1. Elementary Greek. One hour, each term. Parsons. (Given 1924-25). 2. The Anabasis of Xenephon. Supplementary readings in Grecian 105. Recent English and European Novels. Reading and interpreta­ history, or a corresponding course in Homer's llliad. Prerequisite, Greek tion of reeent fietion in the light of movements of thought, social, political, 1, or its equivalent. One hour, each term. phiiosophical. Representative fiction of modern Russia, France, Italy, 3. The Greek New Testament and Hellenistic Greek. For ministers Spain and Scandinavia. Parsons. Two hours, each term. and other students of the Bible. Prerequisite, Greek 1, or its equivalent. 201. English Seminar. For graduate students majoring in English, One hour, each term. but open to qualified undergraduates. Thesis needs will be cared for in this course. Parsons. Two hours, each term. HEALTH EDUCATION 202. Theory and Practice of Criticism. For graduate and advanced Miss HARTLEY students in English literature. A study of critical theory from the EHza­ 1. Methods of Teaching Health Education. Causes underlying malnu­ bethan to the present age. Ben Johnson to Nathan and Canby. Con­ trition, recent diseoveries in food values; use of corrective exercises; ducted as a seminar to alternate with 201. Parsons. (Given 1924-25). value of rest; normal weight in relation to height. Major and minor con­ tagion, early symptoms, epidemics, health legislation, and loeal and state GEOLOGY heaUh bureaus. One' hour, each term. Dr. SMITH 101. Seminar in Methods of Teaching Health Education. Teaching 40. General Geology. An outline of the subject. General principles, health habits in the schools of America and foreign countries; the rela­ process~s, and their results. Special emphasis upon the application to tion of the various state, federal, and .private health agencies to the work present day problems in engineering, agrieu'lture, etc. Two hours, fall term. of the schools; schoo,! attendanee as affected by preventable diseases. Pre­ requisite course 1. One hour, each term. 5. Economic Geology. A condensed systematic survey of the prineipal mineral deposits of economic importance) with emphasis upon those occur­ ing on the Pacific coast. Two hours, winter term. HEBREW 6. The Geography of the Pacific. The Pacific region, physical geo­ Mr. TREIGER graphy and natural resources; the outstanding social, economic, and 1. Elementary Hebrew. Reading, writing and the fundamental rules poIitica:l questions as influenced by the physical background of the more of syntax. Sufficient mastery of Hebrew will be developed to enable important countries bordering this ocean. Two hOUTS, spring term. the student to read at sight easy narrative prose and certain portions of the Bib'le. GERMAN 2. Advanced Hebrew. Continued training in the Hebrew language, Dr. SCHMIDT with reading of the old testament in the original. Short themes, based on 1. Elementary German. Essentials of grammar; pronunciation, com­ the text read; syntax. Readings in modern Hebrew literature. prerequisite, position, and translation of easy prose and poetry. One hour, each term. Hebrew 1, or its equivalent. One hoUf', each term. 210 'fHE' EXTENSION DIVISION POLITICAL SCIENCE 211· HISTORY Dr. CLARK. Dr. AIlAGON, Dr. DONALD BARNES. Dr. FISH. Miss SCOTT 101. History of Philosophy. The history of European. thought from Tbales to the present day, Ayres. One Mur, each, te,.., 103. G1'eat Historians. The historical works and methods of the gre&i historians of Enrope and America of the past centuries. Fish, 104. Aesthetics. A historical and comparative survey of the phil­ One hour, winter ter.. osophy of the beautiful. Parsons. (Given 1924-25). 105. European Statesmen. The lives and public careers of the lead­ ing European statesmen from Richelieu to the present time; their state POLITICAL SCIENCE policies, political and social aims, and effect of their endeavors. Barnes Dr. DOWN and Fish. One hour, each term. 10. Civics for American Citizens. Present day governmental, social, &gions, economic, and intellectual structures, operations and problems 171. Historical Foundations of American Life and Institutions. (Given in the United States. Down. One hour, eaJCh term. 1924-25). 172. American Life and Institutions. Various factors, environmental, PSYCHOLOGY Ilocilrl, religious, intellectual, and political, that have entered American Miss HAGER life and helped to make American institutions since the war of 1812­ 1. Beginning Psychology. Principles involved in such mental phe­ Clark and Scott. One hour, each term. .omena as attention, sensation, memory, reasoning, instinct, emotion. A 174. American World Relations. . The development of constructive brief survey of the nervous system and its relation to consciousness. :foreign policies, and American relations with Great Britain, Latin Amer­ Two hours, each term. ica, and the Far East. (Given 1924-25). 2. Experimental Psychology. Simple experiments in habit formation, liensation, perception, attention, and other phases of conscious behavior, 181. Latin American HistoYry. The history, together with the po'!itical, designed to demonstrate the principles studied in course 1. lIocial and economic conditions of the "other Americas." Aragon. One hour, e:ach term. Two hours, each ter.. 124. Advanced Psychoiogy. The nervous system, reflexes, habit, sensa­ 195. Pacific Problems. The influence of western Europe and the United tion, and perception. Frequent demonstration of experimental methods. States on the countries of the Pacific; and the prohlems, social, political, Course 1, or its equivalent prerequisite. For advanced undergraduates and international, that have arisen as the' consequence of this contact. and graduates. (Given 1924-25). Barnes. One hour, fall and spring term. 125. Advanced Psychology. The problems of attention, memory, im­ 276. Oregon History Seminar. For students majoring in history, or agination, association, etc. Paral'lels 124. (Given 1924-25). who may be working toward an advanced degree. The period since 1859 127. Genetic Psychology. The mental and physical development of will be covered. Clark. One hour, each term. youth as treated in the psychology of G. Stanley Hall. Two. hours, each term. MATHEMATICS Dr. PRICE PUBLIC SPEAKING 3. Coll~ge Algebra. (Given 1924-25). Mrs. SENN 4. Trignometry. (Given 1924-25). 1. Fundamentals of Public Speaking and Interpretation. Elementary training of voice and body, development of the expression of personality, trignome~ 5. Analytical Geometry. Open to students who have had and interpretation of 'literature. Exercises in voice culture, articulation, and college algebra or their equivalents. Two hours, fall and winter terms. enunciation, poise, and gesture. Two hours, each term. fl. Vector Analysis. An elementary study of the complex variable. 2. Cultivation of the Speaking Voice. Theory of voice, control and The application of vectors to scientific and engineering problems. development of the essential vocal muscles; correct breathing and articula­ Two hours, spring term. tion; the psychology aspects of tone production. One hour, each term. 6.1. Differential a:nd Integral Calculus. Tu'o hours, pach, term. 3. Extempore Speaking. The principles and practice of effective public speaking. One hour, each term. PHILOSQPHY 4. Public Speaking for Business and Professional Men. Organizing Professor PARSONS. Dr. AYRES material for short talks before business organizations, lodges, clubs, etc. 1. Social Ethics. Ethica'! points of view; types of the practical moral Development of an easy extempore style for ordinary occasions. life and character; acute present-day ethical problems. Ayres. One hour, each term. One Mur, eac" fenrt. 5. Dramatic Interpretation. Advanced course. Vocal interpretation of masterpieces from Shakespeare and others. One hour, each term. 212 Tll£' EXTENSION DIVISION SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGES 213

101. Oratory. Structure of the oration; qualities of the good oration; 11. First Year Spanish. Pronunciation and the fundamental rules of the preparation and delivery of speeches. Study of representative ora­ syntax. Reading of a simple text. Warrington. Four hours, each term. tions. An advanced course. (Given 1924-25). 12. Second Course in Spanish. Rapid review in grammar, advanced 102. Special Course for Lecturers and Public Readers. For students work in syntax, Wl'iting of short essays, and reading of typical works by interested in speech-making as well as dramatic interpretation. Emotional modern authors. Conversation based on easy narrative prose. Warrington. response of body; platform interpretation; after dinner story telling; Two hours, each term. training for pantomimic expression; the interpretation of character. 121. Spanish Literature, Twelfth to Seventeenth Century. Early na­ Two hours, each term. tional literature; old ballads; chronicles; romances of chivalry; early 103. Impersonation. (Given 1924-25). drama; prose writers of the latter half of the fifteenth century; Spain and her literature in the sixteenth century; contest concerning the Italian 104. Advanced Vocal Study and Harmdnic Training of the Body. school. Warrington. One hour, each term. Progressive vocal exercises based on physiological and psychological prin­ ciples. Grace and ease in relation to expression; coordination of voice 122. Spanish Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries. (Giv­ and body; difference between organic and psychological training of the en 1924-25). body. (Given 1924-25). 123. Spanish Literature, Nineteenth Century and Contemporary. (Giv­ 105. Short Plays. The technique of character portrayal, management en 1924-25). 0:6 voice and body in acting, etc. (Given 1924-25). 106. Practical Speech Making. Preparation and delivery of speeches RUSSIAN adapted to special audiences and occasions. Study and analysis of speeches. Mrs. VICK Special argumentative talks. Prerequisite, courses 1 or 3. 1. Elementary Russian. Study of the Russian grammar, with constant Two hours, each term. eral and written exercises. One hour, each term.

ROMANCE LANGUAGES SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGES Madame FROST, Professor WARRINGTON. Mr. RE Mr.ENNA 1. Beginning French. French grammar and pronunciation. Reading 21. Dano-Norwegian. Grammatical construction; easy readings and of easy French prose. Classes conducted in French as soon as possible. eonversation. . One hour, each term. Frost. Two hours, each term. 22. Second Course in Dano-Norwegian. Dano-Norwegian literature of 2. Second Year. French. French syntax with exercises in composition the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Lectures on Dano-Norwegian lit­ and oral practice. Reading from standard authors. Conducted in French. erature from the twentieth century to the present day. Conducted in Frost. One hour, each term. Dano-Norwegian. Enna. One hour, each term. 3. Third Year French. French conversation; exercises in composition SCHOOL ARCHITECTURE AND ALLIED ARTS and reading from French authors. A continuation of course 2. Frost. m' Professor ADAMS, Assistant Professor FAIIlBANKS, Miss WUEST, Mr. ZANE One hour, each term. 4. French for Practical Affairs. French conversation. Intended for 41-42-43. History of Art. Fall term, ancient and medieval; winter persons with some knowledge of French, to develop ability to converse term, renaissance period.; spring term, modern art. Wuest. concerning business, travel, and practical affairs. Warrington. One hour, each term. One hour, each term. CRA]'TS 101. Nineteenth Century French Literature. General survey of the 1-2-3. Metals and J e'welry. Principles of constructive and decorative period. Intensive study of the chief works of certain representative design, applied to specific problems. 'Vuest. One hour, each term. writers. Frost. Two hours, each term. 4. Metals and Jewelry, Advanced. (Given 1924-25). 102. Eighteenth Century French Literature. (Given 1924-25). 5-6. Block Printing. Decoration deve-Ioped by means of wood block 103. Se1Jenteenth Century French Literature. (Given 1924-25). printing. Wuest. One hour, fall and winter terms. 31. Elementary Italian. Grammar, pronunciation, conversation, read­ 7. Bookbinding. Constructive and decorative design in relation to ing and tramdation. Class conducted in Italian as far as possible. Re. the making of books. Wuest. (Given 1924-25). One hour, each te1·m. 132. Nineteenth Century Italian Literature. Survey of the period. In­ 8. Textiles, Batik. Development of design in relation to Batik. Meth­ tensive study of the masterpieces of Manzoni, Azeglio, Guerrazzi, Leo­ ods of modern application. Dyes, methods, and processes in relation to pardi, Nievo, Carducci, etc. Conducted in Italian. Re. One hour, each term. materials. Wuest. One hour, spring term. ; AIWHITECTURE 215 214 THE EXTENSION DIVISION 3. Elementary Pictorial Composition. Principles of spacing and ar­ 9. Textiles, Weaving. Hand loom weaving; preparation of loom, work rangement with reference to pictorial expression. Wuest. in various kinds of materials. Wuest. (Given 1924-25). One hour, spring term. 4. Advanced Pictorial Composition. Basic principles of the composi­ CONSTRUCTION tion of line, mass, and color. (Given 1924-25). 1. Graphic Statics. Methods of finding the amount of stress in the different parts of framed structures, such as trusses, machinery, etc. 5. Composition, Pencil, and Pen and Ink. Technique of pencil, and Graphic constructions are used, thus requiring no previous mathematical pen and ink rendering in line and mass treatments. Wuest. preparation. Adams. One hour, each term. One hour, fall term. 6. Composition, Painting in, Oil. Theory and practice. Composition 2. Elementary Structural Design. Principles for computing sizes of and' interpretation for decorative painting. (Given 1924-25). <>bjects under stress explained and applied to practical problems. Adams. One hour, each term. 7. Composition, Painting in Oil. Advanced. Problems in color com­ position. Technique of medium, and methods of rendering. Zane.· 1. Art Analysis. Lectures, diagrams, and lantern slides. Zane. One hour, winter term. One rour, each term. 8. Composition, Tempera and Show Card Colors. Opaqu~ mediums in decorative art. Color composition anOc harmonies. Wuest. DESIGN One hour, spring term, 1. Design and Composition. General principles underlying design and 9. Composition, Water Color. Water color in pictoriaI and decorative eomposition and their relation to each other. Proportion, arrangement, expression. (Given 1924-25). and spacing of line and mass. Zane. One, hour, fall term. METHODS 2. Design and Composition. Natural forms as a basis for decoration. Analysis of forms. Conventionalization and adaptation. Principles gov­ 1. Methods in Design. Course of study for the elementary schools. erning 'line, form, tone, and color rela!ions. Wuest. One hour, fall term. Standards; class room methods. Wuest. One hour, fall term. 3. Color. Color standards, appearances, and harmonies. Mediums used 2. Methods in Representation. Appearance of form as presented in to express color in pictorial and decorative art. Zane. elementary education. Wuest. (Given 1924-25). One hour, spring term. 3-4. Industrial Art. 'Primary hand work, and paper, cardboard and 4. Lettering. Principles of letter construction. Types and styles of wood. Methods and processes involved in class-room projects. Wuest. letters. Lettering for commercia:l and decorative purposes. Zane. One hour, winter and spring terms. One hour, fall term. 5-6. Industrial Art, Textiles and Crafts. A study of design and pro­ eesses in materials. (Given 1924-25). 5. Commercial Design. Composition and design in relation to com~ mercial problems. Methods of interpretation and rendering. Wuest. 7. Commercial Methods. Lettering and poster design. (Given 1924­ One hour, winter term. 25). 6. Commercial Design. Lettering and decoration. Fundamenta:l prin­ 8. Picture Study. Consideration of pictures from the standpoint of ciples of poster design. Materials, mediums, and methods of rendering. the public schools. Correlation with other school subjects. Wuest. (Giv- Zane. One hqur, spring term. en 1924-25). . 7. Interpretation. Study of symbolic and historic decoration. (Given 9. Methods of Presentation. The selection and use of illustrative 1924-25). - material. (Given 1924-25).

8. Designing for Textiles. Design principles applied to different kinds SCULPTURE of textile materilrls. (Given 1924-25). 21. Sculpture. Modeling from the human figure. Fairbanks. 9. Designing for Reproduction. Composition, design, and color in One hour, each term. 22. History df American Sculpture. Processes and methods of the art, relation to reproduction processes. (Given 1924-25). sculpture composition, and ideals and aims. Fairbanks. REPRESENTATION One hour, each term. 23. Drawing. Sketch Class. Modeling imd drawing from life, Fair- 1. Representation. Laws governing the appearance of form. Applica- banks. One hour, each term. tion of principles to freehand drawiqg. Wuest. One hour, falZ term. 24. Artistic Anatomy. Lectures on the human figure and its construc- 2. Representation. Structural drawing. Perspective of interiors and tion. Fairbanks. One hour, each term. exteriors. Zane. One hour, winter term. ,I'I 216 THE EXTENSION DIVISION EDUCATION 211

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 1. Foreign Trade. A practical course, to be taken in connection with ACCOUNTING trade geography. Warrington. One hour, each term. Mr. MYERS. Mr. JANNEY 2. General Trade Geography. First term, Europe. The physical basis The schedule of courses in Accounting as laid out, implies normally a period of ihree years for its accomplishment. - of European commercial life. Second term, Latin America. Physical features, climates and resources; geographic influence on the trade between 1. Accounting Principles for AccQuntants. Accounting principles as Latin America and the United States. Third term, Asia. Influence of .applied to the proprietorship, the partnership, and the corporation. Fin­ geographic conditions on the life of each region, and relations to each $D.cial statements will he given special attention. Myers. other. One hour, each term. Two ho'Uf's, each term. 2. Cost Accounting. Elements of cost methods, cost-finding, factory 1. Oregon Resources. Products, shipment facilities, and markets of routine, and detailed reports; cost records; cost systems and their in­ Oregon. Lomax. One hour, fall term. fltallation, simplified cost-finding methods, and cost-plus contracts. (Given 2. Manufacturing. The history and development of industries im­ 1924-25). portant in the economic life of the nation. Lomax. 3. Accounting Theory and Practice. Advanced work in partnership Two hours, winter and spring ferms. and corporation accounting. Myers. One hour, each term.. COURSES OFFERED FOR THE AmeRICAN INSTITUTE OF BANKING 4. Auditing. Theory and practice of auditing. (Given 1924-25). PORTLAND CHAPTER Mr. MYERS, Mr. WEBER, Professor FOLTS, Mr. HENDRICKSON, Mr. GEBHARDT. 5. Income Tax Pro'Cedure. Federal income tax laws, their interpreta- Mr. JAUREGUY. Mrs. SENN tion and their application. Janney. One hour, each term. 1. Accounting Principles for Bankers. Accounting principles and' their app'lication to accounting in financial institutions. Myers. 6. C. P. A. Problems. Problems given in the examinations of the Two hours, each term. American Institute of Accountants, The Oregon State Board of Accoun­ 2. Standard Banking. Daily practices and problems' of banking; history iancy, and other state boards. Janney. One hour, each term. and principles of money, credit, and banking. Folts. One hour, each term. ADVERTISING 3. Negot-iable Instruments. The law of bills of exchange, notes, checks, Mr. KIRKPATRICK and other negotiable pap~r, with special reference to the banking business. Work in advertising is offered in consultaton and cooperation with the Portland Gebhardt. One hour, each term. Advertising Club. The study of advertising is planned as a three year program. 1. Elementary Advertising. Theory and practice of advertising; re- 4. Commercial Law for Bankers. Contracts, agency, partnership, pro­ lationship to business and finance; etc. Two hours, each term. bate of estates, corporations, sales, mortgages, transfer of stock, bills of lading, bankruptcy, with their relation to the banking business. Hen­ 101. Advanced Advertising. Practica:l application of advertising prin- drickson. One hour, each term. ~ples. Two !wurs, each, term. 5. Credits. Credit instruments, bank credit departments, sources of 103. Advertising as a Profession. The advertising agency; the adver­ credit information; the borrowing account; buying open market paper, tising manager; ethics of advertising -practice; the seller of media, and discounting receivables, collateral loans, eligibility of paper for redis­ his obligation; the buyer of space, and what he must seek. (Given 1924­ count at Federal Reserve banks. Inter-bank loans, embarrassed 8Jld bank­ 25). rupt concerns, commercial credits. Folts. One hour, each term

BUSINESS LAW 6. Principles of Political Economy. Principles underlying production, Mr. HILTON exchange, distribution. Banking and currency reform; international trade regulation; revenues and taxation, etc. .Jaureguy. 1. Business Law. First term, a general view of various branches of One hour, each term. law; the relation of law to business. Contracts. Second term. sales of goods. Third term, agency. Two hours, each term. 7. Public Speaking. Training in gathering and putting together ma­ terial for short talks before business organizations, 'lodges, clubs, etc. 2. Negotiable Instruments. Bills and notes; corporations; bankruptcy. Senn. One hour, each term. One hour, fall term. 3. Landlord and Tenant. One hour, winter term. SCHOOL OF EDUCATION Dr. DBBuSK. Professor STETSON, Professor TUTTLE. Mr. RICE 4. Liens on Chattels and Real Property. Liens, how enforced and 1. Principles of Education. The learning process, interest and leara­ ..sual defects. Descent and distribution of property after death. Wills. ing, project teaching, types of study and of methods and objectives of. On, hour, spring term. teaching. Tuttle. One hour, each lerm. 1\,1 MUSIC 2111 218 THE EXTENSION DIVISION 2. History of Biological SC1:ence. Principle stages and leaders in the 91. Problems in Present Day Education. The pr;1ctical work of the development of biological knowledge. Various theories and discoveries elass room. Class room technique, and related subjects. The curriculum which have influenced biological thought. LarseU. One hour, two terms. of the elementary school as a preparation for life activities. Rice. One hour, each term. CHEMISTRY 101. Discipline and Character Education. Objectives; means and 1. Elementary College Chemistry. Equivalent to the regular course methods of character education and discipline. Tuttle. in college chemistry in Eugene. Three hour lecture, and one laboratory One hour, each term. period. Thienes. Four hours, each term. 102. Psychology of Individual Differences. Individua'l differences in mental traits, correlation of abilities for the educational .problems in­ 101. Qualitative Analysis. The simpler methods of analysis for de­ volved. DeBusk. One ho'ur, each term. termining the presence of the common metals and acids. Thienes. One hour, each term. 103. Education Hygiene. First term, hygiene of the school plant; second term, hygiene of the child; third term, hygiene of learning. DeBusk. PATHOLOGY One hour, e,ach term. 101-102. Pathology. Lectures and demonstrations dealing with gross 106. Psycho-Educational Clinic. Lectures and test practice in the giv­ and microscopic appearance of diseased tissue, and associated impairment ing of mental tests and in interpreting results. Open to students who of function, Prerequisite, Bacteriology. Menne, Benson. have had work in theory of testing. DeBusk. One hour, each term. Two hours, fall and winter terms. 110. Social Aspects of Teaching. Social aims of education. Oppor­ tunities for socia:lization, the class exercise, directed student activities PHARMACOLOGY and school government. Discipline as a social process. Stetson.,; 1. Drugs. The use and abuse of drugs. Primarily for nurses, but One hour, each term. open to other interested and qualified students. Myers. 112. Statistical and Graphic Treatment of Educational Problems. Use One hour, fall term. of statistics and graphic methods in measurement of school efficiency. PHYSIOLOGY School achievement tests and scales j administrative and supervisory prob­ lems. Stetson. One hour, each term. 1. Digestion, metabolism, secretions. Nutrition, vitamines, body tern-­ perature and the central nervous system. Primarily for nurses and teach­ ers of physiology in the grades and high schools. Burget. SCHOOL OF JOURNALISM One hour, each term. Professor CASEY 1. Public Health and Sanitation. The control of communicable dis­ 1. Elementary Newswriting. Fundamentals of general reporting, in­ ease; problems of publie health administration. Sears. terviewing, news analysis, and note taking j study of news in the modern - One hour, fall and winter terms. newspaper. Casey. One hOj~r, winte1' and spring terms. 101. Trade Journalism. The specialized journa:lism of the leading in­ SCHOOL OF MUSIC dustries, professions and vocations. Principles of trade ljournalism. Mr. BOYER, Mr. GOODRICH Casey. One hour, winter and spring terms. 1. History and Appreciation. The lives, compositions, and influence of leading musicians of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Goodrich. SCHOOL OF MEDICINE One hour, each term. Dr. FOSTER, Dr. LARSELL. Dr. THIENES, Dr. MENNE, Dr. BENSON, Dr. MYERS 2. F01'm and Analysis. Principles of musical form and analysis, Dr. BURGET, Dr. SEARS tracing the construction of works of art. Goodrich. One hour, each term. ANATOMY 3. Elementary Harmony. Scales, intervals, triads, and their inver­ 1. Histology and General Embryology. Cell tissue and organ structure sions; fundamental and diatonic sevenths; auxiliary notes; suspensions; of tl).e human body, and its general embryology. Foster. chords of the ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth, changedl and derived chords. Two hours, each term. Goodrich. One hour, each term. 2. Gross Anatomy of the H1tman Body. A lecture course in anatomJ by systems; i.e., osseous, blood vascular, etc., augmented by charts, models, 11. Public School ltIt!sic for Primary Grades. Ways of arousing and and special dissections. For teachers, playground intructors, and nurses. holding interest; development of the sense of pitch and rhythm; phrasing Foster. Two hou'rs, winter and spring terms. and interrelation; staff notation. Boyer. One hour, each term.

BIOLOGY 12. Public Schools Methods for Advanced Grades. Sight singing;. I. ElementU'rY Neurology. An introduction to the structure of the melody writing; phrasing and interpreting, and musical appreciation, nervous system, and to the inter-relations of, its several divisions. LarseU. with the use of the phonogTaph. Boyer. One hour, each term. One hour, two terms. I 1\; 220 THE EXTENSION DIVISION DEGREES CONFERRED ~l

13. Sight Singing. Practical reading of music. Boyer. One hour, each term. DEGREES CONFERRED DURING YEAR 14. Practice Teaching and Directing. Boyer. One hour, each term. 1922-23

SCHOOL OF SOCIOLOGY CoUege of Literat1tre, Science and the Arts BACHELOR OF ARTS Dr. PARSONS, Mr. KILPATRICK, Mr. GRANT, Mr. REYNOLDS, Miss HARTLEY Gayle Temple Acton, Portland Ransom J. McArthur, Baker Helen McCornack Addison. Eugene Harold McConnell, Eugene 1. Biology and Social Adjustments. The development of man and the George Harold Adler, Arcata, Cal. Robert Bruce McConnell, Merced, Cal. 80cial structure; problems involved in adjusting the individual to his Zoe Allen, Astoria Helen' E. McCormick, Eugene Aulis Jeneveive Anderson, Eugene Vida Mae McKinney, Eugene sex social environment. Educaticn in home and school. Grant. Earl Marion Anderson, Portland Lulu Carolyn McLaughlin, Corvallis One hour, each term. Josephine Baumgartner, Salem Mary Ellen McVeigh. Merrill Meredith G. Beaver, Ashland Ruby Myrtle McWhirter, Tacoma, WuIl. Virl Bennehoff, Richland Arthur F. Martin, Imbler 2. Normal Motherhood. Scientific information in regard to prenatal, Richard Fredrick Berg, Portland Harold J. Miller, Portland natal, anrl infant welfare. Lectures, demonstrations, and class discus­ Wilbur M. Bolton, Antelope Audrey C. Montague, Pomeroy, Wash. One hour, any term. Ernest Lloyd Boylen, Pendleton Frances G. Morgan, Portland !lions. Hartley. Rae Margareat Boyles. Molalla Lois Wave Morthland, Eugene Helen Claire Bromberg. Portland Margaret Nelson. Portland 101. Introductidn to Philanthropy. An introduction to modern social Mary Buckley, Portland Stephanna Louise Odell, Portland problems. Parsons. Tu'o hours, fall term. Wilma June Burgan, Richland Virgil F. Oliver, Oswego Flora G. Campbell, Eugene Ben Isaac Phillips, Dallas Clifford M. Carlson, Marshfield Lillie May Poley, Ashland 101. The Development for Social Work. Parsons. Mary Rachel Carter, Portland Ralph Evans Poston, La Grande Two: hours, winter term. Margaret R. Casad, Eugene G. Webber Prescott, Eugene Dorothy Cash. Portland Lena Victoria Rice, Fairview Lorna Coolidge, La Grande Oscar White Richards, Portland 101. Modern Movements for Social Betterment. Parsons. Helen W. Cooper, The Dalles George Dewey Riggs, Klamath Falls Two hours, spring term. Marion Elma Crary. Aberdeen. Wash. Bernice Marguerite Rise, Salem Meryl W. Deming, Marshfield Carmen Swanson Rothwell, New Hav_ EBther Dennis, Portland Conn. 102. Principles of Sociology. An introduction to the scientific study Loye L. DeVore. Heppner George H. Royer, Portland .,f social life, its origin, evolution, and organizaton. Reynolds. Marianne Dunham, Portland Ruth Pearce Rugh, Eugene Margaret A. Duniway, Portland Homer Parrott Rush, Portland One hour, each term. Mrs. Arthur N. Ely. Portland Ruth Sanborn, Eugene Vern O. Fudge, Ballston John Sass, Richland 103. European Backgrounds. Origins and foundations of races now Mary Moreland Gill, Portland Agnes G1yde Schuebel, Oregon Cit)' Marion Alberta Gillis, Portland Helena Scott, Corvallis occupying Europe, from the point of view of later sources of immigra­ Leah Helen Greenbaum, Salem Harry Wright Sherman. Dayton tion to America. Traditions, ideals and standards of value in Europeim F. Kelsey Guilfoil, Wallowa Marjorie Stauffer, Winnemucca, Nev. Genevieve Haven, Portland Joyce E. Stephens. Eugene .11ltures. Reynolds. One hour, each term. Helen Dorothy Hoefer, Fresno, CaL Elizabeth M. Stephenson, Portland .John Wallace Homewood, Baker Anna White Stillman, Portland 104. Mi,qration of Peoples. The social phenomena of migrating peoples; George Hamilton Houck. Roseburg Marguerite O. Straughan, Pendleton causal forces; the process; effect on development of national cultures. Harriet H. Hudson.' Eugene Robert G. Tapp, Ridgefield, Wash. Florence L. Jagger, Oregon City Gladys E. Taylor, Roseburg Historical migTations of Europe affecting America. Reynolds. Arthur Harold Johnson, Portland Alice Harrison Thomas, Portland One hour, each term. Minnie Martina Johnson, Portland Chloe Stevens Thompson, Portland Myrtle W. Kem, Cottage Grove Gertrude E. Tolle, Eugene Alfred Krohn, Portland Elizabeth Harbison Torrey, Portland 105. Assimilation of Transplanted Peoples. Reynolds. Sarah B. Lamberson, Portland Loraine Dorothy Trautman, PortlaDd One hour, spring term. Alta Berneice Landon, Portland Emily Agnes Veazie, Portland Percy A. Lasselle, Garden Home Glenn C. Walkley, Eugene Wave Lesley. Eugene Lunah Ward Wallace, Eugene 140. Community Organization. Principles and practice of effective Pearl D. Lewis. Mohawk LeLaine F. WeBt, Portland ~ommunity organization. Kilpatrick. One hour, each term. .John Murdock MacGregor, Portland Ethel Cusick Wheeler, Portland Marion Gilstrap MacKenna, Portland William Donald Wilkinson, The Dall. Frances MacMillan, Portland

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE John Chilton Adams, Portland Margaret Isabelle Evans, Engene Harold Edwin Barto, Eugene Laurence K. Fraley, Portland William Francis Beck, Dallas John Tilson Ganoe, Portland Ralph N. Burgess, Pendleton Evelyn Saylor Gearhart, Portland Dorothy Adeline Byler, North Bend Frances Habersham, Portland Dorothy Helen Chausse, Portland Zoe Marie Hager, Portland Thomas W. E. Christmas, Portland Bernard John Hanley, Portland Gertrude H. Clave, Eugene lone Juanita B. Harkncss, Eug....e William J. Collins, Portland Martin A. Howard, Portland Paul Wayne Cook, Eugene James Edwin Keech, Stayton Frederick Clark Dunn, Eugene George W. King, Salem Marvin R. Eby, Oregon City Benjamin Charles Lamb, Jr.. Tillamook 222 DEGREES CONFERRED DEGREES CONFERRED Hazel Hannah Lamb, Oakland, Cal. Max Schafer, Madison, Wis. 221 Loris Maud Lamb, Oakland. Cal. Leo Harry Schatz, Portland Mary Elsie Marsh, Eugene Roy C. Stroud, Eugene BACHELOR OF ARTS GladYB MatthiB, Corvallis Ralph Louis Taylor, Portland Carl Francis Anderson, Montague. Cal. Mariorie Flegel, Portland Jack Schofield Newhall, San Francisco. CaLAnna F. Vogel, Eugene Frank Raymond Bennett, Lexington Phares A. Getz, Portland Beth M. PaulBen, Mulino Thomas D. Wyatt. Baker Lawrence J. Boyle, Canyonville Anna M. Holman. Albany WebBter K. RoBB, Portland ~ildred Lucille Brown, San Jose, Cal. Ferd W. Jones, Eugene M. Marcile Carlock, Portland Marian M. Linn. Eugene Meltrude Coe, Eugene Gertrude Livermore, Eugene School of Architectttre and Arts Mary Lenore Cram, Hood River Maybelle Miller, Roseburg R. S. Dickerson, Eugene Ralph U. Moore, Eugene BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ARCHITECTURE Henry H. Dirksen, Portland Josephine May Roche, Portland James Maurice Bradway, Eugene Guy O. Koepp, Eugene Rita Leone Durkheimer, Eugene Samuel D. Stephens, Eugene Sydney Baker HaYBlip, Vancouver, Wash. Richard W. Sundeleaf, Portland BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BACHELOR OF ARTS K. A. Baker. Portland Emily L. Marshall. Portland Catherine Antoinette Anderson, Portland Mary Margaret Goodin, Salem William A. Dickson, Portland Felicia Perkin., Carlton Wilhelmina A. BeckBted, Portland Beatrice Morrow, Portland Elizabeth Baker Geiser, Portland Ida May Stauffer, Portland Agnes J. Brooks, Portland JCdwin K. Harkness, Eugene BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Maxine Buren, Salem M;yrtJe Joyner, Portland Josephine Reneau Croxall, Bandon School of Journalism BACHELOR OF ARTS IN JOURNALISM School of Business Administration John William AnderBon. Ashland Randolph Kuhn. Lebanon Harry C. EIIiB, Baker' Wanna Juanita McKinney, San Pedro. o.L MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Ernest Jalhes Haycox, Portland Florine F. Packard, Portland Edwin Palmer Hoyt. Eugene J eBsie M. Thompson, Portland Franklin E. FoltB, B.A.• Oregon, Eugene Genevieve Jewell, Eugene Earle Elliott Voorhees, Grants Paas Thesis: An Analysis of Current South American Investment Offerings to n. Inez Elizabeth King, Corvallis John Kenneth Youel, Silverton termine the AdviBability of American InvestmentB in the Bonds ot SoatIl BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN JOURNALISM American CountrieB. Leith F. Abbott, Ashland Eugene S. Kelty, Portland BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Mabel Gilham, Battle Ground, Waah. Herbert Louis LarBon, Eugene BACHELOR OF ARTS Floyd Francis Bowles, Portland Wesley Joseph Jameson, Jr., St. Paul, MIba. William B. Blackaby, Ontario Alfred Lewis Lomax, Eugene Mary Lou Burton, Eugene Margaret Alice Scott, Portland Edward F. Bolt, Marshfield Ivan Browning McKinney, San pecho. 011. Mary Ellen Bailey Moore, Eugene Raymond A. Boyer, Rickreall Carl Newbury, Klamath Falls Rutherford Asa Brown, Haines J oBeph C. Olsen, Molalla Clyde J. Buck, Eugene Paul L. Patterson, Seattle, Wash. Vernon E. Bullock, McMinnville Gaylord D. Peltier, Eugene School of Law Leon A. Culbertson, Salem William W. Porter, Walker 1[erne Dudley, Athena Floyd Edward Shields, Cape Horn. W'" DOCTOR OF JURISPRUDENCE Arthur N. Ely, Eugene Joe L. Skelton, Portland Tictor D. Bradeson, Salem Abe Eugene Rosenberg, Portland liJrnest J .. Evans, Eugene Silas E. Starr, Dallas Sydney Harold Evans. Eugene Ned Siddens Strahorn, Pendleton BACHELOR OF LAWS 3tanley Goodell. Junction City Godfred F. Tschanz. Portland .'Ernest Arthur Hanson, Portland Edward Barber Twining, Oswego G1adYB Everett, Portland Lyndon Lee MyerB, Albany '£dward Everett Harpham, Roseburg Adam Mathias Wilhelm. Monroe P'rederick Leffingwell Howard, Jr.• Portland John Schumacher, Los Angeles, Cal. -Valter J. Hempy, Eugene John Lawrence Woodworth. Pendletoa Ogden Johnson, Portland Harry Carl Skyrman, Central Point '~rne M. Henry, McMinnville Forrest Edwin Littlefield, Portland BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Margaret Ann Beatie, Oregon City Winifred E. Hopson, Portland .Ralph Stone McClaflin, Boise, Idaho Ivan F. PhipPB, Ashland Edgar Denio Blood, Portland Leonard Beck Jordan, Enterprise Donald F. McDonald, Eugene Rolfe W. Skulason, Portland Harold Bonebrake, Portland Mildred Newland. Eugene Meril A. Boyer, Willamina Albert M. Niemi, Portland Arvin Albert Burnett, Eugene Madonna Audrey Perkins. Springfield Owen M. Callaway. Corvallis Webster Ruble, Eugene Earle P. Coburn, Dayton Harold Vernon Simpson, Ashland School of j1,fusic Ralt Couch, Wallowa Betty Donna Skaggs, Portland BACHELOR OF MUSIC George Robert Gochnour, Salem Hubert Leland Smith, Pendleton Ruth Scott Byrne, Eugene Margaret Phelps, Pendleton Hildred Hall, Eugene BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Alberta V. Potter, Eugene Benetta Dorris-Nash, Eugene Marvel Esther Skeels, Coquille William Wesley Frater, Riddle Harry C. Mayer, The Dalles BACHELOR OF ARTS Bernice Marie AltBtock, Portland Margaret C. Kern, Portland School of Edzlcation Ruby D. Baugh, Springfield Marion V. Lawrence, Portland BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EIIUCATION Ruth Scott Byrne, Eugene Leona G. Marsters, Roseburg Madge Calkins, Eugene Harry Black Brookhardt, Eugene Clifford Perry, Portland Ronald Baltimore Reid, Albany MaT C. Fenno, Eugene Alice E. Tomkins. Cascade Looka Irene Spencer Compton, Eugene Emily C. L. Stoneberg, Eugene Florence M. Garrett, Hillsboro Virginia M;yrtJe Copenhaver, Eugene Thorwald S. Thompson, Eugene Millard L. Gilbreath, Riddle Oscar B. Williamson, AlbaD7 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Wayne McHenry Akers, Wasco I I ,I 224 DEGREES CONFERRED DEGREES CONFERRED 225

School of Physical Education FIRST LIEUTENANTS, MEDICAL SECTION BACHELOR OF ARTS Waldo W. Ball Merl L. Margason LaVelle Barger, Eugene Charlotte Therese Howells, Eugene Albert J. Bowles Samuel G. Morgan H. Lucille Branstetter, Eugene Delbert Oberteuffer, Portland Dale J. Butt Carleton P. Pynn Wilma A. Chattin, Ashland Esther May Pike. Eugene J BY R. Coffey David R. Robbins Charlotte Mariorie Clark, Filer, Idaho Ruth Addeane Tuck. Eugene Kenneth D. Cook Dean B. Seabrook Carl W. Emmons Kent R. Wilson BACHELOR OF SCIENCE John D. Leonard Marshall M. Woodworth Leo S. Lucas Lois M. Barnett, Wasco Edwin R. Durno, Eugene Margaret Jane Clark, Oregon City Grace A. Snook, Oregon City Dorcas Elisabeth Conklin, Monmouth Graduate School MASTER OF ARTS Chester Elgin Adams, B. A., Oregon, Myrtle Point. School of Sociology Maior, Chemistry. Minor, Mathematics. BACHELOR OF ARTS Thesis: A study of the oxidation of ethyl alcohol. Stanley Asp, B.A.• Western Reserve, Juntura. Raymond Leslie Andrews, Eugene Margaret Louise Winbigler, Portland Maior, Chemistry. Minor. Physics. Roza R. Willer. Portland Thesis :The briquetting of charcoal and wood tar. Lillian Ackerman Carleton, B.A., Oregon, Eugene. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major, Sociology. Minor, Education. Charles Glen Smith, Walker Thesis: The drift of public opinion relative to the married woman combininll a Chester F. Bennett, Vancouver, Wash. career, or any outside work, with home making. Marion Gertrude Crowe, Portland Maud Morse Stritmatter, Portland Sabra Conner, B.A., Oregon, Portland. Mildred Laura Dodge, Portland Martha Jean Westwood Wyatt, Portland Maior, English. Minor, Aesthetics. SOCIAL WORK DIPLOMA Thesis: Miss Lowell and oriental verse. II. Lucile Copenhaver, B.A., Oregon, Eugene. Josephine M. Brooks, Portland Aline E. Noren, Portland Maior, Mathematics. Minor. Education. Thesis: The theory of interpolation. SOCIAL WORK CERTIFICATE Thomas D. Cutsforth, B.A., Oregon, Riddle. Martha Westwood Wyatt, Portland Maior, Psychology. Minor, History. Thesis: The role of synaesthesia in thinking. PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING CERTIFICATE Laura G. Eaton, B.A., Oregon, Portland. Charlotte Beckett, Portland Ruth June Huff, Portland Major, English. Minor. French. Mrs. Margaret Goddard, Portland Mabel LeRoy, Portland Thesis: Ben Jonson as the exponent of the comedy of humours. Valdine Grinberg, Portland Margery Mulheron, Portland 'I Wilmot C. Foster, B.A., M.D., Oregon, Portland. Maior, Anatomy. Minor, Physiology. Thesis: Studies on acute intestinal obstruction with strangulation. lIargery Gilbert" B.A., Oregon, Salem. Major, Education. Minor, Psychology. Schoo! of Medicine Thesis: A study of mental and physical growth in a (lrOUP of EUlrene school children. DOCTOR OF MEDICINE lta7Dlond W. Hausler, B.A., Oregon. M.D., IO\'\1a, Portland. Waldo Whitney Ball, Corvallis Leo Sherman Lucas, B. A., Portland Major, Anatomy. Minor, Physiology. Emmeline Frances Banks, Portland Cra Albert Manville, B.A., M.A., Eugene Thesis: Lethal factors in simple intestinal obstruction. Albert J. Bowles, B. A., Portland Merl Lonner Margason, B. A.. Portland lIildred L. Hawes, B.A., Oregon, Portland. Dale Joseph Butt, B. A., Newberg Samuel Glenn Morgan, B. A.. Foreet Groft Major, English Literature. Minor, History. Arthur Bromwell Chapman, Colfax, Wash. 'Axel C. Osterholm, B. S., Portland Thesis: Heroines of two centuries. Jay Russell Coffey, B.S., Portland Carleton Parish Pynn, Portland Ralph C. Hoeber. B.A., Oregon" Portland. Kenneth Durward Cook, Portland Davis R. Robbins, Los Angelee, Cal. Maior, Economics. Minor, Psychology. Carl William Emmons, Salem Dean Baynard Seabrook, Portland Thesis: Blue sky 'legislation in theory and practice. M. E. St. Claire Ransford Gay, Los Angeles. Clinton Hobart Thienes, B. A., Eugene Charles Abner Howard, B.A., Baker (Kans.). Marshfield. Cal. Paal Torland, Seattle, Wash. Major, Education. Minor, History. Rieta Campbell Hough, B. A., Portland Kent Raymond Wilson, B. S., Oregon Cit;" Thesis: A history of high school legislation of OreflOn. Robert Henry Israel, Fairfield, Ia. Marshall M. Woodworth, Albany Lester T. Jones, B.A., Pacific University, M.D.; Oregon. Forest Grove. LeRoy Chester Jensen, Minneapolis, MinD. Joseph A. Wunderlich, B. A., Cornelius Maior, Physiology. Minor, Anatomy. 1. Dorman Leonard, Burns Thesis: Acute changes in the thyroid gland produced by fecal toxins. ][atherine H. Kerr. B.A.. Reed, Portland. Major, Pathology. Minor, Bacteriology. Thesis: A study of the immunological l'esponseof rooeters to the inoculation of lens and vitreous of rabbits' eyes. 1\4ilitary Science Perry D. Maay, B.S., Pacific College, B.D., Hartford Theological SemlnBr7. Newberll. Maior, Sociology. Minor, History. The following students have completed work in the Department of Military Scienee Thesis: Essential sociological concepts that should be made univenal in twentieth and Tactics qualifying them for commissions in the Officers Reserve Corps. United centUry democracy. States Army: lIathilda Mathisen, B.A., Ripon, Oshkosh, Wi•• Maior, Latin. Minor, History. SECOND LIEUTENANTS, INFANTRY Thesis: Prodigies and portents in Titus Livy's ..Annales," Harold O. Bonebrake John Kenneth Youel J&7 F. Miller, B.A., Oregon, Medford. Vernon E. Bullock Don Z. Zimmerman Maior, Chemistry. Minor, Zoology. Arvin A. Burnett -Raymond L. Andrews Thesis: A study of nephelometry as applied to crystalline suspensions. Marvin R. Eby °H. Jackson Capell Bdwin E. Osgood, B.A., Oregon, Colfax. Wash. Delbert V. Hill -Webster Ruble Maior, Biochemistry. Minor, Psychology. Adam M. Wilhelm Thesis: Studies in hemoglobin estimation. -Now in attendance at Reserve Officers Trainnig Camp. Obas. A. Rice, B.S., Illinois Wesleyan, Portland. Maior. Educl/otion. Minor. Sociology. Thesis: Basis for a course of study in civics in the state of Oregon. 226 DEGRRESCONFERRED 227

Homer Parrott Rush, B.A.. M.D.. Oregon, Portland. Major. Physiology. Minor. Pathology. Thesis: The effect of fecal extract upon the thyroid gland. Chronic effect. Lilli Schmidli, B.A., Oregon, Oregon City. Major, Education. Minor. German. Thesis: School discipline-fifth and sixth grades. A case study. Hubert G. Schenck, B.A.. Oregon, Eugene. STATISTICAL SUMMARY Major, Geology. Minor, Zoology. 1923-24 Thesis: A preliminary report of the geology of the Eugene quadranllle, Lan. and Linn counties, Oregon. Edna Agnes Scott, Ph.B., Linfield, Monmouth. GRADUATE STUDENTS Major, History. Minor, Economics. Graduate School Total Thesis: The grange movement in Oregon. Eugene . 96' John William Sutherland, B.A.• Willamette, Salem. Portland _ . Major, Psychology. Minor, Education. 52 Thesis: Formulation and application of a scale of judicial valu.,.: a methodo­ Graduate Division. Business Administration . 10 logical study. Clinton Hobart Thienes. B.A., Oregon, Portland. 158 168 Major, Anatomy. Minor, PharD\&cology. Thesis: Hepatic circulation and associated veins in a six millimeter .111 embl'J'o. Alice B. Thurston. B.A., Oregon, Roseburg. UNDERGRADUATES Major, Mathematics. Minor, Physics. Men Women Thesis: A brief history of Fourier's seri.,.. Seniors 178 165 343 Ford E. Wilaon. B.A•• Oregon. Salem. J uniors 2.25 271 496 Major, Chemistry. Minor, Geology. Sophomores _...... 306 266 672 Thesis: Optical-crystallographic studies of some free alkaloids. Freshmen _ _ _. __ 384 354 788 W. Howard· Wise, B.S., Montana State College, Hardin, Mont. SPl"ciais 58 87 96" Major, Mechanics. Minor, Mathematics. .. Law Students _...... 49 2 51 Thesis: An attempt to solve tbe flexure problem for the case of a cantilever bema ~ - -- of which the cr08s...ection is given by the equation r == h__ 20 where 1200 1095 2295 229i is greater than one.

MASTER OF SCIENCE 'SCHOOL OF MED'ICINE 191 17 208 208 Boller Williams Truesdail. B.S. UniverBif,y of Redlands. Redlands, CaL Major, Chemistry. Minor, PbYllics. Thesis: Reaetions of methanol with metallic nitride and b7dridea: eo~ I. The foregoing statistics are based on figures for the fall and winter the acidic character of aleobm.. III terms of 1923-24. HIGHEST HONORS :SUMMER SESSIONS 1923 The following students have been awarded H1IIhest BODeN Sub- in the subjects lilted below: Eugene Men Women Total Graduates 46 45 91 BOTAN't Undergraduates 98 17'7 275 G. Webber Prescott ------144 222 366 366 DRAMA AND THE SPEECH ARTS Portland Graduates 9 11 20 Loma Coolldp Undergraduates 78 366 444 ENGLISH LITEJU,.TURE ------87 377 464 464 Minnie Martina Johll8on Emi17 AIm.,. V.... Ethel Cusick Wheeler 830 830

Total registration of reg1l.1ar .tudents 3491 Honors in General Scholarship Excluding duplicates 148 Wave Lesley EmilY AaoD_ v..... LeLeine F. WeB Net Enrollment 3843

Honorable Mention BXTENSION DIVISION Vlrl BenDCboff Alfred Lewia LcInas Portland Center ,...... 1542 JIlcIKar Denio Blood Marion Gilstrap MacKcnDa Correspondence 1675 Wilbur M. Bolton Remon :to McArthur Harold BoDebrake Ralpb U. Moore 3217 Owen M. Callaway Franc.,. G. MorJraD Flora G. Campbe1J LoiB Wave Morth1and Lorna Coolidge Lyndon IAe Myers • Including thirteen students in the Medical School in Portland workinll: for the Marlon Elma Cral'J' Joseph C. Olsen master's degrees and the doctor of philosophy. R S. D1ckertlOn G. Webber Preseott •• Including Eugene Bible University and Veterans Bureau students. Rita Leone Durkheimer Ronald Baltimore ReId Ion. Juanita B. Harkn_ Margaret Alice Scott Helen Dorothy Hoefcr Charll!8 Glen Smith Arthur Harold Johnson Elimbeth M. Stepbenaon Minnie Martina Johnson Margucrite O. Straqhan Leonard Beek Jordan Alice E. Tomkins Myrtle W. Kem Ethel Cuelck ~ 228 INDEX 229

Degrees. Masters : 19. School of Law 152 45. 125. 126. 165. 188. 196. 202. 205 School of Medicine 159-1111 INDEX Degrees. Requirements for _ 88 School of Music 182 In Architeeture 111 School of Physical Ed.cation 187 In Business Administration 126 School of Sociology 195 A ...... 19. 83. 48. 87. 98. 165. 182. 188. 197 Academic Requirements Committee 17 In Education _ 188 University _ 7-17 In Architecture 19. 111 In Law 153 Failing Prize 89 Accounting. Course of Study in 126.127-128 In Education 19. 138 Accredited High Schools 29 In Medicine _ 165 Fees Bacteriology (Department of Botany) 4l1' In Music 182 Departmental 36-87 Administration Building 21 Department in Medical School 170 Administration of Honors Committee 17 In PhYllical Education 188 Diploma _.36-87 Beekman Prize _ 311 Graduate 86-37 Administration. Officers of 6 In Sociology ...... •...... 196 Bernard Daly Scholarships 811 In Summer Session 201 Laboratory. locker. syllabus 36-37 Admission 28·32 Bennett Prize 3. Admission to Departments of College of Literature Law School 86-37 Biochemistry, Department in Science and the Arts 82. 49-110 Military _ 36-87 Advanced Standing 30 Medical School _ lllO Freshman Standing _ 29 Departments. Major 82. 48 Non-resident _ 36-87 Biology (Department of Zoology) _ 108 Deposits Penalty 86-37 Graduate Standing _ 31. 4J Department in Medical School 170 School of Architecture 111 Room 34 Registration •...... 36-37 Board of Regents ...... •. ~ Tuition 36-37 School of Business Administration 124 Military 86 Board and Room 3& Fellows. Teaching 17 School of Law _ 162 Dermatology and Syphilology. Botanical Laboratory .2& Department in Medical School 176 Finance. Course of Study in 125. 128-129 School of Medicine 164 Botanical Museum 2& School of Music 182 Design. Applied _ 122. 123 Fine Arts Botany. Department of Course of Study ~ _ 115 Special Student Standing 81 Design Option 113. 116-118 Course of Study 4. Description of Courses 120-122 Advanced Standing _ 30 Diploma Fee 37 Description of Courses .49-50 Dispensary Service 84 Faculty 111 Advertising. Courses in 161 Buildings and Grounds 19-2. Studio 27 Advisory Council _ 17 Division. Extension 203-220 Bungalow. Y. W. C. A 2Z Foreign Scholarships Committee 17 Albert Prize _ 40 Doctor of Philosophy Degree 19. 45 BusinesB Administration Dormitories 21. 22. 34-85 Foreign Trade. Course of Study in 126. 129 Alumni Association _ .41 School of 82. 124-13' Alumni Association (Medical School) 168 Drama and the Speech Arts. Free Intellectual Activities Committee 17 Courses of Study 127-130 French 105-107 Anatomy (Department of Zoology) 110 Department of Degrees 12& Course of Study 53 Friendly Hall .- 21. 8. Department in Medical School.. 168 Description of Courses 131-1811 Application for Loans 37-38 Description of Courses 53-54 Faculty 124 Studio 28 G Application for Rooms 36 Graduate Division 124-126 Applied Design _ 122 Organization _ 124 Genito-Urinary Disesses. Department Appointment Bureau 138 , E Scholarships and Prizes 126-127 Economics, Department of in Medical School 17. Appointment Bureau. Committee on 17 Business Administration and Course of Study 54 Geography (See Geology) Architecture and Allied Arts. Household Arts 129· Course of Training for Public Service 56 Geological Laboratories 211 School of 19. 32. 111-123 Business Administration and Law 130 Geological Museum 25 Faculty 111 Desecription of Courses 56-58 Busineas Research. Bureau of 127 Edison Marshall Prize .40 Geology. Department of Organization and Degrees 111 Education Building ..22 Courses of Study _ 116 Architecture C Description of Courses 66-119 Course of Study _ 118-114 Educational Research, Bur:!B11 of _ 188 Catalogue Committee _ 17 Education. School of 19. 82. 137·147 Gerlinger Cup ...... •0 Description of Coruses 116-120 Certificates. Teachers 138-1811· Courses of Study H9-142 Gerlinger Cup Committee 17 Architecture and Allied Arts. Chemical Laboratory .2, Degrees 1.38 German _ 69-71 Building Group 20 Chemistry. Department of Description of Courses 143-147 Gernlanic Languages and Literature, Architecture Studio ....•...... 27 Course of Study _ 5. Faculty 187 Department of Arts. Bachelor of 19. 33. 48 Description of Courses 51-61' Norma 187 Course of Study 69 87. 98. 111. 126. 188. 163. 166. 182. 188 Christian Associations _.40' Organization .1 37 Description of Course. 69-71 Arts. Bachelor of. Given in 1922-28 221-224 College of Literature, Science. Emerald ...... •...... 43 Glee Clubs 42 Arts. Fine and the Arts. Departments of .48-110 Employment 86 Government of University _ 18 Course of Study _ 116 Colloquim Committee 1'T Endowment of University 18 Grading Syatem 88 Description of. Courses 120-122 Commencement and Assembly Committee 1'1 English. Department of Graduate Assistants 17. .6 Arts, Household. Building _ 20 Commerce (Business Administration) . !I Courses of Study 58-60 Graduate Bulletin ...... •7 Arts Master of ...... 32. 124-136' Description of Courses 60-64 Graduate Council 17 ...... 19. 46. 126. 166. 188. 196. 206 Commerce Hall _ .21 Entrance Requirements 29-81 Graduate Degrees _ 19. Committees of the Faculty ...... •....1'1 Arts. Master of. Given 1922-28 226 Examination 44, 46. 125. 165. 188. 196. 202. 205. 207 Art, Normal Condon Geological Museum %5 Credit by 81 Graduate Degrees Conferred in 1922-23 225 Course of Study 116-116 Construction. Courses in 119-120 English Entrance 82 Graduate School Description of Courses 122-123 CooP. University %3· Admission to 31. .. Phyaical _ 82. 8(. 188 Council, Executive __ 42' Assistants. Graduate 17. 46 Expenses. Student 87 Degrees Granted _ 44-.6 Council. Graduate 17. Summer Session 202 Associated Students .42 « Extension Division Association. Alumni 41 Council. Student ...... •...... 42 Description of Courses _ 207-220 Graduation Requirements _ 83 Courses required 31· Astronomy, Mechanics and Faculty 203-204 Greek. Department of Credentials 38 Description of Courses 86-87 Organization 204-206 Description of Courses 71-78 Credits. Excess 28 Athletic Field 21 Extension Monitor .42 Grounds, Buildings and 19-23 Athletics _ 42. 187 Cytology 1.09.110 Group Requirements 3. Athletics. Committee on 17 F Guild 'fheatre 28 Awards. Committee on 17 D Gymnasium _ 21. 22 Daly Scholarships 3t' Faculty Extension Division 203·204 Gynecology, Department in Deady Hall 20 B Eugene Summer Session 200 Medical School 180 Deans of Schools , Bachelor of Arts 19. 33. 48. Portland Summer Session 200-201 Degrees conferred by University 1t 87. 98. 111. 126. 138. 168. 166. 182. 188 School of Architecture 111 H Degrees conferred by University Bachelor of Business Administration 19. 126 School of Business Administration 124 Halls of Residence Bachelor of Laws 19. 163 in 1922-23 _ 221-22410 School of Education 137 Friendly Hall (men) _ 21. 3. Bachelor of Music 19. 182 Degrees. Graduate 111. School of Journalism 148 Hendricks Hall (women) 21. 85 Bachelor of Science . '4. 46. 124, 165. 188. 192. 202. 20&· --...... __._. 1

230 INDEX INDEX 231 Mary Spiller Hall (women) 22. 35 Library Committee 17 Susan Campbell Hall (women) .'.21. 35 Library Hall 21 Requirement for Graduation 188 Professional Sehools 19. 82. 46. Hayward Field _ 21 Library. University 28 Scholarships 188 111. 124. 187. 148. 152. 159. 182. 187. 195 Health Service 84. 188 Pre-library training 60 Psychology Department of Hendricks Hall 21. 85 Staff 28 N Courses of Study 99-101 High School. Accredited 29 ·Literature. Science. and the Arts. Nervous and Mental Diseases. Description of Courses .lOI-10~ High School. School of Education 188 ColIege of _ 19. 82. 48-110 Department in Medical School 178 Laboratories 27 History. Department of Living Expenses 87 Newman Club .40 Publications. Committee 17 Course of Study 78 Loan Fund. Student 87 Non-resident Fee 86 Publications. University .4Z Description of Couraes 74-77 Loans. Application for 88 Normal Art Public Service. Course in Training for 5i History of the University 18 Location of University 18 Course of Study 115-116 Honorary Societies _ 40 Studio 28 Q Quality of Work for ·Degree 83 Honors 1922-28 226 M Norms for Teaching 189-140 Norwegian 71 Quantity of Work for Degree 33 Household Arts. Department of Major Requirements 88 Building 20 Major in Schools and Departments 82 Description of Courses ·._ 78-80 o R Marks. Schedule of 88 Obstetrics. Gynecology and. Radio-physics. Course of Study in 98-94 Laboratory 26 Marshall. Edison. Prizes .40 Service Group 77 Department in Medical School 176 Reading Circle. Teachers' 205- Mary Spiller Hall 22. 85 Officers of Administration 6 Regents. Board of 6 Household Arts and Business 126, 129-180 Mary Spiller Scholarship 88 Houses, Invitational 85 Officers. Board of Regents 6 Registration Proeedure 81-32 Masters' Degrees 19. Old Oregon 48 Relill10us and Moral Activities Committee 17 Hut. Y. M. C. A•...... 22 45. 125. 126. 165. 188. 196. 202. 205 Hygiene. Personal. Requirement 88. 190. 191 Opthalmology. Otology. Rhinology and Required Subjects : 83 Masters' Degrees Given in 1922-28 225-226 Laryngology. Department in Medical Requirements, Unifonn Admission for Mathematics. Department of School 179 Oregon Colleges 80' T Course of Study 88 OrehestrB

Sd"n«. eou... f~ THC'Mn of ~ __U! T lkkn"", ~b,,,", 01 .._111, U, In, lSi, IN T"""hW. Ctcrtlfo-.te '11-1" Scuh'tu...... _ItI T-.d'''n· Rudiq Circle U6 Scuh,tun Studio ~1 T.....,bi,,1l Fuult7 7_17 StIr SuppOrt • .M T~hi"ll }'dIoon 11 Sia"" Xi _ til T~ Iloun Requi~ for Graduatio" _U Social Wdf...... DtcpartmMlt of T"",, Uou,.. Required in Major Sullied II Extelllion DIYblon ...__.._. ..t\l.lI Th«iII, Graduate " Socitctis. Hono....l7 and CIa.. __..to...41 ~ BaU ._ __.. ._.. 211 U Soclolo..,.. School of __.__111. U. 1115_1" Uniform Adm_Ion Requl....menta f~ A< .__.• .. 1115 0...... CoIl"ll"" " COu ..... of Stud7 ._ll16. 1111 U"ivu,ltr Dftcrlption of CoUIHI' __._._.__1117_1" CaI"nd.r __.... • FacultJ' .~. .195 Coll"ll"" _S!, 48 Ol'lfllnlaatton .. ._.. _. .__..._..195 Delr...... Grant.ed. 1922_23 ~21_226 PorUand School or Social Work lIIl1-li7 F~ ._. . " R"'lwrementa for ~laJon _._ _._.•. 1&5 LAbor.tori.,. .._.._._._._.__.__..25-27 Requirementl for Mutter', ~ 196 Libral'Y ..__. .. __._....._. .21. U Spaniah •. __.... __.•.._._ 105·\07 MUlI"u.... _.__..__._.__----.24-25 Special Student Standinlt _..!1 Orlr.ni.....tJon __.__....__._. " Spe.ech Ana. Oral'lla and the _.52.54 Pro<:edu.... __ 28 Studo!nt Activities ...... _._._ _ .. _ _ tt Pub)ieatlOl:lS ..__. _ 42 StallltiuJ S\1l'J\1ttary __._.__..__.._ .._ t27 :>cl!oob ...... _~. _ 1', U. Studoont Advlool'Y Commllttce __17 111. 12~. 131. U8, 152, IU. 182. 181, IU St"""nt Alfal" CommittAl' .. _ _ 1T Student Expe ", _ __._.. _ 37 V Studoont L1Ylnll __ _ _.._ _.. U.36 VIll..rd H.U ..._.._ ._._.. .----20 Studo!nt Llvlnll' .nd Ihaltl! Committee 17 Villu&! h,.tr"clion Exto.l>alon DlYblon 206 StuMM Loan Fund .._ 61.3$ S(udi"" W Archit«tu...... _._ _. ._•. ~ 27 W"lf..... Social. Dap..rtm~..t of Drama and the Spe.ech Arb _ 28 EXleTlllon Divl_ion _.__ .. Fine Ana _ ~ n Wlthdr.w..1 from Cou _._. 62 Normal ArU 2& Wom.,,·, Bulldi"ll ....__..__----2% &ulptu... ._ _ 27 Wom",,·. Dunnitorlt» .---21. 22. SS Summu s..,ion _ ._ _._t6. 200·202 Women'. '--I"'" __._._ 40 AdmlNion _.__..__.. 201.202 Work. Opportu"ltl... for II Bull"t1n ..__ .._.._._._.. _..._202 Gradu.te Work _ ~. ..__..202 , ~t tlon _ ~ 201 1.001<>&1.,_1 L.borat.:>rl...... __._. " Sur"". o.l:/artm,nt In Medlea! School 178 Zoolorl.,&1 Muoeum U S n CamplHlI Ihl! 21. U ZooIOR'Y. Dep.rtinent of S ediah. Co"...,. In __ 71 D